IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I \m us IIIIM iii Ui IS XL 1^ M 1 2.0 1.8 1.25 1.4 1.6 < 6" - ► V] <^ ^a //. 0%.. S'M ^r r 9 ^, Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 qv \\ ^R> V ^V ia cela ^tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas iti filmdes. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplemcntaires; L'Institut a microfilme le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a ete possible de se procurer. Les details da Cbt exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la m^thode normale de filmage sort indiqu6s ci-dessous. The to tl □ Coloured pages/ Pages da couleur □ Pages damaged/ D v/ n 'sges endommagees Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaurees et/ou pelliculdes r~7] Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I ! Pages decolorees, tachet^es ou piqui piquees I I Pages detached/ Pages detachees Showthrough/ Transparence □ Quality of print varies/ Qualite in^gale de I'impression Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du materiel supplementaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible PagefT wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have besn rafilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies oar un feuillet d'errata, une pelure. etc.. cnt 6te fi!m6es A nouveau de facon a obtenir la meilleure image possible. Tha poft oft film Ori^ bag the sioi oth firs sior or i Th€ sha TIN whi Ma diff ant beg righ raq me This item is filmed at the r«iduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous. 18X 22X 10X 14X 26X 30X y 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed hare has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: New Brunswick Museum Saint John L'exemplaire filmi fut reproduit grice St !a g^nirositi de: New Brunswick Museum Saint John The images appearing* here are the best quality possible considering tho condition and legfbility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. AH other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. Les images suivantes ont 6x6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at d« la netteti de l'exemplaire filmi, et en conformity avec las conditions du contrat de filmage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimde sont film^i en commenpant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la dernidre page qui comporte une empracnte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second ilat. salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont film^s en commenqant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impress on ou d'illustration et en terminant par la derniire page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol —^(meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la derniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole >-^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbols V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent §tre filmte ^ des taux da reduction diffdrents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, il e&t film^ 6 partir de I'angie sup^rieur gauche, de gauche 6 droite, et de haut en bas, an prenant le nombre d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la m^thode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 Ul 6 II ,iiiip,iiii. i«m»ni. mmi^fmi^immimmm'^ ^ ^mmmijmtn iMiiiiiiiipiitiwiiiniigiqMMMHWPRWPHfllllMfll^ i i h I ,1 ■A ! i}m §nxm\D\ck <^iiuiol ^evic5, SECOND LATI^^ BOOK: * C'ONHl»riNG OF iiXXKACXS FiiUM I !! NEPUS, CESAR, AND OVID. *VlTn NOTE.S, AND A COPIOUS VoCAlJULAllY, ETC. BY AKCllD. II. BllYCE, LL.I)., J).c.L., F.ll.S.E., KJiCTOK 01. rUJi EUiNBUllUll COLLKUlAXiS SC110(.l,. PRESCRIBED BY THE BOARD OF EDUCATION FOR NEW QKUNSWIUK. LONDON: T. NELSON AND SONS, PATEENOSTEll liJ^Vf--^ • KDlNUUUGll ; ANO NKW VoUK. 1872. ('^ ^ CI 1 ■■■■i • m • -i- . ta « m il < « 1 r^fatc. Thb volume forma an immediate sequel to the "FmsT L.T. Book" of the same Series, and is intended" supply all that wUl be required by pupils during the second aM part of the third year of their course at'sehool. t Vot^ri Tr '7 '""''*'"'"■ * ^y^*- "' Syntax, imitative Exercises m Latin Composition. The Extracts have been taken from Nepos, Caesar, and by two considerations : Mrs>, That each portion should con should possess a special interest for the young In eonnectiou with the Beading Lessons it has been udged advi^ble to provide a system of Syntax, in oZ that constant opportunity may be afforded, by facility Jfference^ or impressing on the minds of L/s the prin 'rap da'dTr' '''""' ""^*™"'™' »<» ^--by ensuring though his amngement has been often departed from when .n so doing, there seemed to he a gain in perspicuit^ Z Pbra.es exemplifying the Rules have been chosen, L far J P-ible, from the Extract, in the hope that faniili rity 4h It PREFACB. the illustrations may aid the pupil in more thoroughly com- prehending and more accurately remembering the principles enforced. (See Prefatory Note to Syntax, p. 124.) The Notes are generally of an elementary and simple character, and are necessarily more numerous in the elucida- tion of the eariier Extracts. The references to the Syntax, which at first are very frequent, become fewer as the work advances, in order that pupils may gradually be left to exer- cise an independent judgment. (See Note p. 1 64.) The Vocabulary will be found copious and fulL It has been constructed on the principle of giving the primary sig- nification of each word, and of tracmg the principal classes of derived meanings so far as is necessary to illustrate the difierent instances in which the word actually occurs in the Extracts. The quantity of first and middle syllables has been carefully indicated in cases in which a doubt might arise; but those syllables have rarely been marked which follow the rules laid down on p. 260. The quantity of syllables in several of the proper names cannot be fixed by any classical authority; and, in such instances, the most ap- proved usage has been followed. For many of the remarks on etymology, the Editor de- sires to acknowledge his obligations to the Latin Dictionary of Dr. W. Smith. From the editions of Caesar by Kraner, Schneider, and Long,— of Nepos by Nipperdey,— and of Ovid by Haupt, he has derived valuable assistance in the compila- * tion of the Notes and in the adjustment of the text ConUnis. I EXTRACTS FROM NEPOS. ... I. imtlades !" ir. Themistocles, III. Alclbiades, ... "* IV. Hannibal, ... II. EXTRACTS FROM CAESAR, I. The Helvetian War (Book I.), ... "* II. Tlie German War (Book I), III. The First Invasion of Britain (Book IV.), IV. The Second Invasion of Britain (Book V.) V. Manners and Customs of the Gauls and the Germans 'irok III. EXTRACTS FROM OVID I. In Hexameteb Verse-From the Metamor'phoses.I' I. The Four Ages (Book I.), ... 11. The Deluge (Book I.), 9 III. Deucalion ar d Pyrrha (Book I.), ... ".' IV. Phaethon (Rook II.), ... y. Pyramus and Thisbe (Book IV.) II. In Elegiac Verse— From the Fasti,— I. Romulus and Remus (Boo)c II.), II. The Building of Rome (Book IV,), ... [ III. Union of the Roman& and Sabines (Book III.), '.'* IV. Lucretia (Book II.), ... IV. SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX ' ■" ••• ••• ... CflAPTKn I.,_ Sect. L The Verb -Mood, Tense, Ac, II. Sentences, ... ••• ... ,,. III. Simple Sentences-Subject and Predicate. IV. Compound Senfences. VJ.), 9 11 17 94 83 41 43 fiS 69 78 86 9fi 97 99 101 104 113 117 118 120 121 123 128 128 129 VI CONTENTS. I SYNOPSIS OF SrSTAX- cnnlinued. Chaptkh ![.,_ S«ct, I. Snlijcct (iiul I'loclicnte. II. Adjc'ctlvo uiul Substuntire III. Apposition, ... IV. Tlie Noiiiliiuiive and Vocutlvo, ... V. The Accusative, VI. TIio Dative, ... VII. The Genitive, VIIL The Ahlntlve, IX. The Infinitive Jfond. ... X. The Supines, XI. The Participles, XII. Tlie r.ernnd, XIII. The Imiicrative Mood, ... CHAPTKR III.-ComI>OUND SKNlKNCKa.— Sect I. Clauses, II. Principal Clausps, III. Subordinate Clauses, ... IV. Final Clause!., V. Conditional Clauses, ... VI. Concessive Clauses, ... VII. Temporal Clauses, VIII. Causal Clauses, IX. Relative Clauses, X. Intenoffative Clauses, XI. Oratio Obliqua, XII. Sequence of Tenses ... V. KOTKS ON EXTRACTS, I. Notes on Nkp<.s,_ I. -Motiades, ••• «». .,. II. Tneniistoclfcs, in. Alcibiades, IV. Hannibal, II. Notes on Caesar,— I. The Helvetian War, II. 'J'he German War, III. The First Invasion of Hrltijn, IV. The Second Invasion of Britain, ." V. Manners and Customs of the Gauls and the Ger If* 130 192 134 13.-^ 13.'i 139 141 144 14S 14!' 14!) l.Ml 101 151 152 153 154 1.55 ir.c !.-)(; 157 l.-iS l.VI HO mans, t I'iS 166 175 ISC 193 201 216 222 2l'S 239 p "■iKJUf^lB^'Vtw- 1 1 ^g« 180 m 134 13A 18A 159 141 144 14S 14!' i4!i 1,^(1 101 151 152 153 154 155 156 167 CONTENTS. rfOTES ON EXTRACTS- con/i;iu?(i III. Notes on Ovin,— I. Tlie MetiiiDorpIiosef', L The Four Atrua, II. The Deluge, III. Deucalion Hnd Pyrrhs, IV. Phaetlion, ... ... " ■ V. Pyran.us and Tlilibo, ... II. Tiie Fasti,— I. Romulus and Remus, ... II. The Buildinff of Rome, III. Union of the Romuns and Sablnet, IV. Lucretia, VI. VOCABULARY, Tablk of Grrkk Nouns. Vir. IMITATIVE EXERCISES. . List of Phiuses, ... # VII p«ft JH »4a 344 uu 254 2Aa 247 969 889 888 490 0010 ?«rt 4irst. EXTRACTS FROM CORNELIUS NEPOS. PREFATORY NOTE. riji*»>iauuM««r*k - Iri which ever WeatlJ^fortrChi. pC"" " "' *" '■"'°"'" I. MILTIADES. ARGU3IEST. L MiJti&des sent to the Ch'jrdoiiese.- II, SuMcssM ur tt.^ n„i^ r r. , I.— MILTIADES SENT TO THE CHERSONESE. I\riLiiADE8, Cimonis filius, Atheniensis, quum et antiquitate Kcnens et gloria majorum et sua modestia unus omnium maxime floreret; eaque esset aetate, ut jam non solum de eo bene sperare sed etiam confidere elves possent sui, talem eum futurum, qualem cognitum judicarunt ; accidit, ut Atlieniensos 6 Chersonesum colonos vellent mittere. Cujus generis quum mac.- nus numerus esset, et multi ejus demigrationis peterent soci^- a em, ex his delecti Delphos deliboratu.n missi sunt, qui con- ulerent Apollinem, quo potissinuun duce uterentur. Namque turn Thraces eas regiones tenebant, cum quibus armis erat 10 ■ Tm^-'T ""'' ^--l-^ti^"« nominatim Pythia praecepTt ut Miltiadem imperatorem sibi sumerent; id si fecissent, in- cepta prospera futura. Hoc oraculi responso Miltiades um ittST '^r .^^^^/-"-"™ l-f-tus quum accessisse Lemnum, et mcolas ejus nisulae sub potestatem redigere vellet 15 A heniensium, idque Lemnii sua sponte facerent postulasset 111 imdentes responderunt tum id se facturos, quum ille domo navibus proficiscens vento aquilone venisset Lemnum He e am ventus ab septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athens aiiexit, quo tendebat, pcrvenit.|ue Chersonesum ^111 It MILTIADEa. II II.— SUCCESSES. Ibi brevi tempore barbaroruin copiis disjectis, tota reciona quampetieratpotitus,loca casteUis idonea 'commun it. S tudinem, quam secum duxerat, iu agris collocavit, ci4riscue , excursH)nibus locupletavit. Neque minus in ea pruSa cW iT'"" "^^"'"^ "^- ^^"^' •^-^ -^^"tc milium dev' cisset hostium exercitus, summa aequitate res constituit atque ipse ib,dem manere decrevit. Erut enmi inter eos dL'tate Sifr''' r ^t"^"^^"^' "^^^^ ^^ ^-Sis imperio'quam JUS itia consecutus. Neque eo secius Atheniensibus a quibu^ 10 2\P- -t-' officia praestabat. Quibus rebus fiebat. ut non mmus eorum voluntate perpetuo imperium obtine^et Z mis-ant quam illorum, cum quibus erat profectur Cher Boneso tail mcdo constituta Lemnum reveritur, et ex pacto postulat,utsibiurbemtradant;-Illienimdixeranrquumven^^^^ 15 borea domo profectus eo pervenisset, sese dedituro ;-se autem domum Ciiersonesi habere. Cares, qui tum Lemnum incoT^ bant, etsi praeter opinionem res ceciderat, tamen non dicto sed secunda fortuna adversariorum capti resistere ausi non sunt atque ex insula demigrarant. Pari felicitate ceteras insulas' Tem "°^i"^"tur, sub Atheniensium redegit potet III.— THE BRIDGE OP DARIUS OVER THE DANUBE. Eisdem temporibus Persarum rex, Darius, ex Asia in Europam exercitu trajecto, Scythis bellum inferre decrevit. Pontem recit m Histro tlumine, qua copias traduceret. Ejus pontis fi rr/T ! r f ' ?"^'^'' ''^^^"^* P"°«^P^«' ^"«« «e«"in e^ . .f'^'- ^^""''^^ ' ^"^^^« «"^g"li« «"arum urbium perpetua dederat imperia. Sic enim facillime putavit se Graeca Imgua loquentes, qui Asiam incolerent, sub sua retenturuiu potestate, si amicis suis oppida tuenda tradidisset, quibus se oppresso mi la spes salutis relinqueretur. In hoc fuit tum 10 numero Miltiades, cui ilia custodia crederetur. Hie quum crebr! afferrent nuntii niale rem gerere Darium premique a Scythis, Miltiades hortatus est pontis custodes, ne a fortuna datara occa- s.onem hberandae Graeciae diraitterent. Nam si cum iis c-Mi« MILTIADES. 13 quas secum transportarat, interiisset Darius, non solum Europam fore tutam, sed etiam eos, qui Asiam incolerent Graeci genere 15 hberos a Persarum futuros dominatione et periculo ;-et facile effici posse ; ponte enim rescisso, regem vel hostium ferro vel inopia paucis diebus interiturum. Ad hoc consilium quum pler- ique accederent, Histiaeus Milesius, ne res conficeretur, obstitit dicens : non idem ipsis, qui summas imperii tenerent. expedire 20 et multi udmi, quod Darii regno ipsorum niteretur d^minatio • quo exstmcto, ipsos potestate expulsos civibus suis poenas daturos Itaque adeo se abhorrere a ceterorum consilio. ut mhil putet ipsis utilius quam contirmari regnum Persarum Hiyus quum sententiam plurimi essent secuti, Miltiades, non 26 dubitans tam multis consciis ad regis aures consiliasua perven- tura, Chersonesum reliquit, ac rursus Athenas demigravit Cujus ratio etsi non valuit, tamen magnopere est laudanda quum amicior omnium libertati quam suae fuerit dominationi. IV.— GREECE INVADED BY THE PERSIANS, Darius autem quum ex Europa in Asiam redisset, hortantibua amicis, ut Graeciam redigeret in suam potesta tem, classem quingentarum navium comparavit, eique Datim pr;efec t e^ Artaphernem, hisque ducenta peditum decern milfia equitum dedit, causam interserens se hostem esse Atheniensibus, quod 6 orum auxiho lones Sardes expugnassent, suaque praesidia n erfecissen lUi praefecti regii classe ad Eubieam appulsa in Asiam ad regem miserunt. Inde ad Atticam accesserunt ac suas copias in campnm Marathona deduxerunt. Is est ab 10 oppido circiter millia passuum decern. Hoc tumultu Athei^ nisi a Lacedaemo..s petiverunt, Phidippumque cursorem ejus g neris qui W.o^,.o;.o. vocantur, Lacedaemonem miSrunt ut nuntiaret, quam celeri opus esset auxi.Uo. Domi autem 15 creant decern praetores, qui exercitui pi^ecssent ; in eis mT tiadem. Inter quos magna fuit contentio, utru^ moenfb 1 c-r^fj f ^ "-""-'"^' "' ^''''^' "^'^^ tempore uistia fierent ; u\ s, factum esset, et civibus arinium accessurum, 20 •i! 14 II MILTIADE3. quum viderent cic eorura virtute nor, desperari Pf hn.f ^ re fore tardiores si infmoritr^.* " "^^^'Pf ^^fi", et hostes eadem V.-BATTLE OF MAKATHON. B.C. 490. ventu decern n^iUia a™ orZ 'c» 'T'" ''°™"" ""■ m.rabili ilagrabat pugnaudi cupS Z T" "'"'"'' impnlsi Athenienses conin!.! , ■"" "■«" ""ctoritate Hon aeqiiiim ociim vuleb-it '="«n est. ^^^^J>.ao.so„t, bello sed et.am ,eliq„„ tempore ferocbrem i8 TIIKMISTUCLES. I i 11 Mi I 5 redibat, largitione magistratuum quotamim iuteriiot, ilk per- auasi pernio, ,^ ea pccunia etasis centum oavium aedifloareU>r. Qua celenter ettecta p,„„um Corcyi-ueas ftegit, dei.ide mariti- mos praedoaes eonsectaudo mare tutum reddidit. I„ quo quutu dmt,« omavt turn etiam peritis.i,„os belli navalis Tc 10 Athemenses. Id quantae saluti fuerit uuiveme Graeciae bio cogmtum est Pcrsico. Nam q„um Xems et marl ! ten a bellum umversae iuferret Kuropae cum tautis copiis, qua, Is mille et ducentarum mwram longarum fuit, quam duo millia I.-, oneranaram sequebantur; terrertres autem exe.1 Z ' euiuaT »f "?' ''^"'"'? I-*"*-""™"' ■nmium fuerS); maxime Atheniensea peti dicerentur propter pugnL Mara- tto„,am m,serur,t Delpho. eonsultun,, quid„„,u faceren de 20 ebu. su,s. Delibcrantibus Pythia respondit, ut moe" bu ..emo, Themistocles persuasit consilium esse Apollinis, ut lu ZZ -^7 -"e-nt ; eum enim a deo significari L^Z o, :r ?■■ ""''" f'™''''"'' '"''^"'" "d superiores totidero sZ ■™'!- ""T "'""'•■'' l""^ ""'™' Po'^'-a-t. part Sanmina partim Troezena deportant; areem .ace dotib,» paucisque m^joribus natu ac sacra procuranda tradunt ,■ re" qunm oppidum relinqmint. ' m.-BATTLES OP THERMOPYLAE AND AETEMISIUM, B.C'. iSO Hujus consilium plerisque civitatibus displicebafc, et in terra (hmican magis plaeebat. Itaque missi sunt deleeti eum Leonida Lacedaemoniorum rege, qui Thermopyks occuparent, longiusque barbaros progredi non paterentur. Hi vim hostiuin non sul- 6 tinuemnt eoque loco omnes interierunt. At classis communis Crraeciae trecentarum navium, in qua ducentaeerantAtlienien- «inm, pnmum apud Artemisium inter Euboeam continentemquo terram cum c assiariis regis corliixit. Angustias enim Tliemis- tocles quaerebat, ne multitudine circuiretur. Hie etsi pari 10 proelio discesseraiit, tameu eodem loco non sunt ausi manere IHEMIST0CLE8. 10 quod emt penculum, no, si i«as imvium advereariorum Euboean. suporasse , ancip.ti premerentur periculo. Quo factum rn^Tt abArtem.s,o disoedereut, et exadve^um Athenas apud tla mina classem suam constituerent. ir— BATTLE OF SALAMIS, B.C. m. At Xerxes Thermopylis expugnatis protinus accessit a«t„ .dqne nu lis defendentibus, interLissacerdoZs quos larce' mveucrat, luccndio delevit. Cujus fjamma perter i?" c asaiari quum manere non audereut, et plurimi iiortarentur u domo Z Sretu"""''"'" " ''''''"""''• Their, « unus restitit, et universes pares esse posse aiebat, disperses testabatur penturos; id.ue Eurybiadi, regi LacedaemoZ'm qm turn summae imperii praeerat, fore kmabat Zm ouum mmus, quam vellet, moveret, uoctu de servis s„ ^TSZ fldelissmmm ad regem misit, ut ei uuntiaret suis verSs -Ad 10 versar™ ejus m fuga esse; qui si discessisseat, mT^e cum aboro et loug.nquiore tempore bellum eonfeeturu J, "„um siuT. los conseetan eogeretur ; quos si statim aggrederetur, brevi unn;ers„s oppressurum. Hoc eo valebat, ut ingratis ad depu- 2lr """>"' °"«"'™';'«- Hac re audita barbarus, nihil doli 15 subesse eredens, postndie alienissimo sibi loco, eoutru oppor- umssmo host.bus, adeo angusto mari eouflixit, ut ejus multi- tudo uavium explieari „ou potuerit. Victus ergo est ma"s et.am cons.lio Themistoclis quam armis Graeciae. T.— FUGHT OF XEBXES. Hie etsi male rem gesserat, tamon tantas i.abebat reliquias copiarum, ut Cam cum his opprimere posset hostes I erum ab eodcm gradu depulsus est. Nam Themistocles ^r ntn" be lare perseveraret eertiorcm eum fecit id agi, ut pons que" ille in Hellesponto iecerat, dissolvcretur, ac reditu in Asiam , excluderetur; idque ei persuasit. Itaqu qua sex mens bus seque a Themistocle non superatum sed couservatum judioavit S unius viri prudeutia Graeci., -iberata est, Europaiqusu': cubuit Asia. Haec altera victoria, quae cum Marathonio ,o 20 TUEMISTOCLES. U VI.-THE HARBOUR OF PIRAEUS-THE LONG WALLS B.C. 478. ' est, isque moenibua circumuatus, ut ipsam CboTSl B aeqmpararei, utilitate siiperaret. Idem muro, r^Wn' vMeH voleban. .m. rS" r^'^r thonia et Salamin.a, tantam gloriam apud omnes 11 e™^ hifr ;;:„' re"T"' ^^"'^^»'""" ^^ pnncUtu r r IS bit pT^? ^ ■■' "" I"™ i"fi™«mQ3 esse vole- IS b, nt. Postquam autem andierunt muros instrui lerto, Atlienas misenrat, qui id fieri vetarent. His praraeSl lesierunt, ac se de ea re legatos ad eos missuros dTxemnt w, VIL-THEMISTOCLES AJ SPARTA. a conar, fallere, interim reliqui legati sunt colee^tr A q,l:! ,uum a„d.,et .on multum s„pere.,e mnnitionitad cptro. THEMIST0CLE8. n LaceJaemoniorum accessit, penes quos summum erat imperiuo, nt.,uc apu. eos cu„te„dit fal,a ii, esse delata; q„are L,uum ease illos viros boaos nobilesque mittero, quibus fides babe'etu? qm rem explorareut ; intei-ea se obsidera retil,el■oll^ Gestus 10 es ei mos, tresque legati fuaeti summis honoribus Athenas miss, sunt. Cum his collegas suos Themistocles j„ss^ prj cise. eisque praedixit, «t ne prius Lacedaemonio mm Wtoa 'Inmtterent, quam ipse esset remissus. Has postquara Ath^a irr'Idiir'r "S"" ■"?? '*""™ --»« Wacedaenr 15 uo m,; ' T '™ '■'""■""" "'"'''""'' <^»'.-At''enic..ses nnbb,™ ' ''" ""'"'"""' '"'" 8"""""' f""""-" P°«s«". Jeus posseat defendei-e, nmns sejisisse, neque in eo quod inutile osset Graecae feeisse ; nam illorum urbem ut propuguac","™ 20 «Ppos,t„m esse barbaris, apud quam jam bis'eWs ™gk fecsse naufrag„,m : Laeedaemonios autem male at injuste facere, qui ul potius intuerentur, quod ipsorara dominationi ? s n'r "",rr ^"""''"' •""" ^^^^'- «"■•«. «■ '-"C- tos ree,pere vellent, quos Atbenas miserant, se remitterent ■ * * 25 aiiter, illoa nunquam in patriam essent recepturi. Vm.— BANISHMENT AND EXILE, B.C. «5. Tamen non effligit civium suorum invidiam. Namnue ob suftiaxns e c.vitate ejectus Argos babitatum concessit Hie quum propter multas [ejus] virtutcs magnacnn .lignit.teviveret Lacedaemonu legates Athenas ndserunt, qui ^u,,, ,f„e„tem 5 accusarent, quod societatem cum rege Perse ad Grae ciam „ est. Id ut audivit, quod non satis tutnm se Argis videbat Coreyram dem.gravit. Ibi qumu ej us prineipes [ciritatisl an -' madverfsset timere, „e propter se bellum lis Lacedaemoiiret 10 Athemenses md.cerent, ad Admetum. Molossum re^em "„.„ quo e, hospitiun, erat, eonfugit. Hue quum venitser'et Kaesentia rex abesset quo majore religio'ne se ~m^ „ .' retur, fiham ejus parvulam arripuit, et cum ea se in saerarium quod summa eolebatur caerin.onia, couj.cit. In.Ie mm J 15 egress„s est, quam rex eum data dcxt a in Aden ™,™ 22 THEMISTC0LE8. expose TOtur piiblice, supplicem non prodidit, monuitni.B ,„ conauleret sibi ; difficile eni,„ esse in tam propir,"o bco J„ turn AM,„n^ ' "" '"""'«""' '"''"''•■a Naxum ferretur, ubi turn AthenieMsium erat exercitus, sensit Tliemistotles s eo pervenisset sibi esse pereu„d„m. Hac vecesJa e ;oI t, .rocul .bi»l "", ""'^'>P'«»™i«'''-ic"rdia diem nootemque l>rocul ab insula in salo navem tenuit m ancuris, neaue ouem quam ex ea exire passus est. Inda Ephesnm p'er e„k U 1 30 S:S " "■"'"*■ ^^ '"* P^" "^""^ p-'- S-t^- IX.— TAKES KEFUO^ IN PERSIA. Scio plerosque ita sci-ipsisse, Themistockm Xorxe remanle m Asiam transisse. Sed ego potissimnm Thucydidi ere IcTn "„d aeateproxmius de iis, qui il,„™„ temporum l.isto i mi' ^ querunt, et ejusdem eivitatis fuit. Is autem ait, ad Artax^ri m r;jr;;;'r" '''^ ve,.bis opistoia„, ^isiss; : r^s 10j««„ m ^«.» reve,ii vetlet, prodio apud ^aLina faZ fecerat, dmolveretur, at^ueab homm^ircuirau,: Quo! Z Me pe,.cuto «< lit,,;,.,. M.nc autem confu„i adZTm- talma cuncta Gmeda. („-.,, ,„,,„, „„,,,,, V/ ^f^ 7lo IS adept,a, non minu, me ionum a,.kuM IMis, UaZlZ imm,cnM Me e^pertns e,t. Ea autem rogo, ui 17/ X^ fr 'Tr """"'" """.' """"'"" •"'■'" '""^'« *». ^nu. tro I ado ad te venire paiiaris. ;/ cwc 3 X.-KINDLY RECEIVED BY ARTAXEIiXES- DEATH. Hiijiis rex animi magnitudinem admirans, cipionsqne talen, TIIEMISTOCLES. 2; Jiteris sermoniquo iVifeurum se dedidit. Qiiibu.s adeo erudirus ost, lit multo conimodius dicatiir upud regein verba fccissc imam ii poterant, qui in Perside crant nati. Hie qiium multa fi regi esset poUicitus gratissiinumque illiid, si suis uti consiliis vellet, ilium Graeciam bello oppressurum, niasnis muneribus ab Artaxinxe dunatus in Asiam rediit, domiciliumqiie Mag- nesiao sibi constituit. Namqne hare iirbem ei rex donarat hia quidem verbis, quae d panem praeberet—{(^x qua rsgiona quin- IQ quaginta talenta qiiotannis redibant);— Lam[.8acum autem, uude vinum sumerei ;—'^lj\mix\, ex qva opsomnm haheret. Hujiis ad nostram memoriam monumenta manserunt duo ,— gepulchrum prope oppidum, in quo est sepultus ; statua in foro ^lagnosiae. De cujiis morte multis modis apud plerosque scriptum est, sed 15 nos eundem i.otissimum TImcydidem auctorem probamus,' qui ilium ait Magnesiae morbo mortuum, neqne negatfuisse famam venenum sua sponte sumpsisse, quum se, quae regi de Graecia opprimenda pollicitus esset, praestare posse desperaret. Idem ossa ejus clam in Attica ab amicis sepulta, quoniam legibus -20 non concederetur, quod proditionis esset damnatus, memoriae prodidit. HI ! "% I' l! t 84 ALCIBIADES. ji 1 1 J if il' III. ALCIBUOES. ARGUMENT. A';vice to Ath;\r'Gerr ;'!::r^ ''z-'^r^'^-^^or^z.:^ Sat..p.^.X. Muruerea by 0.1;. o!k^^^^^^^^ ^oins t,.e r;;:,; •tzus— XI. His Versatility of Geniui I.-CHARACTER AND ADVANTAGES. Alcibiades, Cliniae filin« a^u ■ effioere posset videto at rta Con?? '" """ «"'^ '■=""™ .-t conse,, ,^^ ie;';atm:ur;;;;:;r;;:i,r,';: "■-- ALCIBIADE8. 25 IIL-THE SYRACUSAN EXPEDITION-THE HERMAE, B.C. 415. ^ Bello Peloponne«io hujus consilio atque auctoritate Athen- lenses belhnn Syracusanis indixerunt ; ad quod gereudum ipse dux delectus est: duo praeterea collegae dati. Nicias et Lamachus Id quum appararetur, priusquam classis exiret, Athenis dejicerentur praeter unum, qui ante januam erat Andocidi. Itaque ille postea Mercurius Andocidis vocitatus est Hoc quum appareret non sine magna multorum consensione esse factum, quae non ad privatam sed publicam rem pertineret magnus multitudini timer est injectus, ne qua repentina vis in 10 civitate exsisteret, quae libertatem opprimeret populi Hoc maxime con venire in Alcibiadem videbatur. quodet potentior et major quam privatus existimabatur. Multos enim liberalitate devmxerat, plures etiam opera forensi suos reddiderat. Qua re fiebat, ut omnium oculos, quotiescunque in publicum prodisset, 15 ad se converteret, neque ei par quisquam in civitate poneretur Itaque non solum spem in eo habebant maximam sed etiam* timorem, quod et obesse plurimum et prodesse poterat. Asper- gebatur etiam infamia, quod in domo sua facere mysteria dicebatur, quod nefas erat more Atheniensium ; idque non ad 20 rehgionein sed ad conjurationem pertinere existimabatur. IV.— ACCUSATION, CONDEMNATION, AND EXILE. Hoc crimine in contione ab inimicis compellabatur. Sed instabat tempus ad bellum proficiscendi. Id ille intuens neque ignorans civium suorum consuetudinem postulabat, si quid de se agi vellent, potius de praesente quaestio liaberetur, quam absetis mvidiae crimine accusaretur. Ininiici vero ejus quies- 5 cH'ndum m praesenti, quia noceri non posse intelligebant ; et illud tempus exspectandum decreverunt, quo exisset, ut ab- sentem aggrederentur ; itaque fecerunt. Nam postquam in biciliam eum pervenisse crediderunt, absentem, quod sacra violasset, reum fecerunt. Qua (16 re quum ei nuntius a It mgistratu in Siciliam missus esset, ut domum ad Int „,. . ."7 -■•'•'"^^' P>-etque in magna spe provmciae Wno admnustraudae, n.m parere noluit. et in triremem, quae u.l I 26 ALCrRTADFS. i It !!!l civium si,„r,„„ lice ,t™c™do t "*'"' ''' ™»oderata qiiim autem se capitis din,,,.,/,?,!, i "'"'' "«"''• P"st- 20 id q„„d „s„ vcnent P,,„ '"'"" r-'Wic-itis audivit et >.' - devove ™n'..«v:«„r"'°'" " '"'^"'" »-'-' n>"ria, exempl,,™ „ ph .1° ! """ '»«"'"''■• esset me- l'"blico, Laccdaemonem den !:;r"n •"","" P"^""'" "' consueverat, non adversus nnh-f,, , ' •" 'P'" Pmwlicare 2«sessit.q„„diideml,„stesese>>t7iri r' '"""'"" ™°« "'<^""n' «e Plurimum prodesse ";;""■ """'■ '>"»™ "'Wligercnt irae suae q„am ntilitati commun nln i' '" 'r '•'™''''''' P'"''"!™ ^■lio Lacedaemonii c,„„ prser^ '■. .^'"'l"" ''>""« ^o"" Deceleam in Attica m„r^™J'l:'™r""''' '''=™™"'' <'^"' 30 posito in „l,sidio„e Athen te™ ;,,„ F T' "'^ P"P«"'» a sacietate avertcrunt Atlienienshm rTT """''' ^"'"'"^ ores bello esse coqiennit ^"" ^'"*" """» «.peri- V.-DAKCER, AND FUG„T raoM srAUTA-KFCA.r TO ATHENS, AND SUCCESS ■"•' Pradentiam in omnibus re 1 ™" "" P^estantera caritate patriae ductus Lr;"™"™^' P^''"™»"»"> "e 6 ™i3 in gratiam rediret n^" l '"" ''''°'''="^'' "' «™' 'luaeiere institucrnnt IdaiJii , '"" •■•"" "I'crflciendi Erat enin, ea -gacitate ' d ^p tn .'"'''r "'"" """ >"""'•'• an,nu,m attendisset ad cave Zm,;'' 'rT"'"'" """"> Pracfcctun, regis Barii, se c„ "t' ?"" '"' ^'"'"Pl"''"em, 10 aniioitiam pervenisset ct I ■ •"" 1"""' '" '■"""'am -bus opes senesce ;:t,f I :::;Z'"". ■™''= '''"' '" «■'■"- '""-''»'. per ;..tcrnu„iri, ;'';'"■;' f""""" --■*'™ ■nonfionem, E,,,t enim cod™ 'a, ,■''' '■"''"' '"'" facit '^ Montiae non an.icns, et o.^ "i.^'Ltf' ^r, "'T'' •""'""' 1 ^ ALCIBIADES. 27 mutatio rerum focta est, ut Lacedaemonii, qui paulo ante 20 vjctores v.guerant, perterriti pacem peterent.' Victi'euim e an quinque proeliis terrcstribus, tribus navalibus; in quibus lucentas naves triremes amiserant, quae captae in hostium h 2 sit^. Tf •""' ""^^''' "^'''''''^ "^^^« C^raecas, quae 25 in oia sitae sunt Asiae, quarum expugnarant complures. in his Byzantuim ; neque minus multas consilio ad amicitiam adjunx- locupletato exercitu, maximis rebus gestis, Athenas venerunt. VI.— EETUEN TO ATHENS. h5-%?T '^•'^''' ""'"'''''^ '^^^^"^ "^ P"''^«"^ descendisset, anta fuit omnium exspectatio visendi Alcibiadis, ut ad ejus triremem vulgus conflueret, ),roinde ac si solus advenisset. Sic enim populo erat persuasum, et adversas superiores et prae- am^Tum Tt T "''^'''' '^'"'^ °^'""' '''^^^ '' Siciliae 5 amissum et Lacedaemoniorum victorias culpae suae tribuebant, o^ P. '"'^'Y'''- ^'-^"^ P^^^^anam exercitui praeesse .oq.eiat, neque terra neque mari hostes pares esse potuerant. Hic ut e navi egressus est, quanquam Tlieramenes et Thrasyb- 10 ulus iisdem rebus praefuerant, simulque venerant in Piraeum amen unum omnes ilium persequebantur, et, id quod nunquam antea usu venerat nisi Olympiae victoribus, coroL laurels tae nisque vulgo donabatur. Ille lacrimans talem benevolentiam mm suorum accipiebat, reminisccns pristini temporis acerbi- 1.^ tatun. Postquam m astu venit, contiohe advocata sic verba lecit, ut nemotam ferus fuerit, quin ejus casu illacrimar t nmicumque ns se ostenderit, quorum opera patria pulsus' fuerat, piomde ac si alms p..]>ulus,.non ille ipse qui turn rl.bat J'um sacnlcgu damnasset. Restituta ergo huic sunt pubiice 20 l'""a,_iuicmaue illi Eumolpidae sacerdotes nirsus resacrare sunt 'iZ^Zf^" '^'^"^^-^^^"^Z P^^^^^i"^ i'i^^^, in quibus devotio iiipi.it s('iij>ta, HI mare praecipitatae. I $1 28 ALCIBUDBS. ut duo s,b. collegae darentur, ThrS.n, " V * T r"^"''"^*'"'. en.m eum non efficore pCe d. L? * l^"" ''"'"'• ^""il omnia minus prospere gesta ouW ^ k ^^ "J"" «'''"". "' 10 Nam corruptum a Z eaneri P '''"' ^'""t '•"» accidit. Itoque liuic maxime putaZ ma,??'" "°'""^'' "Suobaut. ,. «->em coucupisceret. Q bus X^f' 7''"^ ^'^'"^ 'y»- >o magistratura ahrogarent e a«nm ; T '"'• "' ^^senti H ille ut audivit, domumlt""? T'V"""'" =*«"'«e,.e„t. ^'^nosius existimans bartr„rmn ^ '" ™"='«a'nint™it, 2" Graiorum. Q„a ex veZ^TlZT' """'''•'" '!'-' apXri:,„;:t.iLrrr'"r?^^'^- ^™-^™™ ^-"■l-"H.ni.»™n, qui J t :^'° ^■^^^""'^'■. '■'■■■•et»r 6 d,utissiu.c .luoeret, quod p™ 'l'' J™""'^'"'' '" l'^'"'"" 'Punu contra Atl,euic„.,iLus xl au tifZ^ " '"'' «"m'«'"abatu,., erat super, Alcibiadcs ad oxaS,!,"''''.'; f "^ <" »"es nihil P.ncse„te vulgo agere oep,V-rr,f ,^"'^''''«''«'™. '^quo '" "' "..Ik dnsso confll': " „^f' ''^, ^r'"''«' ■■ lacedacnon OS '-"'- vai.,r.,t ,. siii'ir,: ::ei:;.ii" ""'" ""■■^ "■ ft *jeutlieiji. i'<'K<;ni ALCIBIADES. 29 8.tno aut cla se confiicturum aut bellum compositurum. Id faceie noliut quod sentiebat se Alcibiade recepto nuUius 16 nulLm in ea re suam partem fore; contra ea, si quid advers accidisse , se unum ejus delicti futurum reum. Ab hoc d s c-edcjs Alcibiades, Quonia,., inq.it, victoriae patriae re^.Jas, ^ll^drnoneo, ju.ta kostem castra habeas nautica; perddu^ 20 ^^lemm, ne immodest ui miUtum vestrorum occasio detuv Lys- iuidrovestri opprimendi exercitm. Neque ea res ilium fefeljit ^am Lysander, quum per speculatores comperisset vukum IX.-EETIRES INTO THRACE-JOINS THE PERSIAN SATRAP. ^ At Alcibiades, victis Atheniensibus, non satis tuta eadem loca sibi arbitrans penitus in Thraciam se supra Propontidem ubdidit, ^3erans ibi facillime suam fortunam occuli posse. Falso. Nam Thraces, postquam eum cum magna pecunia veuisse senserunt, insidias fecerunt. Qui ea quae apportarat 5 abstulerunt, ipsum capere non potueriuit. Ille cernens nullum locum sibi tutum in Graecia propter potentiam Lacedaemon- lorum ad P]iarnal)azum in Asiam transiit; quern quidem adeo siui cepit humanitate, ut eum nemo in amicitia antecederet. iVamque ei Grynuim dedorat in Phrygia castrum, ex quo quin- 10 quagena talenta vectigalis capiebat. Qua fortuiia Alcibiades non erat contentus, neque Athenas victas Lacedaemoniis servire poterat pati. Itaque ad patriam liberandam omni ferebatur cogitatione. Sed videbat id sine rege Perse non posse fieri ideoque eum amicum sibi cupiebat adjungi, neque dubitabat 15 tacile se consecuturum, si modo ejus conveniundi habuisset potestatem. Nam Oyrum fratrem ei bellum clam parare Lace- daemonus adjuvantibus sciebat. Id si aperuisset. magnam se initurum gratiam videbat. « "^ «>« 30 ALCIBIADES. X.-MUKDEREI, By OEDEn OF PHAKNABAZUS i-m ocrtos homines ad Ly an 1^ HT '•'"" ^"'^'""''- «>-e.um fore mtum.qua b A " '"""'"''='' """' <'-''™- ■■elms coinmotu., statuit all P^-i^^l^retur. His Laco daemoniis esset, nisi AlciW- ,ll ?• ' ^'""' ''' -' ^^ ^a™ 10 didisset. Non uli 1™' 1 " ""™.a"t mortuum sibi tra- -«!. opes mi,„,i Zl i " I 'Si: L s"''™ ?*""'"""' ^"»"' a.I Alcibiaden, interficiendnm n n,™ ", ^"'"™''-™ m ferro i° duo maledicentissimi, nescio m,n ,,,*'" ' 1" quidem 6 conspirant. Namque ea Tur. " ' '" '"" """ '""''ando diearunt atque hoc am^iul'l^n^m T^r^^""',"' '" ''™^- ■ ^""™ Albenis, splendidissima ALCIBIADES. 31 ciyitate, natiis c.s«et, oinnes splendore uc di^^riiitate superasse vitae ; postquain inde expulsus Thebas venerit, adeo studiis eoriim mservisse, ut nemo eum labore coi-porisque viribus posset apquiparare (omnes enim Boeotii magis firmitati cor- 10 pons quam ingenii aoumini iuserviunt) ; eiindem apud Lace- daemonios quorum moribus siimma virtus in patientia pone- batur, SIC duntiae se dedisse, ut parsimonia v ictus atque cultus omnes Lacedaemonios vinceret ; venisse ad Persas, apud quos ' summa laus esset fortiter venari, luxuriose vivere : horum sic 15 imitatum consuetudinem, ut illi ipsi eum in liis maxime admir- arentur: quibus rebus eflfecisse, ut apud quoscunque esset prmceps poneretur, habereturque carissimus. Sed satis de hoc ; rchquGS ordiamur. ' BS tfANNlBAL. i. J.i I IV. HANNIBAL. Prusias; Stratagem-xr r ■' ^l?""'^— I^- Flight to Crpfp v^'"™ *" • Aiii. conclusion. '•-HIS JIIUTAKy GENira-HATHFn n„ . quod nemo dubitat, ut p„pS ^rtlmg,„,e„,i3. Si vor,™ csf, «^perarit, „„„ eat infitLfd" m ^a^nTj """^ «^"'^^ vi,,ute ce ero3 imperatores prudentia om?, °. "'" P^o'^fe^e 6 codat f„rtit„di„e cunctas «;I " 7"""'"^ ^"•■""'^ "'»- eo congressus est :„ Italia semner r <'"<""'««"nque cum "«■ d„mi civium suorum intiZ li'rfr' ™"^™^- Q""'' VKletur e„pera,-a potuisse. sld lt„ '^'"*"f ''"''• R»™an- "■»•« virtutem. Hie autem vel.r ,'" <''"'='=to'i<' devieit ■d deposuerit ; qui quidem ouum Z' '^""' "■'""■•"» s virtu te lestitisse ins ante- lue cum > Quod 'omanos devicit odium « quam t alieu- re ciun cididit iochus 3ue a quum ircnt darentque operam consiliis clandestinis, ut Hannibalem in sua- picionem regi adducerent, tanquam ab ipsis corruptuni alia atque antea sentire ; neque id frustra fecisseut, idque Haunibal comperisset, seque ab interioribus consiliis segregari vidisset, tempore dato adiit ad regem, eique qiumi multa de fide sua et 10 odio in Romanos commemorasset, hoc adjuuxit '.—Pater mens, mqmt, Hamilcar, piierulome, utpoie nou amplius novem annos 7iato, in Ilispaniam impemtor prqfickcens, Cavthagine lovi Optimo maximo hostias immolavit. Quae divina res ^dum con- /iciebatur, quaesivit a me, vellemne secum in castm projicisci. 15 Id quum libenter accepissem, atque ab eo petere coepissem, ne duhitaret ducere; turn ilU—Faciam, inquit, si mihijidem quam postulo dederis. Simul me ad aram adduxit, apud quam sa- crificare instituerat, eamque {ceteris remotis) tenentem Jurare j'ussit nunquam me in amicitia cum Romanisfore. Id ego jus- 20 jurandum patri datum usque ad hanc aetatem ita conservavi, ut nemini dubium esse debeat, quin reliquo tempore eadem mente sim/uturus. Quare, si quid amice de liomanis cogitabis, Hon imprudenter feceris, si me celaris; quum quidem bellum parabk, te ipsum frustrabeiis, si non me in eo principem 25 posueris. Ill— MILITARY EXPLOITS IN SPAIN. Hac igitur, qua diximus, aetate cum patrein Hispaniam pro- fectus est. Cujus post obitum, Hasdrubale imperatore suffecto, equitatui omni praefuit. Hoc quoque interfecto, exercitus summam imperii ad eum detulit. Id, Carthaginem delatum pubhce comprobatum est. Sic Hannibal, minor quinque et 5 viginti annis natus, imperator factus proximo triennio omnea gentes Hispaniae beHj subegit. Saguntum, foederatam civi- tatem, vi expugaavi. Tres exercitus maximos comparavit. Ex his unum in Africam misit, alterum cum Hasdrubale fratre in Hispania reliquit, tertium in Italiam secum duxit. Sultum 10 Pyrenaeum traiisiit. Quacunque iter fecit, cum omnibus iiicolis conflixit. Neminemnisivictumdimisit. Ad Alpes posteaquam venit, (quae Italiam ab Gallia sejungunt, quas nemo unquam cum exercitu ante eum praeter Herculem Graium transierat quo facto is hodie sultu. Grains appellatur), Alpicos conantes 15 34 HANXIBAL. t^^^^^"Z::^'^^r^ ., Italiaoique jicrvenie. "ac copiaa traduxil, iu Conflixerat apud Rhodanura cum P p„™„r- c • . siilo, eumque pcpulerit, (^,„„ , ^o™"''" Scipione con- i'le... Soipio cum collc-a Tb ' T ""'■""'," """'""■ l'-^'"". « "im vouit Cuu, l,ia°ml „ "" i^r"'"'-:"""' ^'•"'"''"" »''--»^™» '"do per LiguvosApo„„i„ Tt r?; ■;*7'''' ""«'«-"• ■tmere adoo j-ravi marbo afflci, "' ""™' Etruriam. Hoc <'-tm aequo" bone usus J f Q^rvaZ'r' "' ""'°^ ™"^"'-™ r;remeretur, Jootioaquc forretur C P "" ""'"" o""""""" "^que multo post 0. ( on L, n * '="™"'™"*">n oceidit, ^altu. occupautom. ffi e^ Auulh,! ''"" "1™ '""'^""' "»"" c-veroitus uno p,-ooli« f ,„.,,.,> P, ^^I'lius. Utriusque 1» .in..t Praotej co„l^, .^ •h^"c;,"V'"T"'"^"""''^" ^' ''■■- superioro anu„ fuc-at ecu,;,!!. ^''''"'""" '^"""'"•ra. qui ^-^■'^ANCE TO BOME-MOEE BATTLES Jlac pugna pugnafa Romam profectus o,f „, u' • In Propmquis urbis moutibus rraturo^f A "'"'""'<'• "Ji die castra liabuisset ot r,vTtl f ^ ^""'" "'''q""' WaximuMictatorEomalu/i,™ r," '^'■"'"■™' * I'"''"'' « clausus loconnu augu JS' 'e 2 : S J'r ' " °,''^""- «'= so expedivit; Fabio calli.li,,;,, ■ '""'""'o '^-^''^to Nau.quc, obducfa uo to "^ " "'"^'''"'"' ''""t verba, doligata iuooudit. cju.^; "no" uuUit:,'';"''" ^■"^™«""'" Pala'am immisit. Quo roouHu „) l '"'" """'"•™ ''is- 10 iuj,..it exorcitui K,,m morZ T" ' "'" '■■"'""» ""™f«m "'-us. Hanc post r? S."' ?"'' "'"'■•■' ™"™ n™o .it iuiuucium Rufu „, um'^trum eli ™ ' -"""'^ '"'^'"'•'. «. K"^^d„l„p,.oduc;„u,? ,*,tr rV," '"''"*°'™' ™- '• '" ^"™'"s 'iliseus in insidias -~«jv*^,-^ ,-.-.«-.^^tBAitt-.:', '*te pra muiiiit; antea unua traduxit, iu HA^^NIBAL. 35 ipione con- tidii apud it. Tertio, n ad versus )rofligavit. am. Hoc nunqiiam 3tiamnum lem apud occidit, 3ta manu 'bviam ei ^triusque lit et ali- lum, qui 3is*-onte. aliquot Fabius it. Hie :ercitus verl)a, icoi'um m dis- Torem no sit s, M. m im- in-f)ii- iidias inductum mistulifc. M. Claudium Marccllum, quinquies con- 15 Bulcm, apud VenuHiam pari mode intcrfecit. Lonmim est mimerare proelia. Quart hoc unum satis erit dictunt ex quo intelhgi possit, quantus iUe fuerit : quamdiu in Italia fuit nemo ei in acie restitit, nemo adversus eum post Canncnsem' pugnam in campo castra posuit. 20 VI.— RECALLED 1. \FRICA-DEPEATED AT ZAMA. Hie invictus patriani defensum rcvocatus belium gessit ad- te um apud Padum. tertio apud Trebiam fugarat. Cum lioc haustis jam patriae tac^tatibus, cupivit impraesentiamm bel um componere quo valentior postea congrederetur. In 5 col oqumm convenit ; conditiones non convenerunt. Post d actum paucis diebus, apud Zamam cum eodem conflix t ulsus mcredibile dictu) biduo et duabus noctibus Hadrumetum n rr^r^ ^ ^f '' ^'^^^ "^^^^ ^""^ p— - ^i- it^ pusMt. Hadrumeti reliquos e fuga collegit. Novis delectibus paucis diobus multos coutraxit. aciccLibus VIL-PEACE-HANNIBAL ELECTED ONE OF THE REOES- EXILE. bUl.im cum Romanis composuerunt. Ille nihilo secL ex-m- c h„ p„st„a praofuit, roaque in Africa geaait, ite„ quo Ma" " f.ator ejus, usque ad P. Sulpicium, C. Aureliu^ coi HiJ mm rnag,stratibu5 le«ati Carthagiuionses Eomam v l,™ « pacem tecis.ent, ob eamque rem corona aurea eos donarpn^ .lentui. His ex senatus consulto rosponsum est- Tn,„m« i 88 HANNIBAL. roponerotur dS a^,„„i: r T™'*^'' ""»» " o"™™ mtu, sui exposcemHS'™',?'" ''""■'''''• «"»Ha""ibai 2« .laretur, .avem ascendit clam a uT' T^"™ "' ^™'""» Profugit. Hac ro pa am rek S' ^^™'" ••«' Antioobum eomprehendcrant, si prentl^" """^ *™' ""•''^ <""» .■ublioarunt, dom;m atn L; f "^^^ """'^ "^^ juthcarunt. '"sjeceiuut, ipsum, exulom r.U.-KETUKK TO APKICA-ruOHa. TO AKTIOCHUS- VICTORY. cotb"TMlur:„,!:::;b, ^™'^"™ "-o "-«■«=-, ^ a^ccsit in fiuib Ckc™' ;:; ""7" "^,? '-'">- ^M^am beilum Anfiucb: ,pe M ,da " r - ^ . Curthagiuiouses ad « suascrot, ut cum exe, j i ™ i 'r , '"'"°™1 «» Jam per- Mag„„c;„ fratZ, X i ' M ;;J'?"" P^ficisoeretur. ^„„ ■■ebi„,quum 8olvisse.it navra aovp In v!nf- ,• ' "'^'P'^'-atis ad Antioclmm pemait S Ar ''"'™'""' Hannibal te.fectnra enm serf „;',,: ^'"' f ' ," f "»«^ iP3in«, in- in sereudo bello co ,sili s e rn' " ,"'"'"'"" ™"^»'' « '™ Piendo institnerat pCL Tn,"^ vobussot, q„am in susei- 15 tamen nulla descrnit in r Pen ' '"""" ™''^'^'-'*. Syria jnssus erat in Asiam ^l^tj^'l ""'''S' ""^ » dasscm in Pampl.y]i„ matiZulhT n " ^''"'"°"">' adversariorum sui supen entm ^ '^""" ""'"'"idino superior. '^ '■ '"""' '■'*'' 1™ <^"™'' rem gessit, Cuit i L "m nscs copfnito ic ut rediit, secundo et 3 quotannis i diligentia 3 effecit, ex e Romania in aerario 0, L. Fiirio I Hannibal 8 senatua Lntiocluim luae eum 'ona ejus n exulem us— ?Grafc, L. African! iuses ad am per- r. Hue af,'onem speratis annibal lemoria ius, iu- si tam susci- iumnia debat, 'as ex iorum ;udin0 t, fuifc HANNIBAL. IX.— FLIGHT TO CRETE. 37 Antioclio fugato, verens ne dederetur, quod sine dubio acci- disset, si sui fccisset potestatem, Cretam ad Gortynios venit, ut ibi, quo so conferret, considerarei,. Vidit autem vir omnium callidissimus magno se fore periculo, nisi quid providisset, propter avaritiam Oretensium. ]\I:ignam enim secum pecunianj 6 portabat, de qua scicbat exisse faniam. Itaque canit tale con- silium, Amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro et argento. Hap, praesentibus principibus, deponit in templo Dianae, simulans se suas fortunas illorum fidei credere. His in errorem inductis, statuas aeneas, quas secum portahat, 10 omni sua pecunia complet, easque in i)ropatulo domi abjicit. Gortynii templum magna cura custodiunt non tam a ceteris quam ab Hannibale, ne ille inscientlbus iis tolleret, secumque duceret. X.— GOES TO PRUSIAS— STRATAGEM. Sic conservatis suis rebus, Poenus, illusis Cretensibus omni- bus, ad Prusiam in Pontum pervenit. Apud quem eodem animo fuit erga Italiam, neque aliud quidquam egit, quam regem armavit, et exercuit adversus Romanos. Quem quuni videret domesticis opibus minus esse robustum, . conciliabat fi ceteros reges, adjungebat bellicosas nationes. Dissidebat ab eo Pergamenus rex Eumenes, Romania amicissimus, bcllumque inter eos gerebatur et mari et terra. Quo magis cupiebat eum Hannibal opprimi. Sed utrobique Eumenes plus valebat prop- ter Komanorum societatem. Quem si removisset, L orasibi 10 cetera fore arbitrabatur. Ad hunc interficiendum talem iniit rationem. Classe paucis diebus erant decreturi. Superabatur navium multitudine ; dolo erat pugnandum, quum par non esset armis. Imperavit quam plurimas venenatas serpentes vivas colligi, easque in vasa fictilia conjici. Harum quum efte- 15 cisset magnam multitudinem, die ipso, quo facturus erat navale proelium, classiarios convocat, iisque praecipit, omnes ut in unam Eumenis regis con currant navem, a ceteris tantum satis iabeant se defendere : id illos facile serpentium multitudine consecutm-os; rex autem in qua nave velieretur, ut scirent se 20 if HANNIBAL ■lali coliortiit one inilitnm r..„f„ , ■ , lium deJtauur. Onar T„ ' ! "''" ""^ "**<1»'^ "' I'™- Pugnae duretu , H 1 " I n/™f ''"'''' P™«q«™ «ii...n Eumenes csset toM ? ' '''"''"" '^''""■'^' «"' ?"» loco mt esres.„s e "e ! ; ''™7'™'' ''««''"'*'^. -"« eodem, „„de '0 ea roporit, „i i quod ad hrtl ,kC"''' '•""*^ ^l"^'"''-' """' "> committere .,on dubitavit TjZ ■ " P'™'""" «'««'" nibalis praocepto mdtrai nav^T '" """°?™ ^■"'>'''« Han- 1« conseouj „„„ eS,Ti3i If::!' ; ""•- f""" P"'" ^ ^-™ in proximo litore erant co lo ItrE n ,f ™^P'''^'' O""" quura adversariospremerr aoHn. ^"f .^"'■*'™''="«<^»''™« . jacta initio risum nu. ^t^, 7 ' "7"' "°"P'''' ^""'- ««»« a) floret, poterat mm^"Tol^"ZT"'''""' "''^"° O""™ "> ^pexemnt serpe„tib„; nov^erttf a,,^"" "r^"^'"' ™"- vitarenfc non vidercnt „„nnl !''"""" """"^ P"'i^''in""n nautica retule,™, L'^Slalf ™t ' ''""' "^ ^^ »•«''•■- Buperavit, n„„„e tu,n^h™ , ''" ■'"™" Porga,„e„on„„ 2* pari pmd;utir;p;;utt; ™ :.:rior' ^"^ ^'^''-'"''- »i- Xn.-T„E KOMANS ,.«AND H,M FKOM PEUSIA3- HIS DEATH. atque ibi de Ham, a e , f^ff i "" '-•""«'>'"«"> coena,e„t, * detulit. Patrol l::^, J \,~„,;:,/^»""nu. ..„at„i Jiue insidiis futm-os „„ij;„'^ /•'""'" " "vo nu,M,u„,„ se HANNIBAL. 39 ant, in his Flamininum, qui ab rege peterent, ne inimicissimiim suum sociim liaboret, sihicjue dederet. His Prusias negare ausus nun est. Illud recusavit, no id a se fieri postulavent, quod adversus jus liospitii esset ; ipsi, si possent, comi)relieudeient ; 10 locum ubi esset facile inventuros. Hannibal enim uno loco se tenebat in castello, quod ei a rege datum erat muneri, idque sic aedificarat, ut in omnibus partibus aedificii exitus liaberet, scilicet verens, ne usu veniret, quod accidit. Hue quum legati Romanomm -venissent, ac multitudine domum ejus circumde- 15 dissent, puer ab janua prospiciens Hannibali dixit pluies praeter consuetudinem armatos a[)parere. Qui imperavit ei, ut omnes fores aedificii circumiret, ac p''cpere sibi nuntiaret, num eodem modo undique obsideretur. Puer quum celeritei, quid esset, rcnuntiasset, omncsque exitus occupatos ostendisset, 20 sensit id non foi'tuito factum, sed se peti, neque sibi diutius vitam esse retinendam. Quam ne alieno arbitrio dimitteret, memor pristinarum virtutum venenum, quod semper secum habere consueverat, sunipsit. XIII.— CONCLUSION. Sic vir fortissimus, niultis variisque perfunctus laboribus, anno acquievit scptuagesimo. Quibus consulibus interierit, non convenit. Nanique Atticus, M. Olaudio Marcello, Q. Fabio Labeone consulibus, mortuum in annali suo scriptum reliquit ; at Polybius, L. Aemilio Paulo, On. Baebio Tamphilo ; Sulpicius 6 autem Blitho, P. Cornelio Cethego, M. Baebio Tamphilo. At- que hie tantus vir, tantisque bellis districtus, non nihil temporis tribuit Uteris. Namque aliquot ejus libri sunt, Graeco sermone confecti, in his ad Ehodios de On. Manlii "Volsonis in Asia rebus gestis. Hujus belli gesta multi memoriae prodiderunt, 10 sed ex his duo, qui cum eo in castris fuerunt, simulque vixerunt, quam diu fortuna passa est, Silenus et Sosilus Lacedaemonius. Atque hoc Sosilo Hannibal literarum Graecarum usus est doctore. Sed nos tempus est hujus libri facere finem, et Romanorum 16 explicare imperatores, quo fticilius, coilatis utrorumque faetia, qui viri praefereudi sint, possit judicari. Mil ,■) ■I fjf '. %. '-'-tXt'^^^^^fs^i^imw'^ Jpavt Scfoub. EXTRACTS FROM CAESA.R ■f a PREFATORY NOTE. ^ATua .h/Mus 0av9aw «n» 1 ;;'--;'^-. - 1,.. „;:: r ;::",;;! j-^^^ ^oo .0. no .. „ep,... ,, tl'o nnnor o.iiccvs „f the state, with or d t , " - ''"'"^' '"'"^' "' ^^-.'"•'.« the op„o,siu-on t Li , ':."""'^^!'''^ '" '' "•«-. -twith- coahtion with l'onn,ev and (V ''"'^7'\'^'^' '"''1 then entered into t\ni -»Pai.ns in Uau,, Gonna." Lrktir";'-"""^ '^""^ ^^ ^"^ ^'^-'"^ i'o."„e,an party-aud his pJltila n le^^ ^ "''' ''""P^'^ '•^"<' *"« toonni-ortantto bo narrated ho"o 12^^^^^"^ '"" ""^">- '•^"•l aetivty and snecess, ho was .s^^lJaIn;T''''''f "'"^' ext.aordinar, to'-s. on protonco that ho wa.s ai, d ' " '•'• ^'^ '^^ '"^"'» ofcon^pi,,. 8 b.o., U; ill ff: ""'"'• "'^ '^^^'■- *''«-" BOOK I. PART I.— THE HELVETIAN WAR. ARGUMENT. Do(icr\ption of Ga\il.— II. The Ilclvctii iicisiiiided to eniifiiato.— III. rrcpfirntlons for ilcpartme.— IV. Accusation am! death of Orgetoi ix.— V. The llclvidi Inini their towns.— VI. Routes to Guiil.— VII. Caesar iirepaies to opjiose tiie llelvetii. — V 1 1 1. Caesar's defen.sivo nie:i.sures.— IX. The Uelvetii treat witli the Secjuanl. ~~X. Caesar increases his forces.— XI. Tlie llel<'etii reach tlie country of the Aedui.- XII. Caesar defeats tlie Uelvetii at the Arar.-XIU. The Uelvetii treat vitli Caesar. -XIV. Caesar's rcply.—XV. Tlie Uelvetii march onward.-- XVI. Tiie Aedui fail to supply corn to Caesar.— XVII. The revelations of Lisius. — XVllI. Tlie treachery of Dmniiorix.— XIX. Caesar sends for Divitiacus, brother of Dumnorix. -XX. Caesar pardons Duninovix.— XXI. Operations ojiainst the Uelvetii.— XX H. Mistake of Considius, and failure of the lloinaiis. — XXIII. Caesar retreats to Bibracte for provisions.— XXIV. The Uelvetii follow, and prepare for battle.— XXV. The battle.— XXVI. The Uelvetii de- I'eated.— XXVII. Negotiations for peace.— XXVIII. The Uelvetii forced to vutuni to their own land.— XXIX. Numbers of the Uelvetii who left home. I— DESCRIPTION OF GAUL. Gallia est oranis divisa in partes tres ; qiiarum uiiam incolunt Bclgae; aliam Aquitani ; tertiam, qui ipsonim lingua Cclttie, nostra GtUli appellftntur. Hi omnes lingua, institutis, Icgibus inter se differunt. Gallos ab Aquitanis GarUmna flumeu, a Belgia Matrona et Scqualia dividit. Horurn omnium fortissimi 6 Buut Belgae, propterea quod a cultu atque liumanitate pro- vinciae longissime absunt, minimeque ad cos ^ercat(l)res saepe commcant, atque ea, quae ad effeminandos animos pertinent, important ; proximique sunt GermTinis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum continenter bcllum gerunt. Qua de causa 10 Holvetii quoque reliquos Gallos virtutB praecedunt, quod fere quotidianis procliis cum Gcrmanis contcndunt, quum aut suis fiiiibus eos proliibent, aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum gcrliht. 44 Eomm THE HKLVETIAN WAR. • minis Tih"T-T^^t\r "T, "^'""'"^ P^"^" «'- partem Occam Z"est ,,T ^■■'"'"'™ """""^ <=' '^'^ "-THK HELVETII PEKSWDII, TO EMIGKATl. m.-PBEPAEATIONS FOK DEPAETDEE. BtifuL't :: taT a/i:r ''f ^'«^"'"^' p^™"" <=- initiiim capit line, Oceaho, et Helvetiis ! ab extremis partem flu- ntem solem. ntes et earn spectat inter TE. simus Orge- i cupiditate i persuasit; ■facile esse, )erio potiri. 'a Helvbtii inio atque altera ex Elelvetios ; rovinciam et minus e possent ; re afficie- loria belli ntur, qui a CLXXx oti con- iparare; oemiere ; rumen.ti Jni con- tis esse -nt. A(] icra ad THE HELVETIAN WAR. 46 civitates suscepit. In eo itinere persiiadet Castico, Cataman- taloedis tilio, Sequano, ciijus pater regnum in Sequanis multos 10 annos obtiniierat, et a senatu populi Romani amici!i3 appellatus erat, ut regnum in civitate sua occuparet, quod pater ante habuerat ; itemque Dumnorigi Aeduo, fratri Divitiaci (qui eo tempore principatum in civitate obtinebat, ac maxime plebi acceptus erat), u* Idem conaretur, persuadet ; eique filiam suam 16 in matrimonium dat. Perfacile factu esse illis probat conata perticere, propterea quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obten- turus asset : non esse dubium, quin totius Galliae plurimum Helvetii possent ; se suis copifs suoque exercitu illia regna conciliaturum confifmat. Hac oratione adducti inter se fidem 20 et jusjurandum dant, et regno occupato per tres potentissimoa ac firmissimos populos totius Galliae sese potiri posse sperant. IV. — ACCUSATION AND DEATH OF ORGETORIX. Ea res est Helvetiis per indicium enuntiata. Moribus suis Orgetorigem ex vinculis causam dic6re coegerunt. Damnatum poenam sequi oportebat, ut igni cremaretur. Die constituta causae dictionis Orgetorix ad judicium omnem suam familiam, ad hominum millia decern, undique cpegit, et omnes clientes 5 obaeratdsque suos, quorum magnum numerum habebat, eodem conduxit ; per eos, ne causam diceret, se eripuit. Quum civitaa ob eam rem incitata armis jus suum exsequi conaretur, multi- tudinetnque hominum ex agrts magistratus cogerent, Orgetorix mortuus est ; neque abest suspicfo, ut Helvetii arbitrantur, quin 10 ipse sibi mortem consciverit. V. — THE HELVETII BURN THEIR TOWNS. Post ejus mortem nihilo minus Helvetii id, quod constitue- rant, facere cona'ntur, ut e finibus suis exeant. Ubi jam se ad eam rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua omnia numero ad duodecim, vicop ad quadringentos, reliqiui privata aedificia incendunt ; frumentum omne, praeterquam quod secum porta- 5 turi erant, comburunt, ut domum reditionis spe sublata parati- ores ad omnia pericula subeunda essenu ; trium mensium molita cibnna sibi nufiTnono domo efferre iubent. Persuadent Rau- racis et Tulingis et Latobrigis finitimis, uti eodem usi consilio, 46 TilE HELVETIAN WAR. VI.-ROUTES TO GAUL. -Cii'cant omniuo itinpi-n Wn^ •, P-«ent: u,„„„ p 78^0, '"1 '!f\'''"'""''"^ "»■«» ^xire .luccfcntur; „,„'„, auteralSu! •"■ -"^ ,""" '"'«"" ^^^ « l«<"ci proMbei-e nossem '!"""' mpeadcbat, „t facile per- 1" Jit CO „ppic,„ p^i", ariT Ho, n ': '''™ '^'"'''■» «^"eva. ve' ..muasu™, (qucfnondum bon? "'• .^"°'''°«il'us .e»e ;".um viderentur,) exlstilC ve, vT';:;° /" ""P"'™ «°™- ftnes e„s ire paterehtur. Omn bjj f '"''"• "' P"' «»<>» l«i-at& diem dicunt, qua di^.d ,. r,f P'^fe^Uonem eom- 1« "iant Is die. erat a d V V T" f'""""' ™'»« -^onve- comulibus. • *^' ■^■''- ^P'-- L Pisone. A Gabiuio VII.-CAESAE PEEPAEES TO OPPOSF Tn p. „ «md,tam numerum impeiat-lV • " '"'™™' ?"'«* mittunt nobilissimos civitaffi elf ^;'."'..%aMs ad e«,„ ^'oruolo'etius principem loei'mobS f ""'' ^™""«»« <>' 10 in a„im„ si„e „„„ malefl io t" pe f ° ' ■""' *'^^™' ^'^ «» ' q«od aliud iter l.aberent m Imn '"'''™^'"''™'P'''>Ptoea siW faeere lieeat. Caes'r ™„d *"'2' "' «J"« ™l»»tate id -bju,.„ „„,„„„, c„nccde,I„, : ;lba ™ f -"f"" " ^"PuraDat; neque homines THE HELVETIAN WAIl. 47 cantur; Boi- 'lu Noricum se f?ocios sibi riomo exire ficile, inter iiiguli ca'rri facile per- il nostram, inter f?nes Rhodaiius 1 oppidum ' Geneva. ?ibus sese um Rom- per suos lem com- es conve- Grabinio 'II. nostram naximis et ad potest Iteriore H. Ubi d eum eius et bi esse Pterea ;ate id ■ssiura iiiimico aniiho, data facultatB per provinciam itiiicris fiiciundi, 15 tcniperaturos ab injuria et malcficio existimabat, Tamcn, ut Bpatium intercedere posset, dum milites, quos imperaverat, con- venii-ent, legatis respondit diem se ad deliberandum siunptu- rum : si quid vellent, ad Id. Apr. reverterentur. VIII. — caesar's defensive measures. Interea ea legione, quani secum liabebat, militibusque, qui ex provincia convenei-ant, a lucu Leiiahno, qui in^ flumoji Kliodaiium influit, ad montoni JuraTIi, qui fines Sequanorura ab Helvetiis dividit, millia passuum deceni novem murum; in alti- tudinem peduin sedecim fossamque pierducit. Eo opere per- 5 fecto praesidia dispouit, castella comniunit, quo facilms, si se invito trtrnsire conarehtur, prohibere possit. Ubi ea dies, quaiu constitucrat cum legatis, venit, et legati ad eum reverte'riint, negat se moire et exemplo populi Romaui posse iter ulli per provinciam dare, et si vim facere conentur, prohibiturum 10 ostendit. Helvetii ea sjje dejecti, navibus junctis ratibiisque coniphiribus factis, alii vadis Rhodani, qua minima altitude fiumiii'^ erat, nonnunquam intevdiu, saepius noctii, si periump- erc possent conati, operjs munitione et militum concursu et tulis repulsi hoc conatu destiteruut. Ifi IX. — THE helvetii TREAT WITH THE SEQUANL Rclinquebatur una per Sequanos via, qua Sequanis iuv^itis propter angustias ire non potcrant. His quum sua sponte per- Buadcre non possent, legates ad Dumnorigem Aeduimi mittunt, ut eo dcprecatore a Sequanis impetrarent. DumnoTix gratia et largitione apud Sequanos plurimum poterat, et Helvetiis erat 6 amicus, quod ex ea civitate Orgetorigis iiliam in matrimonium duxerat, et cupiditate regni adductus novis rebus studebat, et quam ])lurimas civitates suo beneficio habere obstri'ctas volebat. Itaque rem suscipit, et a Sequanis impetrat, ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur, obsidesque uti inter sese dent perficit : 10 Scquani, ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant; Helvetii, ut sine, maleficio et injuria transeaut. tnines ■■<■( 48 MI HM,VBTIAIf WAR x--CAmn raoRKASEs bw fok™, Caesari renuntiatur Helveti;, » • -on longe a Tolosatium finibuTatei" ' '™.''"^' ''''«'«. l-i vincm. Id si fleret. inteffii ma ".; """ """"' "'' '" P »- ftc.t; ipse in ItaliammagniSrih, "'''•''" '*Sat«m prae- Pfr Alpes erat, cum h«\„f„17 ™ ''j',^ '» l^'^riorem Galliam Centroaea et Graioieli HcXLlT-i' '"• '"""^'«'»' ^ 't.nm exereitum prohibere com£""^ ««Peri«ribus occnpati, P"!*". ab Ocelo, q„od eat cTr "■ ''""P'"'''!!, his proeliia ■nde m Allobro«„m fines, ab ZhCX " '"P'™" P^''''™"; «t ™ ""^ndere 1 1ta se omni tempore de popSXr "'" "■"«*""" '""'"i™ : mconspectuexercit„snosTrrlri?T-Tr"''^'«»- "' Pa«* tutem abduci, oppida exptn^n™ ^A'"''" '^°™" '» ««^"- Pore Aedui Ambarr,-, necXi 7 ""'• ^^"'^ '«»- Caesarem certiorem fecimt T I """^"Suinei Aeduoram, IOaboppidis,i„,,^^>™;'j;-- depopulaa agris non facile Rhodannm vicos posseSso^^k ^T '^""'"■°«^''3'''"-a'" sarem recipiur- .t demonriT .J*''^''™'. %* 8e ad Cae- , sibi statmt, dum om„[b„s &!". "^"^ "™ «»P»^andum 1« tonos Helvetii pervenirent ™" consumptis in San- I I THE HELVETIAN WAR. 49 ^er agrtim facere, qui sst in pro- proviiiciae icos, loci^ - • Ob eaa 'Um prae- asque ibi emabant, Galliam dit. Ibi 'ccupatia ' proeliia Qum, in ervenit ; )8 exer- >danum DUL copias ^iraque 3ndere lium : paenP servi- tem- )rum, facile trans Cae- oihil dum San- XII.— CAESAR DEFEATS THE HELVETII AT THE ARAR. ^ Flumen est Arar, quo.; ^ fines Aeduorum ct Sequanomm m Rhodanum influit incredibili lenitate, ita ut oculis, in utram partem fluat, judicari non possit. Id Helvetii ratibus ac lintri- biTS junctis transibant. Ubi per exploratores Caesar certior tactus est tres jam partes copiarum Helvetios id flumen tra- 5 duxisse, quartam fere partem citra flumen Ararim reliquam esse, de tertia vigilia cum legionibus tribus e castris profectus ad eam partem pervenit, quae nondum f amen transierat. Eos impeditos et mopinantes aggressus niagnam partem eorum con- cidit : rehqui sese fuga'e mandamnt, atque in proximas silvas 10 abdiderunt. Is pagufe appellabatur Tiguriiius ; nam omnis civitas Helvetia in quatuor pa^os divisa est. Hie pagiis unus quum domo exisset patmm nostrorum memoria, L. Cassium con- sulem mterfecerat, et ejus exercitum sub jugum miserat. Ita siye casti, sive consilip deorum immortalium, quae pars civi- 15 tatis Helvetiae msignem calamitatSm populo Romano intulerat ea prmceps poenas persolvit. Qua in re Caesar non solum' pubhcas, sed etiam privatas injurias ultus est, quod ejus soceri L. Pisonis avum, L. Pisonem legatum, Tigurini eodem proelio quo Cassmm, mterfecerant. XIII.— THE HELVETII TREAT WITH CAESAR. Hoc proelio facto, reliquas copias Helvetiomm ut consequi posset, ponteni in Arare faciendum curat, atque ita exercitiim traducit. Helvetii repentino ejus advent^ conimoti, quum id moa ipsi diebUs XX aegerrime confederant, ut flumen transirent' I urn Uno die fecisse intelligerent, legates ad eum mittunt \ n eiijus legatioms Divico princeps fuit, qui bello Cassiano dux Helvetiorum fuerat. Is ita cum Caesare egit : Si pacem popu- lu8 Romanus cum Helvetiis faceret, in eam partem ituros atque ibi futuros Helvetios, ubi eos Caesar constituisset atque esseyoluisset; sin bello persequi perseveraret, reminisceretur 10^ et veteris mcommoOi populi Romani et pristinae virtutFs Hel- t^etiorum. Quod improvise unum pagum adortus esset, quum ii qui flumen transissent. suia ail yiliiim f^vr-a «on — "'^-i- -- ^1 vum^rem aut suae magnopere virtutl tribderet, aut ipsos despi- M' TIlmiE'VETIAN WAB. virt,ue q,.am dolA contemlcrent, aut in^idiS mtcSr o.lf ' XIV.— Caesar's re ^y. His Caesar ita lespohdit : Eo sibi minus dubiUtionis ,lnr1 noil fmsse difficile cavere; sed eo deccDtiim nnnri .« '''"'^^^^' vinoiam per vim tentassent, quod Aeduos ouod I. i^ cedev. Ounm pTu t ! diuturptorem impunitatem con- ceal.. Quuni ea ita smt, tamen si obsides ab iis sibi dentur uti ea quae polliceantur facturos intelligat, et si /4u^ 1 1 2Urespondit: ItaHelvetios a majoribus suis institutes esse uti anum esse testem. Hoc responso dato discessit. XV.-THE HELVETII MARCH ONWARD THE HELVETIAN WAE. 61 niultitiuhnom cqiiitiim propuleiant, autlucius Bubnist^re nou- iiuiKiimm et novissimo aginine proel 'ostroa lacessere c6e- pejunt. Caesar suos a proeJio continebat, ac oatis liabcbut iu m praoseiitia hostem rapiiilB, pabulatiouibus, populatiouibusque proliibere. Ita dies circiter quindccim iter fecenmt, uti iutcr iiuvissimum host;um asmen et nostrum priinum uuu umpliua quims aut seuis millibus passuub interessct. XVI.— THE AEDUI FAIL TO StJPPLY CORN TO CAESAR. luterim quotidie Caesar Aeduos frumcntum, quod esseut publice polliciti flagit, Nam propter frigoi^t, (quod Gallia sub septent^ioiiibus, u :te dictum e.t, p^ 'ita est,) Lnlldo irumenta m a^ns m^atui. no-erant, sed ne pab?ili qmd^msA ma^na cyia suppeteb^t : 60 auiem fr Aentofquo^ flulijie 5 Afare na^^fbus su^^exfrat 4)r4^erea m^s ut potLt, qA5d {ft- ab Arare Helvetfli ave^-^erant ; a quibus discedere nolebat j - lem ex die duefere Aeddi: conferri, comportari, adesse dicere Ubi se dmtius duci intellexit, et diem instare, quo die frumen- tum militibus metiri oporteret, convocatis eorum principibus 10 quorum magnam copiam in castris habebat, iu ^is Divitiaco et Lisco qui summo magistratui praeerat-queih' Vergobretum appe lant Aedui, qui Creatur annuus, et vitae necisque in suos habet putestatem,-gi^viter eos accusat, quod, quum neque emi lic-que ox agns sumi posset, tarn necessario tempore, tarn pro- 15 p.nquis host.bus, ab iis non sublevetur ; praesertim quuni magna ex par.e eorum precibus adductus bellum susceperit : multo etiam gravms, quod sii; destitutus, queritur. XVII.— THE REVELATIONS OF LISCUS. Turn demum Liscus oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat, proponit: Esse nonnullos, quorum auctoritas apud pl bem plunmum valeat, qui privatim plus possint quam ipsi uT T. /^' '''^'''^'' '''^'' ^^'"^^ «r-tione multi- deb anT- f "'' "' '""^''"" ^^^^^^^^^' ^^ P^-«tare5 deb ant: SI jam pnncipatum Galliae obtinere non possint, Morum,^,,^ Romanorum imperia praeferre, neque dubitare uciieant, quin, si Hclvetios superav^rinf P^ i -^- - Gallia Aedms libertatem sint ereptuii Ab eisdem ff2 THE HELVETIAN WAR. nostra consilia quaeque in castris gerantur hostibus enimtiari. coactus Caesan enuntiarit, intelligere sese, quanto id cum peri- culo fecerit, et ob earn causam. quam diu potuerit, tacuisse: XVIII.— THE TREACHERY OP DUMNORIX. Caesar liac oratione Lisci Dumnorigem, Divitiaci fratrem, rtesgnan senheba ; sed.. quod pluribus praesentibus eas rT jactari noleba , celeriter concilium dimittit, Liscum retinet C^uaent ex solo ea, quae in conventu dixerat. Dicit liberius 6 atque audacms. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit; reperit esse vera: Ipsum esse Dumnorigem summa audacia, magna apud Plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, cupidum remm novarum Comr -ares annos portoria reliquaque omnia Aeduorum vecti^ gaha parvo pretio redempta habere, propterea quod illo licente 10 contra hceri audeat nemo. His rebus et suam'rem fami ia'em Znl ^"'''''' '' '"-^"^^"^""^ "^^-- --P--e^ magnum numerum eqmtatus suo sumptu semper alere et mitates largiter posse; atquc hujus potentiae causa matrem 16 m Biturigibus ommi illic nobilissimo ac potentissimo collo- casse ; ipsum Helvetiis uxorem habere ; sororem ex matre et propmquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse. Favere et cupere Helvetiis propter eam affinifcatem, odisse etiam suo nomine Caesarem et Romanos, quod eorum adventu potentia 20 ejus deminivta, et Divitiacus frater in antiquum locum gratiae atque honoris sit restitutus. Si quid accidat Romanis, summam m spem per Helvetios regni obtinendi venire ; imperio populi Komani, non modo de regno sed efiam'deoa, quam habeat gra.ia desperare. Reperiebat etiam in quaerendo Caesar, quod 25 proehum e^^ ^estre adversum paucis ante diebus esset factum initium ejus fugae factum a Dumnorige atque ejus equitibus-' nam equitatui, quem auxilio Caesari Aedui miseraut, Dumnorix praeerat-: eorum fuga reliquum esse equitatum perterritum. XIX -CAESAR SENDS FOR DIVITIACUS, BROTHER OF DUMNORIX. Quibus rebus cognitis, quum ad has suspiciones certissimae res accederent, quod per fines Sequanorum Heivefcioa tradu- enimtiari : 3sario rem cum peri- cuisse. i fratrem, IS eas res n retinet. t liberius perit esse ?na apud novarum. im vecti- lo licente miliarem iparasse ; alere et finitimas matrem 10 collo- matre et Favere fam suo potentia gratiae immam ) populi habeat, ir, quod factum, tibus — mnorix itum. N^ORIX. ssirnae tradu- THB HELVETIAN WAB. 63 xisset ,— quod obsides inter eos dandoa curasset,— quod ea omnia non modo injussu suo et civitatis, sed etiam inscientibus ipsis fecisset -quod a magistratu Aeduorum accusaretur,— satis esse 6 causae arbitrabatur, quare in eum aut ipse animadverteret, aut civitatem animadvertere juberet. His omnibus rebus unum repugnabat, quod Divitiaci fratris suramum in populum Romanum studium, summam in se voluntatem, egregiam fidem, justitiam, temperantiam cognoverat: nam, ne ejus sup- 10 plicio Divitiaci animum offenderet, verebatur. Itaque prius I quam quidquam conaretur, Divitiacum ad se vocari jubet, et quotidianis interpretibus remotis per 0. Valerium Procillum, principem Galliae proviuciae, familiarem suum, cui summam omnium rerum fidem habebat, cum eo colloquitur; simul com- 15 monefacit, quae ipso praesente in coucilio Gallorum de Dum- norige sint dicta, et ostendit, quae separatim quisque de eo apud se dixerit. Petit atque hortatur, ut sine ejus offensione animi vel ipse de eo causa cognita statuat, vel civitatem Btatuerejubeat. an XX.— CAESAR PARDONS DUMNORIX. Divitiacus multis cum lacrimis Caesarem complexus obse- crare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret : Scire se ilia esse vera, nee quemquam ex eo plus quam se doloris capere, propterea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reli- qua Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se 5 crevisset ; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiara, sed paene ad perniciem suam uteretur ; sese tamen et amore iratorno et existimatione vulgi commoveri. Quod si quid^ ei a Caesare gravius accidisset, quum ipse eum locum amicitiae apud eum teneret, neminem existimaturum non sua 10 voluntate factum ; qua ex re futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur. Haec quum pluribus verbis flcns a Caesare peteret, Caesar ejus dextram prendit; consolatiis rogat, finem orandi faciat ; tauti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti et reipublicae injuriam et suum dolorem ejus voluntati ac precil)us 15 condonet. Dumnorigem ad so vocat, fratrem. adlii'bet ; quae in eo reprehendat, cstendit ; quae ipse intelligat, quae civJtas queratur, proponit ; raonet, nt in reliquum tompijg omnes sua- ■'>*■ 'mm -^.,M, Si THE HELVETIAN WAR piciones vitet ; prieterita se Divitiaco frotrf . . 20 Dunmoiigi custodes nhnfi „t ™"^ *"»'" condonare (licit. •♦ XXr.-OPERATIONS AGAINST THE HELVETII. — "'^itTaS'r "■:"" '""'^ ''™'- ^•>'' '»<">*e omncm ante Je m°ttr P P„„' "^ '™ ''™*™^'*' <^»it'^t"mne fuerat, cum a.;ioratoZrp"aLSr '"'"''' "^^ '''^''^^' neque, ut po«tea ex caS ~ra"^t7""'™^ I^bieui cognitus esset Con,iwZ ' f • P'™' «a™nt '""""'" ■'' """ *<-'""i. quod non vidisset, Zvi^s bi 11;"'" ""T r''"^""""' la sucat intovvalLo lltea Te^Uuret Sa , '""• """ '"'■ eomm caatris castra ponit. P"™""™ "» "b XXm -CAE«AR „.TREATS TO BIBHACTE EOR PROVISIONS "'"" '^"""""'"tt^ ""^'i" oP'Tteret, et q„oc, a Kb a " I J ionare (licit, m loquatur, 'II. 3 sub monte qualis esset >gii08cerent, 1 vigilia T. libus et iis s ascendere irta vigilia litatumque is peritissi- M. Crassi 5 ROMANS. Lir, ipse ab IS abesset, entus aut accurrit ; ' hostibiis 'gnovisse. ^ instruit ^m Coni- ne essent, ite occu- denique s tcneri, firritiini, luo oon- tria ab IONS. , qiinm il)racte, THE HELVETIAN WAR. 66 oppido Aeduorum longe maximo et copiosissimo, non ampliua millibjis passuum xviii aberat, rei frumentariae prospiciendum existimavit : iter ab Helvetiis avertit, ac Bibractfi.ire contendit 6 Ea res per fugitiVos L. Aemilii, decurionia equitum Gallomm* hostibus nuntiatur. Helvetii, seu quod timob p^rterritos Ro- manos discedere a se existimarent,— eo m*agis, <^uod pridie superioribus locis occupatis proelium non commisissent,— sive eo quod re frumentar^- intercludi posse confiderent, commutato lo consilio atque itiner-. converso, nostros a novissimo agmiue iuscqui ac lacessere coeperunt. XXIV.— THE HELVETII FOLLOW, AND PREPARE FOR BATTLE. Postquam id anirnum advertit, copias suas Caesar in proxi- mum collem subducit; equitatiimque, qui sustineret hostium impetum, misit. Ipse interimr in colle medio triplicem aciem instruxit legionum quatuor veteranarum ; atque supra se in summo jugo duas legiones, quas in Gallia citeriore proximo 6 conscripserat, et omnia auxilia collocavit, ac totum montem hominibus complevit; interea sarcinas in unum locum conferri, et eum ab his, qui in superiore acie constiterant, muniri jussit! Helvetii cum omnibus suis carris secuti impedimenta in unum locum contulerunt ; ipsi confertissima acie rejecto nostro equi- lo tatu, phalange facta, sub primam nostram aciem successerunt. XXV.— THE BATTLE. Caesar primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotia eqiiis, ut aequato omnium periculo spem fugae tolieret, cohor- tatus suos proelium commisit. Milites e loco superiore piliS missis facile hostium phalangein perfregefuht. Ea disjecta gladiib destrictis in eos impetAm fecerunt. Gallis magno ad g pugnam erat impedimento, quod pluribus eomm scutis uno i^tu pilorum transfixis eo colligatis, quum ferrum se inilexisset, neque evellere neque sinistra impcdita satis commode pugnare poter- ant, multi ut diu jactato bracliip praeoptarcnt scutum manu emittere^et nudo corpore pugnare. Tandem vulneribus defe'ssi, lo et pcdote-referre, et quod mons suberat circiter mille passnum.. eo se recipere coeperunt. Capto moAte et succedentibus uostris, Boii et Tulingi, qui liominum millibus circiter xvagmeu \ ^ #^ f\ft THE HELVETIAN WAR. XXVI.— THE HELVETII DEFEATED Ita ancipiti proelio diu atque aeriter pusnatum «f n- r quum s«sti„ere nostrorum impetus nonpostr ^t ' can-OS 6U08 se contulerunt ^^i, T. * ■mpedimenta et «I.ora septoa ad !„ Xt„m :^" P™«""' "■™ "" viderenemopotuit AHn„l . ' *™™m hostem loco s„peri„ra?u SjTenS tr/ '-"'r™"'' '' » nuIU inter carAs rotaSanJTtr - *. "•"°'*™*' «' "O"" 10 nostr„s,„e vulnerab:^' Diu 'ut ^" f «""S /"l-jiciebant, mentis casfiaque nostri n„«u s^nt iT n ""f ™' ^P^"'" I «n„» e filiii captus est. & eopmlio 1^^.°"^' '"^ ""^"^ y cxxx euperfuenmt .„„„:, f "^'' ''°""»'"» ^'Ui:-- J\ nullam pa^teS; S i tnur inr""^^ '^""■' ''^ 1« quarto pervenemnf r,,,,, J ! '"'"""■'■so. >n fines Lingonum die 'epult„?rS„™r„ Jt tfTrif """''■'' ■""""■» "' P™P*" potuissent Cam^^ Lwl 1 T """■"" ""^ ^^q"' •">« eos frumento?evral 're ra ; tTsiT""'? °"'"' " loco quo Helvetios hnWh.J V ' JW'sseut, se eodem ' SO omnibus copii:X„t:eX '" '"" "'"™'"° "'^ XXVIL-NRGOTIATIONS FOR PEACE. ad!:il;iert' Q^tmSlnlt- " '^^^"^ ^"^ "'*•'« ad ped^s projecissent s^ppLrqu: SeT™"""'' "'™ sent, atque eos in eo loco o,r t ''^ P""*"" P<"is- Sexspectarojussiset paraemnt f"" ?™*' """" *''^^"'™ obsidte, anna, « fvos Q U?d 1 !" f' ""^ °"''''"- P"'''""'". ea conq .iruntur et confernnlr P^fPf'"'' P"P°^"'- ^um „„„ ,. IP^ ,. . '"'» "^ntur, nocte mtermissa cirMt»r %„„: -urn ..ulla ,x ejus j.agi, qui Verbigenus appellatur; si™ timbre THE HELVETIAN WAR. 57 i. Diutiua teri se, ut imenta et , quum ab na hostem pedimenta rant, et e t, et non- ^jiciebant, >, impedi- 31ia atque im milliz ' ierunt:''^" onum die st propter 3qui non tnisit, ne 3e eodem sso cum editione it, seque m petis- ventum ervenit, Bum !• in i-V rv» • perterriti, ne armis traditis supplicio afficerentur, sive spe balutis inducti, quod in tanta multitudine dediticiorum suam 10 fugam aut occultari aut omnino ignorari posse existimarent, prima nocte e castris Helvetiorum egressi ad Rhenum finesque Germanorum contenderunt. XXVIII.— THE HELVETII FORCED TO RETURN TO THEIR OWN LAND. Quod ubi Caesar resciit, quorum per fines ierant, his, uti conquirerent et reduc'erent, si sibi purgati esse vellent, imper- avit : reductos in hostium nuniero habiiit ; reliquos omnes, obsidib^, armig, perfu'gis traditis, in deditionem accepit. Hel- vetios, Tulingos, Latobrigos in fin4 suos, unde erant pr6fecti, 5 reVerti jussit;_et quod omnibus frukibus amissis do"£i nihil erat quo famm tolerarent, Allobrogibus imperavit, ut iis frumenti copiam facerent : ipsos oppidiji vico'sque, quos incen- derant, restituere jussit. Id ea maxime ratione fecit, quod * noluit eum locum, unde Helvetii discesserant, vacare, ne prop- 10 ter bonitatem agrorum Carmani, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, e suis finibus in Helvetiorum fines transirent, et finitimi Galliae provinciae Allobrogibusque essent. Boios, petentibus Aeduis, * quod egregia virtute erant cogniti, ut in finibus suis collocareut.' concessit ; quibus illi agros dederunt, quosque postea in parem 16 juris libertatisque conditionem, atque ipsi erant, receperunt. XXIX. — NUMBERS OF THE HELVETII WHO LEFT HOME. In castris Helvetiorum tabula'e repertae sunt Uteris Graecfs confectae, et ad Caesarem relatae ; quibus in tabulis nominatim ratio confecta erat, qui nunfierus domo exissel eorum, qui arraa ferre possent; et item separatim pueri, senes, mulieresque. Quarum omnium rerura summa erat, capitum Helvetiorum 6 millia cclxiii, Tulingorum millia xxxvi, Latobrigorum xiv, Rauracorum xxiii, Boiorum xxxii; ex his qui arma ferre possent, ad millia xcn. Summa omnium fuerunt ad millia cccLXviii. Eorum, qui domum redierunt, censu habito, lit Caesar imperaverat, repertus est numerus millium c et s. lo v timore ' 'l! 58 THE GERMAN WAR. PART IL-THE GERMAN WAR. ARGUMENT. XXX The Gallic States hold a council tyvt n , , k.n^ of the Ge™ans.--XXXirn;7s™Man. n""''"''"? "^"'""^ Arlovlstns. kind answer to the Oauls-XXXIV ^(^^^"»" /W'^^^^^^'l-XXXin. Cnesar' chned by Arlovistus.- .... xxVvir^ '"■"^'"'''*' °^ » •conference de- A.iovistus.-xxxvirr. c.e^JtlLV^-ZlZ^Tv' ''""'''■ '""'-^'"^^ "'^--^ InCaesar'sarmy.-XLCaesaraddresse Th 2^^^ Caesar marches.— XLII Arin„i=f. men.— XLI. Confidence featovoH- ofthe conference.- • x^V Trrr"'"' " ''""^^'"'^^-XLHI. l' p , ?« «;ishes to renew the c^nfem, ;7cIS7,::-'-'f '--XLVir. Ar.S offers battle.-XLIX. Caesar ^akcs a seeo'l''""^"'^---^^^"'- C«esar Caesar's smaller camp._LI Caesar LJu '^'^"'P— L- Arlovistus attack. Offers battle.-LII. iL ba tit-L irLefrarof a "■' T'' °^ ^''-'stu, and turns to liither GauL ^*^^** °^ Anoviatua-LIV. Caesar re- XXX.-THE GALLIC STATES HOLD A COUNCIL. runt, „ti s'ibi coSlTo«rM^^ ' T""'"*' * * ^^^'^ XXXI.-COMPLAINTS AGAINST ARIOVISTM, KING OF THE GERMANS. THE GERMAN WAR. £9 it ArlovlstHs, in. Cnesiir's iference de- rclies agfiiiist XIX. Alarm ice j-estorcd; !• Tlie place r. Ariovistus ■'HI. Ciiesar sfus attacks ovlstus, and Caesar re- ^rincipes * Petie- indicere, [uasdam Ea re ne quis et, iuter THE te fue- ireto in Ea re icrunt ; :isaei]t, 'ptorea ntiiroa videfcnt. LocntiVs est pro his Divitiacus Aeduus ; ♦ * Ariovis- tum, rogcm Gennanorum, in corum finibiis conscdisse, tertiamque partem agri Seqiiani, qui esset optimus totius Galliae, occupa- 10 vissc, et nunc de altera parte tertia Sequanos deccdere jubere, propterea quod paucis mfensibus ante Hfirudum millia hominum XXIV ad eum venisscnt, quibus locus ac sedcs pararentur. Futurum esse paucis annis, uti omnes ex Galliae finibus pelle- rcntur, atque omnes Germani Eheniim transirent : neque enim 16 conferendum esse Galiicum cum Germanorum agro, neque banc consuetudinera victus cum ilia comparandam. Ariovistum antcm— ut semcl Gallorum copias proelio vicerit, quod proclium factum sit ad Magetobkam— superbe et crudeliter imperar^, obsides nobilissjmi cujusque libei-os poscere, et in eos omnia 20 exempla cruciatusque edere, si qua res non ad nutum aut ad voluntatem ejus facta sit. Hominem esse barbarum, iracun- dnm, temerarium : non posse ejus imperii diutius sustinere. Nisi quid in Caesare populoque Eomano sit auxilii, omnjbus Gallis idem esse faciendum, quod Helvetii fecerint, ut domo 25 emigrent, aliud domicilium, alias sedes, remotas a Germanis, petant, fortunamque, quaecunque accidat, experiantur. Cae- sarem deterrere posse, ne major multitudo Germanorum Rhe- num traducatur, Galliamque omnem ab Ariovisti injuria posse defendere. 2q XXXII.— THE SEQUANI OPPRESSED. Hac oratione ab Divitiaco habita omnes, qui aderant, magno fletu auxilium a Caesare petere coeperunt. Animadvertit Cae- sar unos ex omnibus Sequanos nihil earum rerum facere, quas ceteri facerent, sed tristes capite dcmisso terram intucri. Ejus rei quae causa essot, miratus -ex ipsis quaesiit. Nihil Sequani 6 respondere, sed in eadem tristitia taciti permanere. Quum ab his Baei)ius quaercret, neque ullam omnino vocem exprimere posset, idem^ Divitiacus Aeduus respondit: Hoc esse miseriorem et grayiorem fortunam Sequanorum quam r^liquorum, quod soli lie in occulto quidem queri neque auxilium implorare auderent ; 10 absentisque Ariovisti crudelitatem, velut si coram adesset^ Imn-erent, propterea quod reliquistamen fugae facultas daretur' Seqnanis vcro, qui intra fines sues Ariovistum reccpissent| * J. I ii 60 THE GERMAN WAR. quorum oppida omnia in potestate ejus essent, omnes cruciatus io essent perferendi. XXXIII.— CAESAR'S KIND ANSWER TO THE GAULS. His rebus cognitis, Caesar Gallonim animos verbis confirma- vit polhcitusque est sibi earn rem curae futuram : magnam so habere spem, et beneficio suo et auctoritate adductum Ario- vistum finem injuriis facturum. Hac oratione habita con- 6 cihum dimisit. Et secundum ea multae res eum hortabantur quare sibi earn rem cogitandam et suscipiendam putaret ; im- primis quod Aeduos, fratres consanguineosque saepenumero a senatu appellatos in servitute atque in ditione videbat Germa- norum teneri eorumque obsides esse apud Ariovistum ac lOSequanos mtelligebat ; quod in tanto imperio populi Romani turpissimum sibi et reipublicae esse arbitrabatur * * Ipse autem Ariovistus tantos sibi spiritus, tantam arrogantiam sump- serat, ut ferendus non videretur. XXXIV.-CAESAR'S PROPOSAL OF A CONFERENCE DEOLIXED BY ARIOVISTUS. Quamobrem placuit ei, ut ad Ariovis.um legatos mitteret qui ab eo postularent, uti aliquem locum medium utriusque colloquio dehgeret: velle sese de re publica et summis utrL que rebus cum eo agere. Ei legationi Ariovistus respondit: 5 Si quid ipsi a Caesare opus esset, sese ad eum venturum fuisse • SI quid ille se velit, ilium ad se venire oportere. PraTteZle neque smo exercitu in eas partes Galliae venire oudere, qias Ca ar possideret, neque exercitum sine magno commeatu 10 mirl V r ' '".""""^ ^'T '''''''^'''' P^«««- Sibi -"tern 10 m rum videri, quid m sua Gallia, quam bello vicisset, aut Caesari aut omnmo populo Romano negotii esset. XXXVIL-COMMOTIONS-CAESAR MARCHES AGAINST ARIOVISTUS. FTaec eodem tempore Caesari mnnrlntn r.«fp.pi„-.„^ . , .. ab Aeauis et a Trevoris veuiebantT M^f^^ '^^^^ THK GERMAN WAS. 61 uies cruciatus AULS. bis confirma- magnam so iictum Ario- habita con- lortabantur, mtaret; im- spenumero a bat Germa- ovistum ac uli Romani * * Ipse tiam sump- )ECLT {ED s mitteret, utriusque oais utrius- respondit : •um fuisse ; ■aeterea, se dere, quas commeatu 3ibi autem jisset, aut riovlstus, and >ry.] INST *, et legatl im, quod Harudes, qui nuper in Galliam transportati essnnt, fines eorum poi)ularentur : seso ne obsidibus quidem datis pacem Ariovisti redimere potuisse ; Treveri autem, pagos centum Suevorum ad 5 ripam Rheni consedisse, qui Rhenum transire conarentur; his praeesse Nasuam et Cimberium fratres. Quibus rebus Caesar vehementer commotus maturandum sibi existimavit, ne, si nova manus Suevomm cum veteribus copiis Ariovisti sese con- junxisset, minus facile resisti posset. Itaque, re frumentaria 10 quam celerrime potuit comparata, magnis itineribus ad Ario- vistum coutendit. XXXVIII.— CAESAR TAKES POSSESSION OF VESONTIO. Quum tridui viam processisset, nuntiatum est ei Ariovistum cum suis omnibus copiis ad occupandum Vesoutionem, quod est oppidum maximum Sequanorum, contendere, triduique viam a suis fini"bus profecisse. Id ne accideret, magnopere sibi praecavendum Caesar existimabat. Namque omnium rerum, 5 quae ad bellum usui erant, summa erat in eo oppido facultas ; idque natura loci sic muniebatur, ut magnam ad ducendum* bellum daret facultatem, propterea quod flumen Dubis, ut cir- cino circumductum, paene totum oppidum cingit; reliquum spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, qua flumen 10 intermittit, mons continet magna altitudine, ita ut radices montis ex utraque parte ripae fluminis contingant. Hunc murus circumdatus arcem efficit, et cum oppido conjungit. Hue Cae- sar magnis nocturnis diurnisque itineribus contendit, occupa- toque oppido ibi praesidium collocat. jg XXXIX.— ALARM IN CAESAR's ARMY. Dum paucos dies ad Vesontionem rei frumentariae comme- atusque causa moratur, ex percontatione nostrorum vocibusque Gallorum ac mercatorum, qui ingenti magnitudine corporum Germanos, incredibili virtute atque exercitatione in armis esse praedicabant- saepenumero sese cum his congressos ne vultum 5 quidem atque aciem oculorum dicebant ferre potuisse—, tantus subito timor omnem exercitum occupavit, ut non mediocriter omniurn^ mentes animosque perturbaret. Hie primum ortus est a tribunis militum, praefectis reliquisque, qui ex urbe amicitiae 61 THE OEBMAN WAIt. 10 causa Caesarcm sccuti non ma«num iu ro militari usum habe- bant: ,«„,.„» „„„, ,uia causa illata, quam sibi ad praficis ct Jum neccssarmm esse diceret, petcbat, ut ejus voluntate dis- c dero boeret ; non.uUi pudore adducti.ut timoris suspicLom v.far at remanebant. Hi ncque vultum flngore neque inte" fatum querebantur, aut cum famiharibus suis commune peri- cu um m,ser„bantur. Vufeo totU casfis testamenta obsign"- bantur. Horum vocibus ac timore paulatim etiam ii qui umsnum .n castris usum habobant, milites centurioulue 20 .puque equjtatui praeerant, perturbabantur. Qui sc ex Ids n..nus timidos existimari volebant, nou se host!, vere f d sus .as .tmeris, magnitudinem silvarum, quae interoederent ZZZr ■*"! ^.™™""». »»' rem frumentariam, ut satia commode supportrn posset, timeie dicebant. Nonnulli etiam SI' Caesan nuntiabant, quum castra moveri ac signa fern lVs,e? . iX/r "'""'" ■"'"" "^'™ P™P'- «-""a XL.— CAESAR ADDEF5SE3 HIS MEN. Haec quum auimadvertisset, convoeato consilio om„i,„,.„„e ordmum ad id consilium adliibitis centuricnibue, vehemeSer eos meusavit: pnmum quod aut quam in partem L„t quo cot sd,o ducerentur sibi quaerendum aut eogitandum putart «Ano™tum se consule eupidissime populi Romani amidLm judicaiet! * * Factum ejus hostispericuIumpatrumnostToram memona q„um Cimbris et Teutonis a Caio'jlario pu feZ 10 ^."''"''™ «<=™'«« quam ipse imperator meritus vide- eva enf T* h"' "^ '"!;""''' '"='' " "^'^ accepisseni.lub- lovarent. * Hos esse eosdem, qnibuscum saepenumero Hel- vcti, congress, non solum in suis, sed etiam in iUorum finibus 15 otuennt. * * Qu. suum t.morem in rei frumentariae simula- t.onem angustzasque .t.neris conferrent, facere arroganter, quum ai.t de ofhc.0 .mperatoris desperare aut p.-aescribe.-e viderentur Hacesd,, essecurae: frumentum Sequanos, Le„cos, Lingones 8ubm.n,stra.-e, jamque esse in agris frumenta m^tiu-a ; de THE GEKMAN WAR. 63 itinorc ipsos brcvi tempore judicaturos. Quod non fore dicto 20 luidientes ncqiie sigua laturi dicantur, nihil so ea re commoveri; scire eniin, quibuscunque exercitus dicto audiens non ftiorit' uut male re gesta fortunam defuisse, aut aliquo facinore com- [.erto avaritiam esse convictam: suam innocentiam perpctua \ifa, folicitateni Helvetiorum bello esse perspectam. Itaque 25 se proxima nocte de quarta vigilia castra moturum, ut quam " priiimm intclligere posset, utrum apud eos pudor atque officiuin ill! tlmor valeret. Quod si practcrea nemo sequatur, tamen se cum sola decima legione iturum, de qua non dubitaret, sibique cam praetoriam cohortem futuram. Huic legioni Caesar et 30 iiKluIserat praecipue, et propter virtutem coulidebat maxime. XLL— CONFIDENCE RESTORED— CAESAR MARCHES. Ilac oratione liabita miruin in modum conversae sunt onnuum mentes, summaque alacritas et cupiditas belli gerendi iiinata est, princepsque decima legio per tribunos militum ei gratias egit, quod de se optimum judicium fecisset, seque esse ad bcllum gerendura paratissimam confirmavit. Deinde reliquae 6 le,mones cum tribunis militum et primorum ordinum centuri- ouibus egerunt, uti Caesari satisfacerent : se neque unquam (lubi asse neque timuisse, neque de summa belli suum judicium, scd nnpcratoris esse existimavisse. Eorum satisfactione ac- ccpta, et itinere exquisito per Divitiacum, quod ex aliis ei 10 mi.ximam fidem habebat, ut millium amplius quinquaginta cir- cuitu locis apertis exercitum duceret, de quarta vigilia, ut a I xorat, profectus est. Septimo die, quum iter non intermitteret, ah cxploratoribus certior factus est Ariovisti copias a nostris millibus passuum quatuor et xx abesse. 15 XLII.— ARIOVISTUS TROrOSES A CONFERENCE. Cognito Caesaris adventu, Ariovistus legatos ad eum mittit : quod antea de colloquio postulasset, id per se fieri licere,* qiiomam propius accessisset, seque id sine periculo facere posse existimare. Non respuit conditionem Caesar, jamque eum ad i^anitatem reverti arbitrabatur, quum id, quod antea petenti 5 denegassct, ultro poliiccretur; magnamque in spem vcniebat, pro suis tantis jiopulique Komaui in eum beneliciis, cognitis e4 THE OERMAN WAR. Ill 8U18 postulatis. fore, uti pertinacia Jesisterel;. Dies colloquio dictus est ex eo die quintua. Interim saepe ultro citroque 10 quum le^ati inter eos mitterentur, Ariovistus postuiavit ne quern peditera ad colloquium Caesar adduceret: vereri se ne per insidias ab eo cir^sumveniretur : uterque ci..n equitatu veniret; alia ratione sese non esse venturum. Caesar quod neque colloquium interposita causa tolli volebat, neque salutem 15 suam Gallorum equitatui committere audebat, commodissi- mum esse statuit, omnibus equis Gallis equitibus detractis, eo legionarios milites legionis decimae, cui quam maxime confide- bat, imponere, ut praesidium quam amicissimum, si quid opus facto esset, haberet. Quod quum fieret, non irridicule quidam 20 ex mihtibus decimae legionis dixit-plus quam pollicitus esset Capsarem facere : pollicitum se in cohortis praetoriae loco deci- mam legionem habituiam ad equum rescribere. XLIII.— THE PLACE OP THE CONFERENCE. Canities erat magna, et in ea tumulus terrenus satis grandis Hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat. Eo, ut erat dictum, ad colloquium venerunt. Legio- nem Caesar, quam equis devexerat, passibus ducentis ab eo 5 tumulo constituit. Item equites Ariovisti pari intervallo con- stiterunt. Ariovistus, ex equis ut coUoquerentur, et praeter se denos ut ad colloquium udducerent, postuiavit. fThe remainder of Chapter XLIII,, with the whole of XLIV. and XLV., is taken up with the conference.] XLVL— TREACHERY OP ARIOVISTUS. Dum haec in colloquio geruntur, Caesari nuntiatum est equites Ariovisti propius tumulum accedere, et ad nostros adequitare, lapides telaque in nostros conjicere. Caesar lo- quendi finem facit, seque ad sues recipit, suisque imperavit, ne 5 quod omnmo telum in hostes rejicerent. Nam etsi sine ullo periculo legionis deiectae cum equitatu proelium fore videbat tan 3n committendum non putabat, ut pulsis hostibus dici posset eos ab se per fidem in coMoquio circumventos. Postea- quam m vulgus militum elatum est, qua arroL'antia in fiollnn.n'n 10 Ariovistus ususomni Gallia Romanis interrUxisset, impetumque m THE GERMAN WAR. 6fi In nostros ejus equites fecisseut, eaquc res colloquium ut dire- misset, multo major alacritas studiumque pugnandi majua exercitui injectum est. xlvii.— ariov^istus wishes to renew the conference— Caesar's messengers bound. Biduo post Ariovistus ad Caesarem legatos mittit : Velle se de Iiis rebus, quae inter eos agi coeptae neque perfectae essent, «gerc cum eo : uti aut iterum colloquio diem constitueret, aut, si id minus vellet, e suis legatis aliquem ad se mitteret. Collo- (luendi Caesari causa visa non est, et eo magis, quod pridieej is 5 diei Germani retineri non yoterant, quin in nostros tela conji- cerent. Legatum e suis sese magno cum periculo ad eum missurnm et hominibus /eris objecturum existimabat. Com- niodissimum visum est Caium Valerium Procillum, C. Valeri Caburi filium, summa virtu te et liumanitate adolesceutem, 10 cujus pater a Caio Valerio Flacco civitate donatus erat, et propter fidom et propter linguae Gallicae scientiam, qua multa jam Ariovistus longinqua consuetudine utebatur, et quod in eo peccandi Germanis causd, jn esset, ad eum mittere, et M. Metium, qui hospitio Ariovisti utebatur. H?" raandavit, ut, Ifi moveri jussit ; quae res magno USUI nostns f uit. Nam et navium figura, et remorum niotu° et inusitato genere tormentorum permoti barbari constiterunt, ac pauhim modo pedem retulerunt. Atque nostris militibus cune- tantibus, maxime propter altitudinem maris, qui decimae 10 egioms aquilam ferebat contestatus deos, ut ea res le'llm fehc, ter eveniret : Desib'te, inquit, milites, nisi vultis aquilam bostibus prodere : ego certe nieum reipublicae at<,ue imperatori olheium praestitero. Hoc qiuim voce magna dixisset, se ex navi projecit, atque in hostes aquilam ferre coepit. Turn nostri 15 cohortati inter se, ne tantum dedecus admitteretur, universi ex imvidesi uerunt. Hos item ex proximis navibus quum con- spexissent, subsecuti hostibus appropinquarunt. XXVI.— THE BRITONS DEFEATED. Pugnatum est ab utrisque acriter. Nostri tamen, quod neque ordmes servare, neque firmiter insistere, neque signa sub- sequi poterant, atque alius alia ex navi, quibuscunque sio„is occurrerat, se aggregabat, magnopere perturbabantur ; hostes 6 vero, notis omnibus vadis, ubi ex litore aliquos singulares ex iiavi egredientes conspexerant, ineitatis equis impeditos adorie- bantur, plures paucos civ.umsistebant, alii ab latere aperto in universes tela conjiciebant. Quod quum animadvertisset Caesar scaiihas longarum navium, item speculatoria navima milifih,.' in compleri jussit ec. quos laborautes conspexerat, liis subsidia FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE ROMANS. 73 Bnlwiittcluit. Nostri, simul in avido constiterunt, suis omnibus coii.secutis in hostes impetum fccevunt, atque eos in fugam (ledernnt neqi.o. longius prosequi potuerunt, quod equites cur- sum teiiere atque insulam capere non potuerant. Hoc unum ad pristinam iurtunam Caesari defuit. 15 XXVII.— THE BRITONS SUE FOR AND OBTAIN TERMS OF PEACE. Hostos proelio superati, simul atque se ex fuga receperunt, statim ad Caesarom legates de pace miserunt ; obsides daturos" (luucque imiierasset facturos esse polliciti sunt. Una cum his It^yatis Commius Atrebas venit, quem supra demonstraveram a Caesare in Britanniam praemissum. Hunc illi e navi 6 egressum, quum ad eos oratoris modo Caesaris mandata deferret, compreliende :t, atque in vincula conjecerant : turn proelio facto remiserunt, et in petenda pace ejus rei culpam in multi- tudinem contulerunt, et, propter imprudentiam ut ignosceretur, l)(>,tiverunt. Caesar questus, quod, quum ultro in continentem lO legatis missis pacem ab se petissent, bellum sine causa intul- issent, ignoscere imprudentiae dixit, obsidesque imperavit ; quorum illi partem statim dederunt, partem ex longinquioribus locis arcessitam paucis diebus sese daturos dixerunt. Interea Buo., remigrare in agros jusserunt, principesque undique con- ]5 venire et se civitatesque suas Caesari commendare coeperunt. XXVIII.— PART OF CAESAR'S FLEET DAMAGED BY A STORM. His rebus pace ccnfirmata, post diem quartum quam est in Britanniam ventum, naves xviii, de quibus supra demonstra- tum est, quae equites sustulerant, ex superiore portu leni vento solverunt. Quae quum appropinquarent Britanniae, et ex castris viderentur, tanta tempestas subito coorta est, ut nulla earum 5 cursum tenere posset, sed aliae eodem, unde erant profectae, referrentur, aliae ad inf eriorem partem insulae, quae est propius solis occasum, magno sui cum periculo dejicerentur ; quae tanien ancoris jactis quum fluctibus complerentur, necessario adver&a nocte in altum provectae continentem petiwunt. lo 74 FIRST INVASTOxN OF BRITAIN KV THK ROMANS. XXIX. -REMAINDER OF FLEET ALSO INJURED BY A HIGH TIDE AND A STORM. Eadem nocte accidit, ut esset luna plena, qui dies maritimos aestus maxiinos in Oceano efficere consuevit, nostrisque id erat mcognitum Ita imo tempore et longas naves, quibus Caesar n dZ'r ^T'^'''^'':^^'^ ^^raverat, quasque in aridum sub- eiant deligatae, tempestas afflictabat, neque ulla nostris facul- tas aut administrandi aut auxiliaudi dabatur. Conipluribus navibus fractis, reliquae quum essent funibus, ancoris, reli- quisque armamentis amissis ad navigandum in utiles, magna, id iO quod necesse erat accidere, totius exercitus perturbatio facta est. Neque enim naves erant aliae, quibus reportari possent, et omnia deerant, quae ad reficiondas naves erant usui, et quod omnibus constabat hiemari in Gallia oportere, frumentum his m locis in Inemem provisum non erat. XXX.— THE BRITONS RENEW THE WAR. Quibus rebus cognitis, principes Britanniae, qui post proer-im ad Caesarem convenerant, inter se collocuti, quum equites et naves et frumentum Romanis deesse intelligerent, et pauci- tatem militum ex castrorum exiguitate cognoscerent, quae hoc 6 erant etum angustiora, qaod sine impedimentis Caesar legiones transportaverat, optimum factu esse duxerunt, rebellione facta frumento commeatuque iiostros prohibere, et rem in hiemeni producere, quod his superatis aut reditu interclusis neminem postea belli mferendi causa in Britanniam transiturum confide- 10 bauc. Itaque rursus conjuratione facta paulatim ex castris Uiscedere ac suos clam ex agris deducere coeperunt. XXXI. — CAESAR REPAIRS THE FLEET. At Caesar, etsi nondum corum consilia cognoverat, tamen et ex eventu navium suarum, et ex eo, quod obsidcs dare inter- miserant, fore id, quod accidit, suspicabatur. Itaque ad omnes casus subsidia comparabat. Nam et frumentum ex a l„n,llnR Ir Britaln.-IX. The Briton, nro defeated in a battle X. Caesar's fleet dainaKcd by a stonn.-X I. Repair of the fleet XU ^f T XVI' ■i;;'«HM '" "f °"-' "'""''' ^"^^"'- "" '"" '"«>-^'>. l>"t are debated 1 Lted vJ 1' "'""° f ««'"i"K-XVII. Another battle; the 8^0, fd*. fcated.-\Vin. Caesar advances to the Thames—XlX CassiJellau.ms m™ wbe?':::;;:::;t°"xxn 'r""-^f; ^"° ''''•'""^-^---d:"-xxT camp xxu~v ^"•:"''''<"«''f"' att'i^k by the Britons on Caesar's naval camp.-XXlII. Peace concluded ; Caesar's return to Gaul. VIII.— CAESAR'S LAxVDING IN BRITAIN. His r.'bus gestis, Labieno in contincnte cum tribiis legionibiis ct eqnitum miUibus duobus relicto, ut portus tuerctiir, et rem fnimcutariam provideret, qi-aeque in Gallia gererentur, coc^nos- ceret. consilmnique pro tempore ct pro re caperet, ipse"cum 6 qmnque legionibns et pari nuinero cquitum, quem in continenti roliquerat, ad solis occasum naves solvit, et leni Africo provcc- tus media circiter nocte vcnto intermisso cursum non temiit et longms delatus aestu orta luce sub sinistra Britanniam relictam conspexit. Turn rursus aestus commutationem secutus remis 10 '^ontendit, nt eam partem insulae caperet, qua optimum esse egressum superiore aestate cognoverat. Qua in re admodum fuit militum virtus laudanda, qui vectoriis gravibusque navi- giis, non mtermisso remigandi labore, longarum navium cursum adaetjuarunt. Accessum est ad Britanniam omnibus navibus 15 mcndiano fere tempore ; neque in co loco llosti^ est visus sed ui postea Caeasrex captivis cognovit, quum magnae niamis eo SECOND INVASION OF BniTAIN. 71) nvoo'ascnt, multiludine navium pertorritao, quae cum anuo- tims ^jrivatisque, quas aui quisque coinuiudi foccrat, amplius .)*'^ingentae uno crant visao tempore, a litore discesbcraiit, ac ao ii 8Ui)eriora loca abdiderart. 20 IX. — THE BRITONS ARE DEFEATED IN A BATTLE. Caosar, cxposito oxercitu ct loco castria idoneo capto, ubi ex cai)tivi3 cognovit, quo in loco hostium copiae consedissent, cuhortibus x ad mare relictis et cquitibu? occ, qui pracsidio navibuu essent, de tertia vigilia ad hostes coutondit eo minus vcritus navibus, quod in litore molli atque aperto deligatas ad 6 ancoram relinquebat, et praesidio navibus Q. Atrium praefecit. Ipse noctu progressus millia passuum circiter xii hostium copias conspicatus e£t. Illi equitatu atque esscdis ad flumen progress! ex loco superiore nostros pruhibere et proelium com- niittcre coeperunt. Repulsi ab equitatu se in silvas abdiderunt, 10 locum nacti egrcgie tit natura et opere munit'nn, quern domes- tic! belli, ut videbatur, causa jam ante prtvoparaverant : nam crebris arboribus succisis omnes introitus erant praeclusi. Ipsi ex silvis rari propugnabant, nostrosque intra munitiones ingredi prohibebant. At milites legionis septimae, testudine facta et 15 aggcre ad munitiones adjec >), locum ccperunt, eosque ex silvis cxi)ulerunt paucis vulneribus acceptis. Sed eos fugieutes longius Caesar prosequi vetuit, et quod loci naturam ignorab'.it, et quod n)agna parte diei consumpta munitioni castrorum tom]nis relinqui volebat. 20 X.— DAESARS FLEET DAMAGED BY A STORM. Postridie ejus diei mane tripartite milites equitesque in cx- peditionem niisit, ut eos, qui fugerant, persequerentur. His aUcpuintum itincris progressis, (luum jam extremi essent in pro- spectu, equites a Q. Atrio au Oaesarem venerunt, qui nunti- arent superiore nocte maxima coorta tempestate prope omnes 5 naves affllctas, atque in litore ejectas esse, quod neque ancorae lunosque subsisterent, neque nautae gubernatoresque vim pati tempcstaiiis posseut : ilaque ex eo coucursu navium uiagiiuui esse inconunodum acceptum. 80 SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN. 't ' XI. — REPAIR OF THE FLEET. His rebus cognitis Caesar lejriones equitafciimque revocari atque itinere desistere jubet; ipse ad naves revertitur; eadem fere, quae ex nuntiis litsrisque cognoverafc. coram perspicit, sic ut amissis circiter xl navibus reliquae tamen refici possemnfrn.,, 5 negotio vidci^entur. Itaque ex legionibus fabros deligit, ct^ex continenti alios arcessi jubet ; Labieno scribit, ut, quam pluri- mas posset, iis legionibus, quae sunt apud eum, naves instituat. Ipse, etsi res erat multae operae ac laboris, tamen conimodissi- mum esse statuit omnes naves subduci et cum castris una 10 munitione conjungi. In bis rebus circiter dies x consumit, ne nocturnis quidem tomporibus ad laborer.! militum intermissis. Subductis navibus castrisque egregie munitis, easdem copias, quas ante, praesidio navibus reliquit ; ipse eodem, unde redierat,' proficiscitur. Eo quum venisset, majores jam undique in eum' 15 locum copiae Britannorum convenerant, summa imperii bellique administrandi comnumi consilio permissa Cassivellauno, cujiis fines a maritimis civitatibus flumen dividit, quod ai)pellatur Tamesis, a mari circiter millia passuunx lxxx. Huic superiore tempore cum reliquis civitatibus continentia bella intercesser- 20 ant ; sod nostro adventu permc*' Britanni hunc toti bello im- perioque praefecerant. XII.— DESCRIPTION OF BRITAIN. Britanniae pars interior ab iis incolitur, quos natos in insula ipsi mtmoria proditum dicunt, maritima pars ab iis, qui praedae ac belli inferendi causa ex Belgio transierant (qui omnes fere iis nominibus civitatum appellantin-, quibus orti ex 6 civitatibus eo perveneruut), et bello illato ibi permanserunt, atque agros colere coeperunt. Hominum est iiifinita multitudJ creberrimaqiie acdificia fere Gallicis consimilia, pecorum ma Descendunt, velantque caput, tunicasqiie recingunt, Et jussos la]>ides sua post vestigia mittunt. Saxa— quis hoc credat, nisi sit pro teste vetustas ?— Ponere duritiem coepere suumque rigorem. Mollirique mora, mollitaque ducere formam. yj Mox, ubi creve^'unt, naturaque mitior illis Contigit, ut quaedam, sic non manifesta, videri Forma potest hominis; sed uti de marmore coepto, Non exacta satis, rudibusque simillima signis. Quae tamen ex illis aliquo pars bumida succo, Oo Et terrena luit, versa est in corporis usum : Quod solidum est, flectique nequit, mutatur in ossa : 104 METAMORPHOSES. Quae modo vena fuit, sub eodcm nomine mansit : Inquc brcvi spatio, suj)c- -rum mmiine, saxa 100 Missa viri manibus facicni traxcre vironmi, Et clc feminoo repavata est femina jactu. Inde genus durum sunius, experiensque laborum, Et documenta damus, qua simus origine nati. I IV.-PHAETHON. (nOOIC II, LINE 1.) [Pliaethon, the son of Sol and Clymene (wife of Mci'ops, king of Aothlopia), liavinp been taunted by Epiiphus, son of Jupiter anil lo, as to liis origin, goes to tlie palace of tlio Sun to claim that Apollo would acknowledge him and put an end to liis su4- punsc.] Regia Solis crat sublimibus alta columuis, Clara micante auro, flammasque imitante pyropo : Cujus ebur nitidum fastigia summa tegebat; Argon ti bifores radiabant lumine valvae. li Materiam superabat opus : nam Mulciber illic Aequora caelarat nicdias cingentia terras, Teriarumque orbem, coehiinque, quod imminet orbi. Caoruleos habet anda deos, — Tritona canorum, Protcaque ambiguuin, balaonarumque prcmentem 10 Aegacona suis immania berga lacertis ; Doridaque et natas, quarum pars nare videntur, Pars in mole sedens virides siccare capiilos ; Pisce vein quacdam. Facies non omnibus una, Nee divcrsa tamen : qualem decet esse sororum. 15 Term viros urbes, "Nee tu mens esse negari Dignus es, et Clymene veros," ait, "edidit ortus. Quoque minus dubites, quodvis pete munus, ut illud Me tribucnto feras. Promissi testis adesto 45 Dis juranda palus, oculis incognita nostris." Vix bene desierat; currus rogat ille paternos, Inque diem alipedum jus et moderamen equorum. Poenituit jurasse patrem. Qui terque quatcrque Concutiens illustre caput, "Temeraria," dixit, 50 " Vox mea focta tua est. Utinam promissa liceret Non dare ! confiteor, solum lioc tibi, nate, negarem : Pissuadere licet. Non est tua tuta voluntas. Magna petis, Phaethon, et quae nee viribus istis Munera conveniant, nee tam puerilibus annis. 6fi Sors tua mortalis : non est mortale, quod optas. Plus etiam, quam quod supcris contingere fas est, Nescius aifectas. Placeat sibi quisque licebit : Non tamen ignifero quisquam consistere in axe Me valet excepto : vasti quoque rector Olympi, qq Qui fera terribili jaculatur fulniina doxtra, Non agat hos currus;— e<- quid Jove ma,jus haberaus? ►fM!eawte*'«!«M«i* I 106 METAMORniOSES. Ardua i)rima via est-, ct qua vix mano roccntes Eiiituiitur cqiii. IMcdio est altissima coclo ; 35 Uiule maro ot terras ipsi inilii saepc vidcre Fit timor, et pavida trci)idat formidine pectus. Ultima prona via est, ct eget modcramine ccrto. Time etiam, quae me subjcctis cxcipit utidis, Ne I'crar in pracccps, Tetliys solet ipsa vercri. 70 Adde, quod assidua rapitur vertiginc coelum, Sideraque alta traliit, celcrique volnmine torqnet. Nitor in adversum ; nee me, qui cetera, vincit Imiietus, et rapido contrarius evebor orhi. Finge datos currus. Quid ages 1 poterisne rotatia 75 Obvius ire polis, ne te citus auferat axis 1 Forsitan et lucos illic urbesque d.eorum Concipias animo, dehibraque ditia donis Esse? Per insidias iter est formasque ferarum. Utque viam teneas, nulloquc errore traliaris, 80 Per tamen adversi gradieris cornua Tauri, Haemoniosque arcus, violentique ora Leonis ; Saevaque circuitu curvantem brachia longo Scorpion, atqne aliter curvantem brachia Cancrum. Nee tibi quadrupedes animosos ignibus illis, 85 Quos in pectore liabent, quos ore ct naribus cftlant, In promptu regcre est. Vix me patiuntur, ubi acres Ihcaluere animi, cervixque repugnat habenis. At tu, funesti ne sim tibi muneris auctor, Nate, cave ; dum resque sinit, tua corrige vota. 90 Scilicet, ut nostro genitum te sanguine credas, Pignora certa petis. Do pignora certa timcndo, Et patrio pa'.er esse metu probor. Aspice vultus Ecce meos. Utinamque oculos in pectora posses Inserere, et patrias Jntus deprendere curas ! 96 Denique quidquid habet dives, circumspicc, mundus, Eque tot ac tantis coeli terraeque marisque Posce bonis aliquid : nullara patiere rcpulsam. Deprecor hoc unum, quod vero nomine poena, Non honor est ; poennm. Pliaotb.on. pro niuncrc poscis. 100 Quid mea colla tenes bhindis, ignare, lacertis ? METAMORPHOSES. 107 Ne dubita, dabitur— Stygias juravimus uoda^— Quodcunquc o})taris. Sod tu sapientius opta." Finierat monitus. Dictis tamen ille repiignat, Propositumque prcmit, flagratque cupidiiie curriis. Ergo, qua licuit, genitor cimctatus ad altos 105 Deducit juvcucm, Vulcaiiia muiiera, curms. Aureus axis erat, temo aureus, aurea sumniac Curvatura rotae, radiorum argentcus ordo. Per juga chrysolithi, positaeque ex ordine gemmae, Clara repercusso reddebant lumina Plioebo. 1 10 Dumque ea magnanimus Phaethon miratur, opusque Perspicit, ecce vigil rutilo patefecit ab ortu Purpureas Aurora fores et plena rosarum Atria. DifFugiunt stellae ; quarum agmina cogit Lucifer, et coeli statione novissimus exit. 115 At pater ut terras m'indiimque rubesoere vidit, Cornuaque extremae velut evanescere lunae, Juijgere equos Titan velocibus imperat Horis. Jussa deae celeres peragunt, ignemque vomentes, Ambrosiae succo saturos, praesepibus altis 12O Quadrupedes ducunt, adduntque sonantia frena. Turn pater ora sui sacro medicamine nati Contigit, et rapidae fecit patientia flammae ; Imposuitque comae radios, praesagaque luctus Pectore sollicito repetens suspiria dixit : 125 " Si potes his saltern monitis parere paternis, Parce, puer, stimulis, et fortius utere loris. Sponte sua propera^it : labor est inhibere volentes. Nee tibi directos placeat via quinque per arcus. Sectus in obliquum est lato curvamine limes ; 130 Zonarumque trium contentus .uie polumque Effugit australem junctamque aquilonibus Arctou : Hac sit iter. Manifesta rotae vestigia cernes. Utque ferant aequos et coelum et terra calores, Nee preme, nee summum molire per aetliera currum. 135 Altius egressus coelestia tecta cremabis, Inferius terms. Medio tutissimus ibis. Neu te dexterior tortum decliuet ad Angucm. j-mwawiiiiMiii In 108 METAMORPHOSES. Novo sinistcrlor pressam rotca ducat ad Aram ; 1 40 Inter utrumqiie tone. F(3rtunae cetera maudo ; Quae juvet, et melius quam tu tibi coiisulat,opto. Dum loquor, Hesperio positas in litore metas Humida nox tetigit : non est mora libera nobis : Poscimur. EfFulget tenebris aurora fugatis. 1 45 Corripe lora manu. Vel, si mutabilp pectus Est tibi, consiliis, non curribus utere nostris, Dum potes, et solidis etiamnunc sedibus astas ; Dumque male optatos nondum premis inscius axer?. Quae tutus spectes, sine me dare lumina terris." 1/30 Occupat ille levem juvenili corpore currum ; Statque super ; manibusque datas contingere habenas Gaudet, et invito grates agit inde parenti. Interea volucres Pyrois, Eous et Aethon, Solis equi, quartusque Phlegon, liinnitibus auras 155 Flammifcris implent, pedibusque repagula pulsant. Quae postquam Tetliys, fatorum ignara nepotis, Reppulit, et facta est immensi copia muudi, Corripuere viam ; pedibusque per aera motis Obstantes scindunt nebulas, pennisque levati IGO Praetereunt ortos isdem de partibus euros. Sod leve pondus erat, nee quod cognoscere possent Solis equi ; solitaque jugum gravitate carebat. Utque labant curvae justo sine pondere naves, Perque mare instabiles nimia levitate feruntur ; 1 G5 Sic onere assueto vacuus dat in aera saltus, Succutiturque alte, similisqiie est currus inani. Quod simulac sensere, ruunt, tritumque relinquunt Quadrijugi spatium, neo quo prius ordine currunt. Ipse pavet. Nee qua commissas flectat habenas, 170 Nee scit qua sit iter; nee, si sciat, imperet illis. Tum pri.mum radiis gelidi caluere triones, Et vetito frustra tentanmt aequore tingi. Quaeque polo posita est glaciali proxima serpens, Frigore pigra prius, nee formidabilis ulli, 175 luealuit ; sumpsitque novas fcrvoribus IraB. Te quoquc turbatum memorant fugisse, Boote, METAMOHPHOSES. 109 Quamvis tardus eras, et te tua plaustra tenebant. Ut vero summo despexit ab aetliere terras Iiifelix Phaetlion, penitus penitusque jacentes, Palluit, et subito genua intremuerc timore ; 180 Suntque oculis tenebrae per tantum lumen obortae. Et jam mallet equos nunquam tetigisse paternos : Jam cogn6sse genus piget, et valuisse rogando : Jam Meropis dici cupiens ita fertur, ut acta Praecipiti pinus borea, cui victa re:?iisit jgg [^'rena suus rector, quam dis votisque veliquit. Quid faciat ? multum coeli post terga relictum, Ante oculos plus est : animo metitur utrumque. Et modo, quos illi fatum contingere non est, Prospicit occasus ; intcrdum respicit ortus ; 190 Quidque agat ignarus, stupet ; et ncc frcna remittit, Nee retincre valet, nee nomina novit equorum. Sparsa quoquc in vario passim miracula cuelo Yastarumque videt trepidus simulacra ferarum. Est locus, in geminos ubi bracliia concavat arcus 195 Scorpios, et cauda flexisque utrinque lacertis Porrigit in spatium signoruni membra duorum. Hunc puer ut nigri madidum sudore veneni Vulnera curvata minitantem cuspide vidit, Mentis inops gelida formidine lora remisit. 200 Quae postquam summo tetigere jacentia tergo, Exspatiantur equi ; nulloque inhibente per auras Ignotae regionis eunt, quaque impetus egit, Hac sine lege ruunt ; altoque sub acthcre fixis Incursant stellis, rapiuntquc per avia currum. 2O6 Et modo summa pctunt, modo per decliva viasque Praecipites spatio terrae propiore feruntur; Inferiusque suis fraternos currere Luna Admiratur equos, ambustaque nubila fumant. Corripitur flan.' mis, ut quaeque altissima, tcUus ; 210 Fissaque agit rimas, et succis aret ademptis. Pabula canescunt, cum frondibus uritur arbor, MatcriamquG siio uraebet segcs arida damno. Parva queror. Magnae pereunt cum moenibus urbcs ; II. 110 METAMORPHOSES. I I I 215 Cumque suis totas popiilis incciidia gentes In cincrcm vertunfc. Silvae cum montibus ardent : Ardet Atlios, Taurusqiie Cilix, et Tmoliis et Oete, Et turn sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Idc, Virsinousque Helicon et nondum Oeagrius Hacmos. 2-20 Avdct in immcnsiim geminatls ignibus Aetne, Parnassusque bice])s et Eryx et Cynthus et Otlirys, Et tandem nivibus Rliodopc caritura ; INIimasqiie, Dindymaque, et Mycale, natusqiie ad sacra Cithacron. Nee prosunt Scythiae sua frigora : Caucasus ardct, •2 2d Ossaque cum Pindo, majorque ambobus Olympus, Aeriaeque Alpes, et nubifer Apennmus. Tiim vero Phaotlion cunctis e partibus orbem Aspicit accensum, ncc tantos sustinet aestus ; Ferventesque auras velut e fornace profunda 2:)(^ Ore traliit, currusquc suos candcscere sentit. Et neque jam ciueres ejectatamque favillam Ferre potest, calidoque involvitur undique fumo ; Quoque eat, aut ubi sit, picea caligine tectus Ncscit, et arbitrio volncrum raptatur equorum. 23;*) Sanguine tunc crcdunt in corpora summa vocato Aetliiopum populos nigrum traxisse colorem. Tum facta est Libyc, raptis luimoribus acstu, Arida. Tum nympliae passis fontesquc lacuscpic Doflcvere comis ; quaerit Boeotia Dircen, •210 Argos Amymonen, Epliyre Pirenidas undas. Ncc sortita loco distantes flumina ripas Tuta manent : modi is Tanais fumavit in undis, Pcneosque senex, Teutliranteusque Caicus, Et ccler Ismenos cum Phegiaco Erymantlio, •2\ri Arsurusque iterum Xantluis, flavusque Lycormas, Quique recurvatis ludit Macandros in undis, Mygdoniusque Mclas et Taenarius Eurotas. Arsit et Euphrates Babylonius, arsit Orontes, Thermodonque citus, Gangesque, et Pliasis, et Hister, 250 Aestuat Alplicos : rii)ae Sperclieidcs ardent : QuodqiiG suo Tagus amnc veliit, fluit ignibus aurum : Et, quae Maconins cclcbrarant carmine ripas, Ik METAMOIU'IIOSES. Ill F]umineae volucres medio caluere Caygtro. Nilus in cxtremiim fugit perterritus orbem, Occuluitque caput, quod adliuc latet. Ostia septem 2/55 Pulverulenta vacant, septem sine flumine vallcs. Fors eadem Ismarios Hebrum cum Strymone siccat, Hcspcriosque amnes, Elicnum Rhodanumque Padumque, Cuique fuit rerum promissa potcntia, Tliybrin. Dissilit omne solum, peuetratque in Tartara rimis 26vl Lumen, et infernum terret cum conjuge regem. Et mare contraliitur ; siccaeque est campus arenac, Quod modo pontus erat ; quosque altum tcxerat acquor, Exsistunt montes, et sparsas Cycladas augent. Ima petunt pisces, nee se super aequora curvi 265 Tollere consuetas audent del])iiines in auras. Corpora pliocarum summo resupina profundo Exanimata natant. Ipsum quoque Nerea fama est Doridaque et natas tepidis latuisse sub antris. Ter Ncptunus aquis cum torvo bracliia vultu 270 Exserere ausus erat : ter uon tulit aeris igncs. Alma tamen Tcllus, ut erat circumdata ponto, Inter aquas pelagi, contractosque undique fontcs, Qui se condiderant in opacae viscera matris, Sustulit oppresses collo tenus arida vultus; 275 Oi)posuitque manum fronti, magnoque tremore Omnia concutiens paulum subsedit, et infra Quam solct esse, fuit. Sacraque ita voce locuta est : " Si placet hoc, meruique, quid tua fulmina ccssant, Summo dcum 1 liceat periturac viribus ignis 280 Ignc perire tuo, clademque auctore levare. Vix equidem fauces haec ipsa in verba resolvo" — Presscrat ora vapor—" tostos en aspice crincs, Inque oculis tantum, tantum super ora favillac. Hosne mihi fructus, hunc fertilitatis honorem 286 Officiique refers, quod adunci vuhiera aratri Rastrorumquc fcro, totoque exerceor anno ? Quod pccori frondes, alimcntaque mitia frugcs Humane generi, vobis quu(|uo tura ministro'/ Scd tamcn exitin)n fac me meruissc; quid undao, 290 fi Ni t m i H 112 METAMOllPHOSES. Quid meruit frater 1 cur illi tradita sorte Aecjuora docrcscunt, et ab aethere loiigius absunt 1 Quod si HOC fratris, nee te mea gratia tangit, At coeli miserere tui. Circumspice utrumque ; 293 Fumat uterque polus. Quos si vitiavcrit ignis, Atria vestra ru^nt. Atlas en ipse laborat, Vixque suis Immeris candcntem sustinet axcm. Si freta, si tcrrae percunt, si rcgia coeli, In chaos antiquum confmulimur. Eripe flammis, 300 Siquid adhuc superest, et rerum consule summac." Dixerat hacc Tellus. Nequc enim tolerare vaporem Ulterius potuit, nee dicere plura : suumque Rcttulit 08 in so propioraque manibus antra. At pater omnipotens, superos testatus et ipsum, 305 Qui dcdcrat currus, nisi opem ferat, omnia fato Interitura gravi, summam petit arduus arcem, Unde solct latis nubes inducere terris ; Unde movet tonitrus, vibrataque fulmina jactat. Sed neque, quas posset terris inducere, nubes 310 Tunc liabuit ; nee, quos coelo dimitteret, inibrcs, Intonat, et dextni lib.-atum fulmen ab aure Misit in aurigam, pariter(iue animaque rotisque Expulit, et saevis compcscuit ignibus igncs. Consternantur equi, et saltu in contraria facLi> 315 Culla jago eripiunt, abrupt.ique lora relinquunt. Illicfrena jacent, illic temone revulsus Axis, in liac radii fractarum parte rotarum, Sparsaque sunt late laceri vestigia currus. At Pliaethon, rutilos llamma populante capillos, 320 Volvitur in praeceps, longoque per aera tractu Fertur, ut interdum de coelo stella sereuo, Etsi non cecidit, potuit cecidisse videri. Quem procul a patria diverso maximus orbu Excipit Eridanus, fumantiaque abluit ora. 325 Naides Hesperiae trifida fumantia '. " Pyramus et Tliisbe, juvenum pulcherrimus alter, Altera, quas oriens habuit, praelata puellis, Contiguas tenuere domos, ubi dicitur altam Coctilibus muris cinxisse Semiramis urbem. Notitiam primosque gradus vicinia fecit : j Tempore crevit amor. Taedae quoque jure coissent : Sed vetuere patres. Quod non potuere vetare, Ex aequo captis a^-debant meutibus ambo. Conscius omnis abest ; iiutu signisque loquuntur. Quoque magis tegitur, tcctus raagis aestuat ignis. Fissus erat temii rima, quaiu duxerat, olim Quum fieret, paries domui communis utrique. Id vitium nulli per saecula longa iiotatum— Quid non sentit amor ?— primi vidistis amantes, Et vocis fecistis iter : tutaeque per illud Murmure blanditiae minimo transiresolebant. Saepe, ubi constiterant, liinc Thisbe, Pyramus illinc, Inque vices fuerat captatus anhelitus oris, 'Invide,' dicebant, 'paries, quid amantibus obstas? Nee sumus ingrati. Tibi nos debere fatemur. Quod datus est verbis ad amicas transitus aures.' 'J alia di versa nequicquam sede locuti KSub noctem dixere Vale, partique dedere Oscula quisque suae, non pervenientia contra. Postera nocturnos aurora removerat ignes, Solque pruinosas radiis siccaverat lierbas : Ad sulitum coiere locnm. Tum murmure parvo Malta r>rius questi statuunt, ut nocte silenti Pallere custodes foribusque excedere tentcnt, (l::5) o 10 15 20 25 ^H 40 ]J4 MKTAMORPHOSES. 30 Quumque doino exierint, urbis quoque tecta rclinquaut : Neve sit errandum lato spatiantibus arvo, Conveniant ad busta Nini, latcantquc sub umbra Arboris. Arbor ibi niveis uberrima pomis, Ardua inorus, erat, gelido contermina fonti. 35 Pacta placent ; et lux, tarde discederc visa, Praecipitatur aquis, et aquia nox surgit ab isdcm. CaUida per tenebras versato cardiue Tliisbo Egreditur, fallitque suos, adopertaque vultum Pervenit ad tumulum, dictaque sub arbore sedit. Audacem faciebat amor. Venit ecce recenti , Caedc leaena bourn spumantes oblita rictus, Depositura sitim vicini foutis in unda. Quam procul ad lunae radios Babylonia Thisbe Vidifc, et obscuru> 1 trepido pedc fugit in antrum; 45 Dumque fugit, tergo vclamina lapsa reliquit. Ut lea saeva ?itim multa compescuit unda, Dum redit in silvas, inventos forte sine ipsa Ore cruentato tenues laniavit aniictus. Sorius egrcssus vestigia vidit in alto (id Pulvere certa ferae, totoque expalluit ore Pyramus. Ut vero vestcm quoque sanguine tinctam Repperit, ' Una duos,' inquit, 'nox perdoc amantes : E quibus ilia fuit longa dignissinia vita ; Nostra nocens anima est : ego te, miseranda, peremi. In loca plena metus qui jussi nocte venires, Nee prior hue veni. Nostrum divellite corpus, Et scelerata fcro consumite viscera morsu, quicunquc sub hac habitatis rupe leones. Sed timidi est optare nocem' . . . Velamina Thisbcs GO ToUit, et ad i)actae sccum fcrt arboris unbram. Utque dedit notac lacrimas, dedit oscula vesti, • Accipe nunc,' inquit, ' nostri quoque sanguinis liaustus ! Quoque crat accinctus, demisit in ilia ferrura ; Nee mora, ferventi moriens e vulnere traxit. 06 Ut jacuit resupinus humo, cruor emicat alte : Non alitor, quam quum vitinto fistula Dlumbo Sciuditur, et tenui stridentc foramine longas ut) METAMORPIIOSEH. Hfi Ejaculatur aquas, atque ictibus aera mmpit. Arborei fetus aspergine caedis iu atram Vertuntur fiiciem, madefactaque sanguine radix 70 Puniceo tingit peiidentia mora colore. Ecce metu nondum posito, ue fallat amantem, Ilia redit ; juvenemque oculis animoque requirit, Quantaque vitarit narrare pcricula gestit. Utque locum, et visa cognoscit in arbore formam, 75 Sic facit inccrtam i)omi color ; haeret, an haec sit. Dum dubitat, trcmobunda videt pulsare cruentum Membra solum ; retroquc pedem tulit, oraque buxo Pallidiora gerens exhorruit aequoris instar, Quod trcmit, exigua quum summum stringitur aura. 80 Sed postquam remorata suos cognovit amorcs, Percutit indignos claro plangorc laccr os ; Et laniata comas amplcxaque corpus amatum Vulnera supplevit lacrimis, fletumque cruori Miscuit ; et gclidis in vultibus oscula figens, 86 * Pyrame,' clamavit, ' quis te mihi casus ademit ? Pyrame, respondc ; tua te carissima Thisoe Kominat. Exaudi, vultusque attolle jacentes !' Ad nomen Thisbes oculos jam morte gravaios Pyiamus erexit, visaque recondidit ilia. 90 Quae postquam vestemquc suam cognovit, et ense Vidit ebur vacuum, ' Tua te manus,' inquit, * amorque Pfirdidit, infelix. Est et mihi fortis in unum Hoc manus. Est et amor. Dabit hie in vulnera vires. Persequar exstinctum, letiqiie miserrima dicar 96 Causa comesque tui. Quique a me morte revelli Heu sola poteras, poteris nee morte revelli. Hoc tamen amborum verbis estote rogati, multum miscri, meus illiusque parentes, Ut, quos certus amor, quos hora novissima junxit, 100 Componi tumulo non invideatis codcm. At tu, quae ramis arbor miserabile corpus Nunc tegis unius, mox es tectura duorum ; Signa tene caedis, pullosquc ct luctibus aptos Semper habe fetus, gemini monumenta cruoris.' io5 lie MKTAMOIIPIIOHKS. Dixit, ot aptiito pectus mucrono sul3 iinura lucubuit fcrro, quod {ulliuc a cacdc tci)cbat. Vota tamcn tetigcrc deos, tetijjerc parcntos ; Nam color in porno est, iibi pcrmaturuit, ater : 110 Quodquo regis supeiest, uua rcciuicscit in urua." 1 1. -FA STL I I.-ROMULUS AND REMUS. (BOOK II, LINE 383.) Silvia Vestalis coelestia semina partu Ediderat, patruo regna tenente suo. Is jubet aufcrri i)arvos ct in amne uecuri. Quid facis I ex istis Romulus alter erit ! Jussa recusantes peragunt lacrimosa ministri, Fleut taiuen, et geminos in loca jussa feiunt. Albula, quern Tibcrim mersus Tiberinus in uudis Reddidit, hibernis forte tumebat aquis. Hie, ubi nunc fora sunt, lintres errare videres, Quaque jacent valles, Maxime Circe, tuae. Hue ubi venerunt, — neque enim procedere possunt Longius — ex illis unus et alter ait : "At quam sunt similes ! at quam formosus uterquc Plus tamen ex illis iste vigo'is habet. Si genus arguitur vultu, nisi fallit imago, Nescio quern vobis suspicer esse deum" — "At si quis vestrae deus esset originis auctor. In tarn praecipiti tempore ferret opem. Ferret opem certe, si non ope mater egeret, Quae facta est uno mater et orba die. Nata simul, moritura simul, simul ite sub undas Corpora !" Desierat, deposuitque sinu. Vagierunt ambo pariter ; sensisse putares. Hi redeunt udis in sua tecta genis. Sustinet impositos s'.inima eavus alveus unda. 10 Ifi 20 26 1 1 ,:si 118 FASTI. Heu, quantum fati parva tabella tulit ! Alveus in limo silvis appulsus opacis Paulatim fluvio deficiente sedet. Arbor erat. Remanent vestigia : quaeque vocatar 30 Rumina nunc ficus, Romula ficus erat. Venit ad expositos — mirum ! — lupa feta gemellus. Quis credat pueris non nocuisse feram ? Non nocuisse parum est ; prodest quoque. Quos lupa Perdere cognatae sustinuero manus ! [nutrit, 35 Constitit, et cauda teneris blanditur alumnis, Et fingit lingua corpora bina sua. Marte satos scires : timor abfuit ; ubera ducunt, Nee sibi promissi lactis aluntur ope. Ilia loco nomen fecit : locus ipse lupercis. 40 Magna dati nutrix praemia lactis liabet. 10 ! 16 II.-THE BUILDING OF ROME. (BOOK IV, LINE 809.) Jam lueriit poenas frater Numitoris, et omne Pastorum gemino sub duce vulgus erat. Contrahere agrestes et moenia ponere utrique Convenit. Ambigitur, moenia ponat uter. " Nil opus est," dixit, " certamine," Romulus, Magna fides avium est. Experiamur aves." Res placet. Alter adit nemorosi saxa Palati : Alter Aventinum mane cacumen init. Sex Remus ; hie volucres bis sex videt ordine. Statur, et arbitrium Romulus urbis habet. Apta dies legitur, qua moenia signet aratro. Sacra Palis suberant ; inde movetur opus. Fossa fit ad solidum : fruges jaciuntur in ima, Efc de vicino terra petita solo. Fossa repletur humo, plenaeque imponitur ara ; Et novus accenso fungitur igne focus. Inde pvomena stivam designat moenia sulcn ; Alba jugum niveo cum bove vacca tulit. "ullo PiiOtO FASTI. 119 Vox fuit haec regis : " Condenti, Jupiter, urbem, Et genitor Mavors, Vestaque mater, ades ! Quosque pium est adhibere deos, advertite cuncti ! Auspicibus vobis hoc miiii surgat opus. Longa sit huic aetas dominaeque potentia terrae, Sitque sub liac oriens occiduusque dies." Ille precabatur. Tonitru dedit oinina laevo Jupiter, et laevo fulmina missa polo. Augurio laeti jaciunt fundamina cives, Et novus exiguo tempore murus erat. Hoc Celer urget opus, quem Romulus ipse vocarat, " Sintque, Celer, curae," dixerat, " ista tuae. Neve quis aut muros aut factam vomere fossam Transeat ; audentem talia dede neci." Quod Remus ignorans humiles contemnere muros Coepit, et " His populus," dicere, *' tutus erit ? " Nee mora, transiluit. Rutro Celer occupat ausuni. Ille premit duram sanguinolentus humum. Haec ubi rex didicit, lacrimas introrsus obortas Devorat, et clausum pectore vulnus habet. Flere palam non vult, exemplaque fortia servat ; " Sicque meos muros transeat hostis," ait. Dat tamen exsequias. Nee jam suspendere fletum Sustiuet, et pietas dissimulata patet. Osculaque applicuit posito suprema feretro, Atque ait, " Invito frater adempte, vale !" Arsurosque artus unxit. Fecere, quod ille, Faustulus et maestas Acca soluta comas. Turn juvenem nondum facti flevere Quirites. Ultima plorato subdita flamma rogo est. Urbs oritur — quis tunc hoc ulli credere posset?" — Victorem terris impositura pedem. Cuncta regas, et sis magno sub Caesare semper : Saepe etiam plures nominis hujus liabe. Et quoties stetcris domito sublimis in orbe, Omnia sint humeris inferiora tuis. 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 ^i«»|*SlS^--= 120 FASTI. Ill— UNION OF THE ROMANS AND SABINES INTO ONE STATE. (BOOK III, LINE 179.) [Mars is represented as narrating to tlie poet the origin of tlie festival called Miitronalia, which commemorated tlie union of the Romans and Sabines] Parva fuit, si prima velis elementa referre, Roma. Sed in parva spes tamen hujus erat. Moenia jam stabant, populis angusta futuris, Credita sed turbae tunc nimis ampla suae. 6 Quae fuerit nostri, si quaeris, regia nati, Aspice de canna straminibusque domum. In stipula placidi carpebat munera somni, Et tamen ex illo venit in astra toro. Jamque loco majus nomen Romanus habebat : 10 Nee ccnjux illi, nee socer ullus erat. Spernebant generos inopes vicinia dives, Et male credebar sanguinis auctor ego. In stabulis habitasse et oves pavisse nocebat, Jugeraque inculti pauca tenere soli. 15 Extremis dantur connubia gentibus. At quae Romano vellet nubere, nulla fuit. Indolui, patriamque dedi tibi, Romule, mentem. " Tolle preces," dixi; " quod petis, arma dabunt." Festa para Conso : Consus tibi cetera dicet 20 Illo facta die,dum sua sacra canes. ' "^ Intumuere Cures, et quos dolor attigit idem. Tum primum generis intulit arma socer. Jamque fere raptae matrum quoque nomen habebant, Tractaque erant longa bella propmqua mora. 25 Conveniunt nuptae dhtam Junonis in aedem : Quas inter mea sic est nurus orsa loqui : " pariter raptae,— quoniam hoc commune tenemua— Non ultra lente possumus esse piae. Stant acies. Sed utru di sint pro parte rogandi, 30 Eligite. Hinc conjux, hinc pater arma tenet. « «. FASTI. Quaerendum est, viduae fieri malimus, an orbae. Consilium vobis forte piumque dabo." Consilium dederat. Parent, crinesque resolvunt, Maestaque funerea corpora veste tegunt. Jam steterant acies ferro mortique paratae ; Jam lituus pugnae signa daturus erat : Quum ra^^tae veniunt inter patresque virosque, Inque sinu natos, pignora cara, tenent. Ut medium campi scissis tetigere capillis, In terram posito procubuere genu : Et quasi sentirent, blando clamore nepotes Tendebant ad avos brachia parva suos. Qui poterat, clamabat avum tunc denique visum, Et qui vix poterat, posse coactus erat. Tela viris animique cadunt ; gladiisque remotis Dant soceri generis accipiuntque manus, Laudatasque tenent natas, scutoque nepotem Fert avus. Hie scuti dulcior usus erat. Inde diem, quae prima, meas celebrare Kalendas Oebaliae matres non leve munus habent. 121 35 40 45 50 IV.-LUORETIA. (BOOK II, LINE 721.) Cingitur interea Romanis Ardea signis, Et ratitur lentas obsidione moras. Dum vacat, et metuunt hostes committere pugnam, Luditur in castris ; otia miles agit. Tarquinius juvenis socios dapibusque meroque Accipit. Ex illis rege creatus ait : " Dum nos ditficilis pigro tenet Ardea bello, Nee siuit ad patrios arma referre deos, Ecquid in officio torus est socialis 1 et ecquid Conjugibus nostris mutua cura sumus?" Qiiisque suam laudat. Studiis certamina ci'cscunt. Et fervent multo linguaque corque mero. Surgit cui doderat clarum Collatia nomen : 10 1 22 FASTI. " Non opus est verbis, credite rebus ! " ait : 15 " Nox supcrcst, Tollamur equis, Urbemque petamua ! " Dicta placent ; frenis impediuntur equi. Pertulcrant dominos. Regalia protiuus ill! Tecta pctunt. Gustos in fore nullus erat Ecce nurum regis fusis per colla coronis 20 Inveniunt posito pervigilare mero, Inde cito passu petitur Lucrctia. Nebat ; Ante torum calathi lanaque mollis erat. Lumen ad cxiguum famulae data pensa trahebant : Inter quas tenui sic ait ipsa sono : 25 " Mittenda est domino— nunc, nunc properatc, puellae !— Quamprimum nostra facta laceriia manu. Quid tamen auditis ? nam plura audire potestis : Quantum de bello dicitur esse super ? Postmodo victa cades : melioribus, Ardea, restas ; 30 Improba, quae nostros cogis abesse viros ! Sint tantum reduces ! Sed enim temerarius ille Est me- ., et stricto quolibet ense ruit. Mens nbit, et morior, quoties pugnantis imago Me subit, et gelidum pectora frigus habet." 36 Desinit in lacrimas, intentaque fila remittit, In gremio vultum deposuitque suum. Hoc ipsum decuit. Lacrimae decuere pudicae, Et facies animo dignaque parque fuit. " Pone metum, venio ! " conjux ait. Ilia revixit, 40 Deque vivi collo dulco pepeudit onus. : I iOurt Jnurtlt. ■ SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. i n It i;l NOTE. The following Synopsis of Syntax is not meant to be exhaustive. It is merely intended to set forth in a methodical manner the great principles of Construction, with tliose irregularities which are of most frequent occur- rence. Other peculiarities, of a more exceptional kind^ which are met with in the Extracts, will be explained in the Notes. SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. CHAPTER I. INTRODUCTION. SECTION I. THE VERB. 1. A Verb is that part of speech which is used to make an assertion about something. 2. Verbs are divided into two classes, according to their meaning :— (1.) Transitive, in which the action or feeling is represented as directed towards, or "passing over" to some object : as, I strike the dog ; He praises his friend. (2.) Intransitiv %,* in which (a) the action or feeling is represented as not directed towards, or " not passing over " to an object, but as confined to the subject: as, I run; I wall'.; I reflect, (active intransitive) : or in which (6) a state or condition is expressed : as, I am ; I stand ; I rejoice. 3. Verbs have two Voices,— the Active and the Passive. 4. The forms of the Active Voice indicate that the subject of the sentence (see* sect, iii., 2, p. 128) represents the doer of the action expressed by the verb ; as. The boy strikes the dog. 5. The forms of the Passive Voice indicate that the subject of the sentence represents the object of the act.on expressed by the verb : as. The dog is struck by the boy. * An active transitivo verb does not make complete sense without a noun after it ill tlie accusative case (or some other case, genitive, dative, or ablative, representing the oiijcct; sect, vi., 4, p. 139 ; also sect, viii., 9, p. 145), whereas an Intransitive verb does. Thus, " lie praises," does not make complete sense till the person or tiling {M aised is mentioned ; but "I run," " I walk," require no such addition. Many vribs ,iif both transitive and intransitive: thus, ^.rcedo, "I go out," is intransitive; but Exced/i, "I exceed," or "go beyond bounds." is transitive. *f 126 SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. JV.i?.-lMtransitive verbs have only those parts of the passive voice which are used irupersonally. Tims, we cannot say, Curror I am run ; but we can say, Curritur, It is run-that is, people run • iwt Pugnatur, He ia fouglit; but Pugnatur, It (the battle) is fought. ' 'moods" {modus), of representing MOOD. 6. The Latin verb has four Modes, or a state or an action. 7. Tlie Indicative "represents a state or an action simply as a fact " or supposed fact. ' 8. The Subjunctive " represents a state or an action as a mere possibilitv as a ' onception of the mind, or as a wish," 9. The Imperative '• represents a state or an action in the form of a com- mand, exhortation, or wish. iV.^.— These are called the ytmVe, or limited parts of a verb, because they are capable of limitation as to manner, time, person and number. ' 10_. The Infinitive " represents a state or an action in its most general and indefinite form, without ascribing it to any subject." 11. besides these there are certain forms which partake of the nature of the noun as well as of that of the verb, such as the Supine, Participles and Gerund. ^ ' 12. The Supine is a verbal substantive with two cases, the accusative and the ablative. (Sect, x., p. 149.) It is closely allied to the infinitive (beet, ix., 1, p. 148.) 13. The Participles are adjectives in form and in use, but differ from common adjectives in indicating time. (Sect, xi., p. 149.) 14. The Gerund, which is a verbal noun, is used only in the oblique cases. Like the oth^r non-finite parts of the verb, it represents a state or an action in a very general and indefinite way. (Sect, xii., p. 150 ) TENSE. 15. Tense means time. All time is divided into three great periods- past, present, and future. Hence there are three feading tenses, to indi- cate past time, present time, and future time. 16. Thus, the ."eading or principal tenses are, the Present, Prasent- lerftct, and Future; the secondary or subordinate are, the Imp ifect Pluperfect, and Perfect- Aorist (see 21). 17. The Present, Future, and Present- Perfect (see 21) are sometimes called the primary tenses ; while the Imperlect, Perfect-Aorist, and Plu- perfect, are called the historical tenses, because most frequently employed 111 the narration of past events. * ♦ But Iiistorians often use the present tense in narrating past events, to add vivid- as,-- w lion that had been reported to Caesar, he loses no time in starting from Aome; he ka-slens into farther Gaul, and rencties Geneva."- Caes. Bell Gall, lik. I., 7 INTRODUCTION. 127 18. The Present tense tlenofces,— (a) What is now in operation : as, — Lego J I am reading. {b) What goes on as a regular operation : as,— Deusmundumyubernat; God governs the world. (c) What has been in operation for some time, and is still proceed- ing: as,— Jamdudum magna minaris; You are promising great tliin's now fur a long time. ° 19. The Imperfect denotes,— (a) What was in operation in past time : as,— Leyebam; I was in the act of reading. (6) What was often done in past time : as,— Leyebam ; I was in the habit of reading, (c) What was attempted in past time : as,— Leyebam; I was trying to read; (I was "for reading"). 20. The Future denotes,— (a) What will be in operation in future time (Future Incomplete); as— Scribam; I shall be writing, (6) Mere futurity (Fi, '.ure Indefinite) : as,— Scribam ; I shall write. (c) What will be done (in future time) before some other action begins or is performed (Future Perfect) : as,— Scripscro epistolam ; I shall have written the letter— (before he calls. ) I This Future Perfect is in EnglLsh often expressed by the Future Indefinite, or even by the Present. See p. I(j2, 9.] 21. The Perfect denotes,— (a) An action complete ia present time (Present- Perfect) : as,— Scripsi epistolam; I have written a letter— (and there it is). (b) An action spoken of in an indefinite way (Aorist in Greek— Per- fect Aorist) : as, — Scripsi epistolam ; I wrote a letter. (c) An action habitually occurring (Frequentative Perfect) : as,— Messes ruperunt horrea ; The crops ark wont to burst the barns. 22. The Plui)erfect denotes that one act was completed before the tiginning of anot.lior : as, — epistolam; He had written the letter (before I art •ived). 128 SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. ' •'14 II' SECTION II. SENTENCES. 1. A thought expressed in words is called a proposition or sentence. 2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound. '6. A simple sentence consists of a single proposition : as,— Pucr /Ci7i«; The boy reads, 4. A compound sentence is one made up of two or more nronoaitions • as, — Pucr ley it, et scribit; The boy reads and writes. Puerlcyit, ut discat; The boy reads, that he may learn. 6. The sentences which go to make up a compound sentence are also called clauses. 6 Syntax, which properly means arramjenmit, treats of the use of words in the formation of sentences, and of the relation of sentences or clauses to each other. SECTION III. SIMPLE SENTENCES-SUBJECT AND rUEDICATE. 1. Every sentence consists of two parts, the Subject and the Predicate. -^. I, Ihe Subject is the name of that about which something is asserted- tind IS generally— * («)_ A substantive (including pronouns, and adjectives used substan- tively) : as,— Aquila volat; The eagle flies. (6) Some (indeclinable) word, phrase, or clause used instead of a substantive; as, — JIumanum est errare; To err is human. Quod lihr-m legisti (subject), r/m^Mwi est mihi; That you have read the book, is gratifying to me. 3. Subjects are of three kinds,— (a) Simple, when there is one noun : as,— Aquila volat; The eagle flies. (6) Compound, when there are two or more nouns connected by conjunctions : as, — '' Aquila et vultur volant; The eagle and the vulture fly. (c)_ Complex, when some phrase, or quotation, or clause is the sub- ject: ?>^, — Quod librum kyisti (subject), gratum est mihi; That you have read the book, is gratifying to me. 4. Tiie PrKDIOATE is that wllir-h i" a'-srit' l -f al), that they should chuose Miltiades as their leader {subordinate). 4. Co-ordlmUfc clauses are those wliicli are connected by a conjunction coiTcsi-onding to the English words, and, but; either, v cither ; or, iwr Hence it follows that co-ordinate clauses may be either Principal or ^ ti. Hubordiiiatc or secondary clauses are connected with the Principal Ciauses on which Ijiey depend by relative pro..ouns, cr bv conjunction. i;io I SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. and relative adverbs; such as, qui, quae, quod; ut, quo, quin, quominua, 81, quarc, qiuim, quavdo. 7. Clauses are called Collateral when they stand in tno same relation to each other, but are not connected by conjunctions : as,— Vcni, vidi, vici; I came, I saw, I conquered. 8. When the subject or the verb of a clause is suppressed, the clause is called u contracted one : as,— MUtiades direxit cursum, pervenUque, dc.; i.e., ct Milliadcs pervenit. 9. Coordinate clauses have their verbs in the same mood, and generally in the same tense. (See chap, iii., sect. xii. 1, p. 160.) i. CHAPTER II. SYNTAX OF SIMPLE SENTENCES. SECTION I. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 1. A Verb agrees with its subject in number and person : as,— Ef/o * sum pastor; tu to latro ;— I am a shepherd ; thou art a robber. 2. OOs. 1. A compound subject (sect, iii., 3, b, p. 128) has a verb in the plural ; as, — Pater et filius ambulant inhorto ; The father and his son are walking in the garden. 3. .v. ^.— This takes place even when the members are not connected by a conjunction, but supposed to be connected : as,— Pater, mater, filiua inhorto ambulant ; The father, mother, (and) son are walking in the garden. 4. Exception 1.— A compound subject may have a singular verb, when Its members are taken together as a united whole : as,— OallosaBcl(jis Matroaa et Sequana dividit ; The Marne and the Seine divide the (Jaula from the Belgae. Sena/us popul usque homanus intelliyU ; The senate and Roman people understand. * Tliu pur.son-enrtinirs of the Latin verb are so distiiictlv niarkori th.it th" p't-om.i' piotu.Miis are expressed only wlieu purticulaily empliatic, as when cue individual ia to be put ill strong contrast to .iiuiMiur. A SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 131 6. 8. 9. 10. Exception 2. -Tlie verb often agrees with that member of a com- pound subject which is nearest to it : as,— A mat tc pater, et mater, et fra*rea / Your father loves you, and your motiier (too), and your l)rother3. Orgetoriyis jilia, et unus ejiliis eaptua e«t ; Tiie dauRhtcr of Orgetorix, and one of his sons, was taken prisoner. (Sue sect, ii., 8, p. 133.) [i\^./?.— This is (generally the case when special attention is to be directed to one member of tlie subject more than another.] OOs. 2. If the members of a corapo and subject be of different per- sons, tlie verb is put in the first person ratlier than in the second, and in the second ratlier than in the third : as.— I'Jyo ct tu et ilk sumtis amici; He and you and I are friends. Tu ct illc estis clari; You and he are famous. Si tu et Tullia valctis, ego et Cicero valemus; If Tullia and you are well, Cicero and I are well. Ohs. 3. When the subjects are connected by an adversative con- junction (e.g., aut), the verb may be plural, but is generally singular : as, — Si Socrates aut Antisthenes diceret, (or dicerent ;) If Socrates or Antisthenes were i^o say. Ilaec neqv.e tu neque ego feci, (or fecimus;) These things neither you nor I have done. Obs. 4. A collective noun or a distributive pronoun may have a verb in the plural : as, — Pars ccdunt ; A part give way. Dccimus quisque ad supplicium Iccti sunt ; Every tenth man was selected for punishment. Uterque eorum cducunt copias ; Each of them leads out his forces. 06s. 5. When the second member of a compound subject is con- nected to the first by the preposition cum, "along with," the verb may be in the singular, but is generally in the plural: as,— Ipse dux cum aliquot principihus capiuntur, (or capitur;) The general himself, with several chiefs, is taken. Obs. 6. A complex subject has a verb in the singular : as,— Uumanum est errare; It is natural to man to err. In errore perseverare, turpe est; To persevere in error is disgraceful. Quod hunc iibrum iegiaii, qratum est mild; It is gratifying to me that you have read this book; or. That you have read this book, is giatif^ing lo me. 132 m 4 ' ■I'. ■!, i. 8YN0J'SI8 OF SYNTAX. HS 11. The subject to a verb iu the inf.nitivo mood is put in the accusative : Rc^Vomkrunt se {ixccm.) /acturoa case, dc. ; They replied tliat they v/ould do, &c. SECTION II. ADJECTIVE AND SUBSTANTIVE. 1. An adjective (whether pronoun, numeral, imrticiple, or adjective proper) agrees with its own* substantive in gender, number, and case : Pucr est scdulus; The boy is dilifTcnt. Pmlla est scdufa ; The girl ia diirgent. Sororcs tnar; Your sisters. 2 If an adjective refers to a substantive in a diiTerent clause, it agrees with It in gender and number only : as,— * Amicus adest, scd eim non video; My friend is present, but J. do not see him. 3. Thus the relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent substantive in gender and number, and also in person : as,— Cares, qui turn, incolehant Lcmnum; The C'arians, who at tiiat time inhabited Lemno&. [The case of the relative depends on the construction of the clause to which it belongs.] 4. When an adjective (or relative) applies to two or more substantives, whether singular or plural, it is put in the plural number : as,— Paier ct jUius sunt clari; The father and the son are famous Tu ct f rater tuus, qui cstis clari; Your brother and you, wlio are famous. 6. When an adjective (or relative) aiiplies to two or more substantives of diffeient genders, it takes the gender of the masculine substantive rather tlian that of the feminine ; and of the feminine rather than of the neuter • as, — Pater ct mater piieUac suntmortui; The father and the mother of the girl are dead. Matres d parvuli Hberi, qiiornm actas, d-c. ; The mothers and little chiidren, whose age, ko. 6. Exception l.~Wlien the substantives are names of inanimate objects, tiie adjective (or relative) is put in the neuter, even though the substantives be both of the same geiulcr : as,— Virtus ct vitium inter se contraria sunt; Virtue and vice are {'inii(is) contraiy to one anotiior. R^Z"-!";"™ "?■" ="^^'"""^-°" » ""^«>'' ll'« substantive in tlie same clauar R3 the adjective, and nxidiflcd by It. ADJECTIVK AND SUI3STANTIVK. 133 Otium alque divitiac, quae prima viortalcs ducunt ; Leisure and riclies, which {(hiv(/s) men consider cliiof blessings. Nox atqne praeda fwstes remorata sunt; Niglit and plundering de- layed the enemy. 7. When the names of persons and inanimate objects are combined, the adjective (or relative) may agree with the personal names, or bo in the neuter: as, — Rex et regia classis profecd sunt; The king and the king's fleet started. Romuni rcgem recjnnmqiie Maccdoniae ma futura sciimt; The llomana know that the king and the kingdom of Macedonia will be theirs. 8. Exception 2.— But an adjective (or relative) often agr.vS only with the substantive which is nearest to it : as,— Orgetorhjis Jilia, et uniis ejilm captus est; The daughter of Orge- torix, and one of his sons, was taken captive. Eae frugcs atque friktiis, quos terra gignit ; Those crops and fruits, which the earth brings forth. Agri et marig, omnia; All lands and seas. Or it may be repeated before each : as, — Omncs arh'i, et omnia maria; All lands, and all seas. 9. When the relative pron. refers to a subst. which is explained by anothei subst. in the relative clause (the verb of the relative clause being sum, or a verb of naming), it may agree either with the antecedent sub" stantive or with the explanatory one : as, — Animal quod homo vocatur ; or, Animal qui homo vacatur ; The animal which is called man. 10. When an adjective (or relative) refers to a phrase or a clause, it must be neuter : as, — Ilumanum, est crrare ; It is natural to man to err. Sapientes confenti sunt rebus suis, quod est summum honum ; Wise men are content with their lot {oion things), which {circumstance of being content) is the greatest blessing. 11. A collective noun, or a distributive pronoun, may have an adjective in the [ilural, the gender of the adjective being determined by the connec- tion : as, — Pars (scil. militum) dkpersi cedunt; A portion (of the soldiers) being separated from the rest, give way. Excrcitum mittit, qui vidcant; He sends the army to reconnoitre. 12. Thegender of an adjective is often determined rather by the idea nonveyed than by the strict grammatical form ; this is called the " Von- structio ad intellectum," or " Synesis:" as,— Capita covJurationi.s caesi sunt; The heads {i.e., chiefs) of the con- spiracy were put to death. 134 1#> \ j li! Mi SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. 13. Adjectives are often used substanttvely.-tliose referring to males being masculine ; to females, feminine ; and to things, neuter : as,- Boni et sapientes ex urbe pulsi sunt; The good and wise {men) have been driven from the city. li qui (or simply qui) virtutem amant; Those (men) who love virtue. 14. An adjective in the neuter gender often appears to modify a mas- culine or feminine substantive ; but in such cases it is really an adjective used substantively, and is placed in apposition to the substantive : as,- Lupusest tristestabulis; The wolf is a sad thing (or plague) on {or for) the stalls. Varium^ et mutabik semper femina; A woman (woman- kind) is a changeable and fickle thing. .f^'^T'^^^^^ principles apply to adjectives, whether used as simple attributes or as predicates. ^ 2. SECTION III. APPOSITION.* Substantives that stand in apposition to oneanother agree in case: as,— Miltiades, filius Cimonis; Miltiades, the son of Cimon. TuUia, deliciae meae ; TuUia, ray darling. Maecenas, duke decus meum / Maecenas,'my sweet honour. iV.fi.— In translating an apposition we often require to supply as : Miltiades praetor Persas fugavit ; Miltiades, as praetor {i e m his capacity of praetor, or general), routed the Persians. Obs. 1. The same rule applies when the second substantive is used as part of the predicate : as,— Caemr erat summus imperator; Caesar was a most distin- guished commander. •^^•B. — This kind of apposition occurs with — (1.) Substantive verbs, (as, sum, existo, fio, &c.) (2. ) Passive verbs of naming and choosing (as, nominor, creor) 3.) Verbs of seeminp or being thought (as, videor, existimor). (1.) Verbs of gesture (as, tricerfo). Obs. ?. Those of the preceding four classes of verbs which have aa active voice, may take aftier the active form two accusatives, the second of which is put in apposition to the former, to complete the idea of the verb : as,— Romulus urbem liomum vocavit; Romulus called the city Rome. to'ei^airor limitT ''^ ^'^^*^ ''^ ''" '" <^Pi><-"ition, wlieii one is appended to the otl.er THE ACCUSATIVE. i3r» Pofpulm Numam rcgcm creavU; Tlie people elected Nuraa as king. 4. A substantive in apposition to two or more substai.tives is usually in the plural : as, — ' Cneius et PuUiiis Scipiones; Cneius uid Pablius Scipio (i.e., the Scipios, Cneius and Publius). Cneius ct Publius Scipiones, duo fulmina belli ; Cneius and I'ubhus bcipio, the two thunderbolts of war. 5. If the substantive in apposition has two forms (masculine and fominme), it generally assumes the gender of the noun explained : as.- Leo, rex bestiarum; The lion, king of beasts. Aquila, regina avium; The eagle, king of birds. Philosophia, maaistra vitue; Philosophy, the guide of life. 6. menurbs,oppidum, and such terms, stand in apposition to plural names of ci.es, they nmst be singular ; and in these cases the adjective of :the predicate must agree with the apposition : as,— Pervenit Athenas, urbem Graeciae Jlorentissimam ; He reached Athens, a most flourishing city of Greece. THE CASES. SECTION IV. THE NOMINATIVE AND VOCATIVE. 1. The Nominative is used to express the subject of the sentence, or the Bubst^ntival predicate. (Sect, i., 1, p. 130, and iii., 2, p. 134.) J. i he Vocative is used in expressions of address; as, FUi/ son i But the nominative often takes the place of the vocative, even in address." SECTION V. THE ACCUSATIVE. 1. The Accusative expresses the direct object of an action indicated by a transitiveverb. It answers to the questions. Whom? What^ To what pliice ? During what time ] &c. 2. Transitive verbs govern* the accusativ e of the object ; as,— nnt i!f .oLnL"!'.'" "'''''''■"•" ''' '' '"^Ply "'^'*"' "''I' ^he ^^«<^''« of the Latins was to us(, that fonn of the noun winch we call the "objective" Uc.o.n^>u\v^^\>... „rfer t.ajaiuvevorbstaua prepositions: as, " lie struck mc,"-not, "He "stmck !••""'' I talked with liim,"-«o/, "I walked with he." "t stiuck l, i ?f m VM] SYNOPSIS OP SYNTAX, iiil I lya/hmfr,: Ifo n.uta tl... onon.y 4. 0/,,s-. li. Many v. • .. w i ' " ''""' ''"'• "' •''"•'' ':l"W'tcr.) tivc alter tlu-,n (hoc .,„to. ,.m): a";!! ''''"'' '''''"'■'''"' '^^""«'^- lln's,;;; " '"' ""■' ^''^ """^''- -^'l-'-- tl.c death of r^rnr hcatam vitam ; To live a l.a,.„y life '"•'"'"'" minarc ; To (i^I.t a hat.tlV A nnuarc aeqmr ; To sail over the ,sea. And of the luTson witli a or ah ; as — ^ ''S:x:;;r'^'''''"''''^^'''''^^''-'»'---'«-begpe.^^^ tioM is ofte., rep t •; ; n r '''"■'''''^''''> thouyl. the prepo^i, iti.t,itc.l l.e(oie the more remote aceusative : as - ^opuu ilumcn t)'a)i'^(tii fit • ,^.. /^ • . ' «'^^vV;-][eco t. I '/ ' ^'^'"" ^''""^ /«me« tram ' "'- ^'^"\«>tHl lua troops over tlie river. ki.ii''.r;i»i;;;*M;;ri;,i'n,;.«;;;'3 ai v: 1" TIIK A ecus ATI Vi:. 137 J). Tlic accuHMlivo ia often put after intransitive verba, passive forma, and adjcctivcH, to define tliein and limit tiieir application; (but sec sect. viii., lil, p. ll.O:) as,— TnmU, arlua; Ho trembles in his limbs. l!o(ior Hcntcntiam ; I am asked my opinion. Milts friwluH membra; A soldier broken down in body. X/i.— Tins is called tlio "accusative of reference or limitation." It is common iti poetry, but less so in prose, especially iu the case of intransitive verbs and adjectives. 10. After verbs expressing or implyinfr motion, tlie names of towns ami Kiniili i.sland.s, with doniUH, run, and such terms, are put in the accusative, to indicate the point to which: as, — I'crvhdl Lemnum; He reaches Lemnus. J>clcrM minni kuiU Ddji/ios ; Chosen men were sent to Deli)hi. Jlediit domuvi; He returned home. 11. Ohx. 1. But with names of countries and large islands a preposition is generally used : as, — Revert ifur in Asiam; lie returns to xVsia. 12. Ohx. 2. When a preposition is used with the names of towns and small islands, it is for the purpose of bringing out some special idea : as,— Ad Jiomam; Towards Rome,* or Near Rome. 13. Ohs. 3. When urbs or oppidum, modified by an adjective, stands in apposition to the name of a town, the preposition in is usually added : as,- Contulit se Tarquinios, in urbcm Etruriae Jlorentissimavi ; He betook iiimself to Tarquinii, a most flourishing city of Etru. ,. 14. Tlie accusative expresses extent of space and duration of time : as,— I'erduxit fossam scdccim pedes altam; He ran a ditch sixteen feet deep. iJicm noctcmque in salo navtm tenuit; He kept the ship out at .sea for a day and a night. ir>. Obs. 1. But distance how far, and time how long, are sometimea expressed in the ablative : as,— iicx millibus passuum a Cacsaris castris; Six miles from Caesar's camp. Tribus mensibus abfuit ; He was absent for three mouths. 10. Ob!>. 2. Time how long is sometimes more emiihatically noted by per : as, — J'cr totam noriem ; Throughout the whole night. * Tlic intormediiito journey is the Iciiiiiug iik'U in tlio tirst case, and neiirnesF or pro.xinilty in tlie seeoiid 138 ^VNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. \m 17. The accusative is used iftpr m,„ e u ■ "_. '0, up to, near. .. „ '" "'= ^"°»'"= ""'""'^<»"' - ■15 '°' "I" '». Mar, or iio,arly. :;»S"r»r°; "'"'■"""■ ""!'»?"=. 'l/.-«i, near, '.vilh. '""■""""■ "'''■?, " "■'■«'"». ■iroun,l, about. Cis or citra, on t' .s.^ .;e of Contra, against. ^>f/«, towards. /»/m, below, beneath, /'/^CT-, between, among. intra, within. Jnxtfi, near to, or beside, 'A against, o?- on ace u, it of. i'Sncs, ill the power of. I'cr, through. Pons, behind. Post, after. I'mcter, besides, exceptfng. Iro2:)fcr, on account of, close bv ance with. Supra, above. r™ on the other side of, beyond. t-V/j-a, beyond. ^'crawa, towards (a place). jg mj ";>•'""«' us vajJiace). /.■..■«,.*„;■ To so into the city ' "■''""■""•■"».- the roof of Us h'Sr ""•• "' ''^'^ '* '■"'"'I """eall, 3/e m!>,rM / (or, o r,j: maenin Wretched „,. i ''Lt™"; '"^■*'"'- '^^^" *"" I^etastone, ,S„pp,, THE DATIVE. 139 SECTION VI. THE DATIVE. 1. As the accusative denotes the direct or immediate object, so the dative represents the indirect or remote object. Jn other words, it indicates ilie person or thing to which, for lo^nch, or in reference to which, something is dune. Hence it denotes, 2. The individual (person or thing) to which anything is given or com- municated : as, — Ilonos Miltiadi tributus est; Honour was awai'ded to Mil- tiades. Legati nuntiant Caesari; The lieutenants report to Caesar. 3. The individual which is benefited or injured in any way : as, — Pastor insidias lupo parat ; The shepherd lays snares for the wolf. 4. The principle of "advantage or disadvantage" laid down in 3 is a very comprehensive one, and to it may be referred by far the greater niiiuber of instances in which the dative occurs. It is more especially manifest in the following classes of verbs : — (a) To study, consult for, favour, help, profit ; heal, spare, indulge : as. — Studabat novis rebus ; He was anxious for a revolution. {b) To flatter, please, displease ; serve, obey, disobey ; envy, be angry with, upbraid, tlireaten ; distrust, resist, obstruct, hurt : as,— IIujus consilium plerisque civitatibus displicebat ; His plan was displeasing to most of the states. (c) To meet, congratulate ; trust, persuade, marry (of the female) ; command : * as, — Persuadet Castico ; He prevails on Casticus. {d) Most verbs compounded with one of the ten prepositions, ad, ante — tn, inter — post, prae — sub, super— con and oi>, — and many verbs compounded with other pre^js. — as, ab, circum, de, ex, re-: as, Labienum equitatui praefecit ; He appointed Labieuus to command the cavalry. A''.^.— The passives of .erbs governing the dative are used imper- sonally : as, Mihi invidetur ; I am envied. 5. Obs. 1. But when the idea of place or movement is to be made prominent, the preposition is often repeated with its case : aa, — Signa inferre in hostes ; To advance against the enemy. * Butjuvo, !aedo, delecto, offendo, rego, jubeo, and guberno govern the accusative, dnd some in the above lists take the aoi'usalLve with the dative. III ■. 0i i> mmMri > 140 SYNOPSrS OF SYNTAX, l< 1 Est mihi liber; I have a book. Prodest aniicis; He benefits his friends. 7. The dative often depends on,— (a) A whole clause: as,— ' Finis.is.fuUpopumonil>us; That put-anend-to the fomys. (A) A phrase : as,— Morcm-gcrcrc alicui; To humour^a person. ic) A substantive derived from a verb governing the dative : a. - OLtemperaho* legibus; Obedience to the laws Ins^d.ae consuli; Snares for ^against) the conLul. o^i^Sa^"": Z^::^ ^^^^^^ -^^^'^ ^-Ply advantage '^^f:^SS'.^^f^^^'^^ fit> -itabHtneces. saw that the ground was not favourable for his Jei (b) Near to, like (in externals; see sect, vii 9 n U'i^ related to, and their opposites : as,- ' ^' ^' ^"1"^^' Finitmi Behjis; Next neighbours to the Bebae t..mU,spatri; Like his father (in features ifc!)* '■ "'^alsf tlk^: t^:tl ''"^''^^ '^ '^^' of the above adjectives Convenienter naturae; Agreeably to nature. -net in^utiti: ;i:2:i:^:s'^' ''' r'^ *^ '^' ^-^^ --. 'wXf^ifSar"''""^"'-*'-^^ Zaoec/amo,iu m«e;6a«« ^j^irfio (soil, m) • Th^ Tn..i '"^-^''-^^^ -«'■« --i"g up as a reinforcerint. ^'"'''• «n 7 S^SIS;'^''^"" "^^° °" -W^ccordin, to the principle laid doux THE GENITIVE. 141 11. Tl.c dative is often used aftci- passive verba and jjassivo adjectives, to denote the principal agent, instead of the ablative with a or a6 : aa,-— AmaUlis omnibus; To be loved by all. Minus prohatus parcntibus ; Disapproved of by his parents. 12. The dative is used after the impersonal phrase opjM c»< (there is need), to indicate tlie persL 'or whom something is necessary : as, — Dux nobis opus est ; We need a commander. 18. Obs. 1. The thing wanted may be expressed either in the nominative or ablative, (see sect, viii., 15, p. 145) : as, — iMx nobis opus est ; A leader is necessary to us. Celeri opus est auxilio ; There is need of speedy help. 14. Obs. 2. It will be seen that in those constructions which are usually placed under the common rule, "Verbs of comparing, giving, de- claring, and taking away, govern the dative with the accusative," the dative is siujply a dative of the remote object, as explained in one or other of the preceding articles ; and the accusative in an accusative of the direct object. (See sect, v., 1, of this chap,) 15. 06s. 3. Many verbs which govern a dative in one sense, govern an accusative in another ; as, — Consulo fratri ; I consult for my brother's good. Consido fratrcm ; I ask my brother's advice. [Verbs of this ind which occur in the Extracts will be noted in the Vocabulary.] 16. Obs. 4. On the name of a town in the dative, see sect, vii., 13, note *, p. 144. 17. The dative is used with some interjections : as, — Jlei mihi! Ah, me ! Vae vobis 1 Woe to you ! SECTION VII. THE GENITIVE. 1. The genitive case partakes largely of the nature of an adjective ; and thus a substantive in the genitive is generally conjoined with another bud- stantivein such a May that the two make up one definite idea : as, Patris domtis, The father's house ; i.e., The paternal house. The genitive also depends on verbs, adjectives, and adverbs. It answers to the questions. Whose? Of whom? Of what? Obs. Sometimes the genitive is equal to an apposition: as, Nonien regis, The name of king~i.e., The kingly name ; Arbor fici, The fig-tree. 2. When the genitive follows a substantive derived from a transitive verb, or having transitive meaning, it may be of two kinds; — (a) sub- jective ; (b) objective. Thas, Amor parentum, The love of parents, may I , i I;! ii |!i 142 SYNOPSIS OP SYNTAX. raean (a) he love which parents (as the subject) bear to their chil.lret.^ this ,8 the subjective genitive;) or (b) the love which children bear to ttT.Cei ol^Ject9)-(this is the objective genitive. ) The geni- 3. The author or possessor : as,— Caesaris filius ; Caesar's son, Lihri Ciceronis; Tiie books o/ Cicero, (i.e., either his writ- ings or liis property.) 4. The part, duty, or cliaracteristic : as,— Repvt est administrare leges j It is the king's duty to execute the laws. £xerpHon.-But the possessive pronouns are used in the nominative singular neuter : as,— Meum est id procurare ; It is my duty to manage that. 6. The whole of which anything is a part, (partitive genitive :) as,— Magna vis hominum; A great number of men. 6. The words which usually govern such genitives are,— (a) The nominative or accusative singular neuter of quantitative adjectives and pronouns ; as, multum, amplius, minus, tantum, nihil, id, quid, &c.: as,— Multum pecurdae; Much money. QMic?/!o?'i?* What news? {b) Adverbs of quantity— satis, nimis, nimium, parum ; of place— hue, eo, ihi, ubi, ubicmique, nusquam; of time— woa.'ea, inter-'a • as,- " * Satis pecuniae ; Enough of money. Ubicunque terrarum; In whatever part of the earth. Eo vecordiae; To such a degree of madness. Postca loci; Afterwards. (r)_All partitive words, of whatever kind— substantives, adjec- tives, numerals, pronouns, the comparatives and superlatives of adjectives : as, — Multi militum; Many of the soldiers. Sohcs omnium; He alone of all. Tria miltia cquifum ; Three thousand cavalry. Quis vestrum ? Which of you ? Doctissimus R '^norum; The most learned of the Romans. 7. The quality, nature, nt, &c. ; but in these instances, it is accompanied by an adjective, (see sect, viii., 16, p. 146): as,— -^"C'' magni ingenii; A boy of great talent. * But if the adjective were of tlie third declension tliis would noh he wilowab!.. as It woui.l ciiuHc atnhitiuity. We could nut say, quid uHlis, or aliq-'id iitilui; but quid utik. or uHuuid utile. THE GENITIVE. 143 8. Tlie object of jnontal affections, after — (a) Adjectives denoting knov.ledg mvy, certainty, inclination to, patience, and their opposites : as, — Jffnartis mali ; I{.'norant of evil. Memor heneficii; Mindful of a favour. Amantior virtutis ; More fond of virtue. Avidus gloviae ; Greedy of fame. (6) Verbs signifying to remember, pity, forget: * as,— Meminit malorum praeteritorum ; He remembers past mis- fortunes. Miserere servoru7n; Have i)ity on the slaves. (c) Certain impersonal verbs, snch as refer t and intcrest,f—3Le, Refert regis, It concerns the king ; and miseret, poenitet, puilet, iaedet, and piget, to express the object which excites jiity, shame, &c. : as, — Miseret me tui; I pity you. Taedct me vitae; I am weary of my life. 9. The object, after verbs and adjectives expressing plenty,^: power, participation, likeness, § and their opposites : as, — Indigebat opum ; He needed resources. Plenus irae ; Full of anger. Similis patris ; Like his father (in nature, disposition, &c.) 10. The price or value, in an indefinite way, in the case of such adjec- tives as viagnus, plurimus, plus, minor, &c. : as, — Avar us divitias magni aesfimat ; The avaricious man sets a great value on wealth. Pravum minimi habcoj I hold the worthless man in very email esteem. ^ ■r 11. y.n. — If a substantive is used to indicate the price, it is usually put in the ablative ; and even with the adjectives noted in 10 the ablative is often used. (See sect, viii., 17, P. 146.) 12. The crime or ground of accusation, with verbs of accusing, condemn- ing, and acquitting : as, — Miltiadcm proditionis accusavcrunt ; They accused ]Miltiade3 of treason. ♦ Verbs signifying to retnember or forget also take the accusative. t But with tliese verbs tlie possessive pronouns are used in the forms meH, ttiS, ana, nostra, rentrd: as. jVo« mea re/eft, It does not concern me. Some scholars con- sider tlicse forms as the ablative singular feminine, agreeing with re; while others regard tlie plirases as abbreviations for rem meam fert, and inter rem est mcam. See Key, Lat. Gr., § 910. J AHjrctivcs of plenty or vvnnt ftl->o take the ablative. § Adjectives of likeness or unlikeness also take the dative. (Sue sect, vl., 8, 0, p. HO) 111 ■i (Ml SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. Obs. But with these verbs the ablative is often u.sed • as - ^Sncc;:: Sr:^ ^""^^^ «« -- -— on a ch.,e i« 13. rjace where in singular nouns of the first or second declension - as-^ Mortuu, est Magncsiae; Ho died at Magne<-- SECTION VIII. THE ABLATIVE. J. The ablative is used in T.it;« +^ En^dish wein-r ^tehTZm mTi^\""^Tl ^^'''' ''^'^'^'^^ ^hich in 2. The cause or reason Z's!-' ' '' "'" ^'' "^"^^ '*^ ^enotes- Arieo studio; I burn with {i.e., by reason of) zeal. 3. The instrument, means, or material • as - '■ "".!«,''£ xiiS 't:,rr"^'""=" '''^" -•"" «■« »'■'.'■ ■ ana .he like ; al^S^Sr ' aTl"' """'' ■"■'"'• '"''"' ^.<,«» J*™.W«„a.«e«, Of rto. Tl,e,„i.t„cle;.,, '• "^1^6 u'uS rC '■"'"■'""" "' =" >-™. «■» preposition 'TCt^'"'" ''""«5"»™'<»-«-; CaesaHseertifled And .oraetimes per or pronto, with the .-.ecnsative : as - "^sruZSrrrVJk: fir =" " "^'-^ "■""»"" "•- '■ "^fidfi''^^"' ^' " """« ""'"'""'J- «« preposition is also ''rZr ''°'''" " ^°'-'"«''' ^ke opportunit, afforded bv o;sr;rr«r's:^r::;;:rriF^^^^^^^^=^^=^ L_. TUE AUrATIVE. I4d 8. Ohy 4, Sometimes, on the contrary, the oblative of a \k ..onal name 18 used without a preposition, when the ayency is mure promi- nent than the pv°rson : as, — Leijime mUitibusque prrducit fosmm; By (the agency of) the legion and tli j soldiers lie runs a ditch. 9. OU. 5. The deponent verbs, utor, abator, frmr, fungor, potior and vcscar, take tlie ablative of the object : as,— Potiri imperio; To take possession of the sovereignty, [N.B.—Theae are simply instances of the " cause, manner, or instrument, ] 10. Exception— Jiai potior oiienia. he genitive : as,— Potiri Galliae, To take possess*. n of Gaul. 11. The mode or manner : as,— Fecit more major um; He did it after the manner of his an- cestors. 12. Allied to the foregoing construction is the ablative of limitation CAiu-essed m English by as to, in regard to : as,— /lc£/er/3crft6Ma; Diseased in the feet. Captusociilis; Blind. Oa/lus natione; A Gaul by birth. Alajoi' nata; Older. 13. Exccption.~K preposition is sometimes used with an ablative of limitation; as,— Caesar metuebat, ne a rcfrmmitaria lalovaret; Caesar was beginning to be afraid lest he should be in difficulty in the matter of corn. 14 Supply, with verbs and adjectives signifying, plenty, want," filling /Ti iT' • '""" ''''-/y-' '• ^'' ''^^ ' ^"^ ^^''^" persons are m nti n d Germaniafluminihus ahundat ; Germany abounds in rivers tarebat nomtne ; He was witl'out the name. I'lcnusira; Full of anger. 15. Obs Opus est, and usus est, one has need, may take the ablative of the thing ^vauted ; which, however, is often expressed in the nominu- tive (see sect, vi., 13, p. HI) : as,— Opus est mihi adjutore ; or, A djut r opus est mihij-I need a helper. ' (IJ.Ji • L'tjf.o and inUigeo ;t! o take tlie genitivu 10 t|! 146 SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. 7,^V: mul^^'''^'''''' '''''° '°"^"'"'^ withana.ljec.tivc fsoescct. vu., Erat rcfjia dujnitafc; Hu was of royal dignity Staturafuit humili ; He was of low stature. finllg, &t: :;;_"""'' "''' ^^'^ ^^^ '^"^•"^"' «^"-^' -'-■»?. firing. Pa^Wawi auro vendidit; He sold his country for sold .\fultatus est pecunia ; He was fined in a sum of money. 18. 06«.^^ Under this head comes the ablative with dignus, indiouus : Dignus laude ; Worthy of praise. deficien^yTas!-'*^ comparatives and superlatives to express excess or MmIo major; Greater by far. 20. Superiority or inferiority, with comparatives to indicate the object with which comparison is instituted : as,— ^ ^' mother''^"*"''* '""'''^' ^ '^''"S''*^'' '""^^^ beautiful than her 21. Obs. Wmiquamjs used in comparisons, the second substantive is coupled to the first by it, and takes the same case : as,- ^hi,f;'f!".',' f ^"'"'l" '""^'''' ^^^« ^^"Shter is more beautiful tl i the mother (h). '22. Separation after verbs of removing, freeing, delivering denrivin.^ abstaining, abandoning (see 33, p. U7) ; as.- aepnving, Caesar castra loco wmit; Caesar shifted nis camp from the place. DesUterunt hoc conatu; They abandoned this attempt. Lrbem commeatu privavit ; He deprived the city of thorouKh- tare, (t.e., of egress and ingress.) 23. Ohs. With many of these verbs-such as to remove, abstain, prevent excluue-a preposition is often adaed before the ablative • aa,- ' Pellere ex cv.-be; To drive from the city. Exire e domo; To go forth from the house. '24. Place whence : as, — Profectm est Athenis; He started from Athens. 25. Obs, A preposition is often added, to bring out more fully some particular idea, (see note *, p. 137) : as,— "^1^"' ^''™ ^""'"'^ ^'"°'' ''' ^'" "" direction) from 26. Place where, more especially in the names of towns or smaD ■ 1 THE ABLATIVE. 147 islauds, if the noun be of the third declension, or the plural number (see sect. vii. 13, p. 144) : as,— Mortmn est Carthagine; He died at Cartilage. Vidcbai. se non tutum {me) Argis; He saw that he was not safe at Argos. 27. Obs. 1. This implies the place or road by or along which one goes • as, — Frumentum fiumine Arare navibus subvexerat ; He had brought corn up the river Arar in ships. Terra marique; By iand and sea. '26. Obs. 2. Many words not proper names of places come under thia prmciple ; as, doiaus, rus, locus, dextra, laeva : as, — Proficiscens domo ; Starting i om home. Ho loco mancre; To remain in that place. Dextra; On the right hand. 2i). Time when ; as, — Quinto die; On the fifth day. Trecentcsimo anno ; In the three hundredth year. iJU. Obs. So also occasionally time within which: as,— Faucis diebus mortuus est; He died within a few days. 31. The ablative is used with the prepositions,— A , ah, or abs, from. Absque, without (i.e., wanting). Clam, secretly. Coram, in presence of. Cum, with. I)e, down from, conceriii'ig. E or ex, out of, of. Prae, before, in consequence of. Pro, before, instead of, or in defence of. Palam, with the knowledge of. openly. iSiiie, without. Tcnus, up to, as far as. 32._ In, sJ}, and super, govern the ablative when rest or position in or at IS mdicated ; and sabtcr, though rarely («ee sect. v. 18, p. 138) : as,— Sacerdotcs in arce invenit ; He found priests in the citadel. 33, So also the ablative often follows certain verbs compounded with the prepositions, a (ab), de, e {ex), &c. (see 23, above) : as,- A base domo ; To be away from home. Leturhat fwsUm muHs ; H 3 dashes down his enemy from the walls. 84. The "ablative absolute."' See note on Nep. Milt,, chap, iv., 1. SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. SECTION IX. - ». . , "^"^ INFINITIVE MOOD. Hence it is used- ' ^^^^ «^^""d supplies the other casea] '^s,- ^^' ^'^^^ ^i'o; ;e«, taedet, certum eat, constat, &c. : Humanurn est errarp - Tf I'o «„* i ^ Liccl me scire Uauii Hi jTu'f '° ?"" '» '^"■ 3 «„ ^ . ' """^^ """'>»■'»' ™ to know wLat that is) folwISsro;;!?:^'''""^ "' -P«'«' M- expressed by the I") T„° St\ll"""''' >"'■ """"• + ""O ^C like -««ue;h;*„roea'3nS;c^ "™*"'^ '»■ ^= «•*.• begin, 6- 0S>. 2. After ..m-l,? .!•?■' P' '^' ™ "eKerMi) future i'floitZVS^Tf Lat^^ "'•""™' "'-^^^ "« present: as,- '"'" "'''"' »"■■ idiom requires a ''tfCZ':: "'"°""'" ''"^^"'"'■" «-■ He promised to 8ni,h 6. lie Mni«^e has its subject in the accusative .■ as - i..rthisjsrnS-zs,^'prsp~4 ''- -=«- -'<- a/^^^'risWrtt'-fRtraiatf 'r' ="-" <- «-"-• tive Those of the second person are 'L»nt K ''f f""' "' ^'" '"■>'''"■ or pluperfect subjunctive "™ally changed into the imperfect «ant Ii:^;l^:i t^r- ' '° "*""■"■" »' ™^-. ««-., inai,. __XS^<&^e;ed<."° "•■"*> "^' ' *»"« -"-do- cai«u or grauu, with the genitive. ^ "^ °' ^"^^ "^ ^^^o gerundivei or (S by THE PARTICIPLES. 149 9. The infinitive is often used in animated narrative as an indicative Diem ex die ducere Aedui; The Aedui put him ofiF, day after day. SECTION X. THE f JNES. 1. The supine in .«m is used after verbs expressing or implyiDK motion to indicate the design of the motion : as,— ^ motion, Delccti Delphos profecti sunt deliberatuu; Chosen men went to Delphi to consult (the oracle), iJ/mJ^fe<;a«(« roya^wm aMa;i/i«m; He sent ambassadors to ask for 2 The supine in u is simply an ablative of limitation {see sect, viii 12 p. 145). and is used with adjectives, such as turpis facilis utJi W aud the substantives, fas, nefas, opnJ : as,^- ' ' ^°-' Mirahik dictu; Wonderful to tell. I'll (1 , SECTION XI. THE PARTICIPLES. 1. Participles are adjectives in form, and, like adjectives, agree with heir own substantives in gender, number, and case (see ruKr Id jectives. chap, u., sect, ii.) Participles are verv often „.p,1 „ f ,/ struction called the ablative absolut'e; and%roL:f 1^ f tre E^gH "h language prefers a subordinate clause. (See sect, viii., 34 p i^tf""^''''' 2 But participles have two peculiaritie3-(a) they denote time • aud (6) they may govern the same case as tlieir verbs ' 3 The present participle in .,is, and the perfect participle in -us have 2 P '^Tk^'^J^^"*^'' i''''''''^ '^ '''''''' beyond those mentlned la stantive: as,- "'''"'' ''^''"''^ ^'"^"*^' '' ^^^^" ^^-^-^^'^<' to a sub ^tiZ^o/tllf S;. ^'""^ *^' '^*' ^''"^ built,-e.e., From the founda- purpose -It- ^"''''"'^^" '''^'' "' "^^'^^^^ «^^*^^> '« "«^istoJas. In sucli cases the gerundive must be employed, and be made to agree with the substantive; as, Charta est utilis sci-ibcndis epistolis; or. Ad scrihendas epistolas ' (r) Ihe accusative gerund is only used with prepositions, and most commonly with ad, inter, and ob. {d) The ablative gerund is most commonly used as the ablative of the instrument or manner, or alter the prepositions ab, de, ex in • not with si7ie. ' 3. The gerund governs the same case as its verb : as,— Scribendi epistolas; Of writing letters. Parcendo victim; By sparing the conquered. SECTION xm. THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. 1. The imperative mood is used in principal clauses to express a com- mand or a wish. 2. In counsels, commands, exhortations, or requests, the subjunctive mood is very often used in the third person for the imperative; and also in the second person, especially when used indefinitely : as,— 'Ibeat ; Let him be oif. 3. In negative commands the second person perfect subjunctive (or future perfect indicative), and the third person present and perfect sub- junctive (or future perfect indicative) are used for the present imperative; as, — Hoc ne dixeris ; Do not say so. 4. The future imperative is used in laws, and similar documents. 6. The imperative of direct statements becomes the subjunctive in indirect. CHAPTER III. COMPOUND SENTENCES. SECTION I. I N T R D U C r R Y. 1. The clau.ses of a compound sentence arc cither (a) Principal or In- dependent, or (i) Subordinate or Dependent. 2. A Principal or Independent clause is one whicli makes a lp.a v > i '" the subjunotive. (See «oot. it, 2 p ST' '"""^'' ^"' '^"'"'-'^''"^•^ •-'>'^'i "-u;;:J:t:^:s.;" ;;rt ^ ^^^^--'^ ^^ ---"^ or . "-'"'. ''ut occasionally in i^i^tdicith-r '' ""'^"^ ^" ^''*^ -'^--t'v' SECTION II. »'niNcn>AL CLAUSES ^-^^"^^^^^^^ :;;;i-' - -.-nt a s.ato or au roKat.ve forn,. it i. used,- ^'^'""'at.ve, or a negative, or an inter- («) In rrincipal clauses stating what is a fict nr o ';ict ; as,— " '' "■ * '-'^w or assumed to be a tiu.e,,osse..od those ,. ails. ' ^ ^'"■•vmnsat that SUBORDINATK CLAUSK3. 163 (0) In direct qucHtlons:* m — Quid ayia 1 What are. you tloiiig { (For indirect questions, see sect, x., p. 169.) 2. Since tlio subjunctive mood is employed to renresonf n «».,t« «- acfon iu a doubtful or contingent manner, t^ oZT^i'^tZZ clauses wl.icl. partake of this character. These are - ^ (1.) A wish; as,— ' Valcaa; May you bo in good health : (farewell ) Ulinam pomm; Would that I were able I (2.) A possibility : as,— Aliquis dicat; Some one may (possibly) sav. (3.) A sujjposition : as, — lJicsd.Jidat,si; The time (I suppose) would fail me were (4.) A concession: as, — :Shd hacc falsa; (I grant) this may be false, (6.) A question expressed doubtfully : us,— Quidayammt What can we do i SECTION III. SUBOUDINATE CLAUSES. 'in^K.II'islf 'J! f'^ *' 1^' Y^''' '" ^"^'^^'"S * ^'^ti" «e«t«»««. '>r in turning i^Lt£ < f 1 •' • " ^'""' '' '' '^"''^' '^'' "^'^'•^ter of each clause ^f w n. + ? • ''' /" .'""'' '^"^'^' '^'^"y ^'^'"^ ^'y examining the firs HO, If of the clause, whether it be a conjunction, a relative adverb or a ^^j^^^vejm^^ the learner must remembeV that the Lme co nju'c 1. Intel romitivf piiiticks: — («) Ae M.nply asks for Infornmtion : Scribitne pmrt Is the boy writing (b) Noune expects the answer. Yes : Nonne pnta. t Don't you fhh.k ^( Yes ) () .\n,n expects the answer, No: NumpuU^t Do you thi,"k? 1) ^ ^ el;;!!.;? '''"" """"^'''^^ *^y ""'• ^■'>''""^'^tions, or shall we go to meet thJ aAoutiS'" '■■""""'"' "^' ^'-^--/^"'^ Whodldthis?-Q«u/«,^. What 154 SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. iiSi::?t,;rr^: :;:::- ;'f- 7'^ ^'i-^^- '-^-^'-e ..^.nt clause. Ilonce co,u^„,cti • Tonh' I v I ."•' ""'f '? *'"''"'-'^' "'■ ^ '"^"•^''^' clauses; but tf.e ean r nus 'a fn^ ""^'T*''^"^"^^-^ '" ^ubonlinate error of supposing that the com' Zf^ ^"f '^ '""''"''* *''^ t''^ common eases, it is'L nalureVfVZ^^^^^^^^ *''^ ™°°d. In all h to be used, but also what conk wivl t "^''''^^^ "'* "^''^^ ^'''^t ™"o *m-; Arms are of httle avail abroad, unless there is wisdom at home. 2. In hypothetical sentences- la) Tlie present subjunctive is used in both clauses (principal and Medmdeflciat, d hoc nunc diccre vdim ; The day would fail Sh. ) "' '^ '' ''" '°" '^^' now,-(in,plyi,gIhat I don't t qmmxnus, literally, " In what mnniifir tli^ less • " ,> " «« th«t ^nt " ..^ ,, . H,i„ »ii, »„„,, ,0 1„. ^ „,„„ ,.„, ,;„„i;:;, r* S ..,r,;,„, 166 SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX, oot true : as°- °' '" "■"' "'"'' '«'<' "«" He mfermce is no* PMt : as,- '^''°""'"' "" '!'» mference was true at a tins (but .,e had not), he Vo:S:;e".t itl^Lt""^ """'' SECTION VI. CONCESSIVE CLAUSEa to«<..- are most «„™„t„tll It'll'!!"' """«""' »"J because ueeessarily ta^i^l^j^ j'J^.^, ^^^""gl.,") take the subjun'ctive, ^tiid teaibus v.tor, quasi ra dubm „■>! wi, j , wtnesses, a» though the matje^e "doublu ' ""'"" SECTION VII. , J, TEMPOKAL CLAUSES. .«cheo:>So*a??„lt:-p»^^^^^^^^ ''"■"' '■•« -'^»l"=od by -^w„e„ iudicatiu, tl^e, ^«<^.?SiX!'^;S.tkftSS£t^; ^arSXre''""'' '''■''^"" ^'^ <»"- that) Caesar ««»_CW .» «,„ „.,,. ,,„^„ ^^^^^ ^___^ .^^^ CAUSAL CLAUSES. 167 2. But they take the subjunctive — (a) When the idea of concesnon is implied, (see sect vi n ^^^ ;:r«:"w,'re,i7er:i" - ^~'" «^ <- •«■ "' * Quum haec ita aint; Since these things are so «.any wers seeking a share, ko.-A'^MTt}X'7 3. C«,i„„„ and 5uMrf take the subjunctive,- M men the eveut is represented as contiu«ent,„ merely possible: ■^tf.^rf"' "''""■' !>"■««« <'»»' •>« »ta« ,• He left "LSittrr^rsSeSra's,^- "• ^«" '■'■' "-» - remained quiet until {i.e., while, or in ordei thatf X commander should inspect, &c. ' ^'^^ 4. Anteqiiam and priusquam are used — (a).To_exp.ss mere priority ; and, in this sense, take the indica- Ilaec omnia ante faxAa sunt quam Verves TinNnn, «//• •, All this was done before Verges rlchedltli;! ""'' ' (ft) To express a connection between one ac*inn nnri „ ^u this sense, have the subjunctive^ Z'- ^ '""*'''"' ^''^' ''» Caesar, priusquam quidquam conaretur, * Divitiacum ad .. vocar^}uhet; Caesar, before he attempted (^^houldattemnn anything, orders Divitiacus to be called to him ^^^ (c) To introduce a general or indefinite statement • anrl in iv they have the subjunctive : as,- ''^^^"^'^*' ^°'^' ^"^ ^^^^ sense, "'STtS::.'"' ""'^""" '"^^^^'' ^'^^ «^-- threatens Priusquam, audire potuissent ; Before they could have heard. Ill i.K , ft SECTION VIM. CAUSAL CLAUSES. • J e woras as quod, quia, quoniam , quum; and take,^ ♦ See sect, xii., 6, p. Ui, ' " ' 16H i SVNoi'Srs OF SYNTAX. Qno,,mnt non est ,,cnus unum ; Si,.co tl.cro is not one kind vL i9)Ml^,L'''' ''''''' '' ""^ '"' ^'^'''t ""« («^'0 Nop. Milt.; ylrc«.ay«.r«<;)m/,7/,>./.. 7«o,; ,?,>v..m.^. Ho was accused of treason, beoause (they said) he \m\ retired 2. Hut ,/»«;^. when expressin,, the caH..e, takes the subjunctive • as - SECTION IX. («) Ihe ind.oative when a fact is stated distinctly : as,- ^'untu,a, qui mmus est; The messenger who was sent ^'T..!f?r '^'*''' .?■" """"^"^ '■"'^"''•'■^ '^"«-«"'> c.rpc8). whou uui 18 cjual to car. f/uad, „r ,,num um.I u pronoun : as,- Errnif ,jui ccuscas ; You orr, who think {i.e., because you think.) •' Malcfcnt llimmhul, qui Capuac hicmarU ; ir.innil.al did wrong 111 wintering (because, lie wintcrcil) at Capua. The ivlii',..^ is also followed by the Hul)junctive,— (a) Wlicn an imlvjhntc ,t„tnnmt is mado, especially with kucIi phrases as Said qui, Atmu est, JS'cscio quia : as,— .V«w< qui patent; There are persons who think. (b) VViien a condition or BUpposition is inij,lied : as,— Nilul bonim est, qnod homincm mm mcHwem facial ; No- thing IS good, unless it uiakea {i.e., which does uot make) ■.\, luaii better. SECTION X. INTKItltOGATlVL CLAUSES. • 1 For direot questions which belong to principal clauses, sec chap, ij oect. I., ]). ijo, sq, ' ' 2. Indirect .lucstions are those which depend on some word or sentence going before; they have the verb in the si; .unctivc : as,— Die, quid ar/as; Tell nie what you are doiiii;. Ma(/na fuit co,>tei,/io, utrim moenibus »e dejenderc.nt, an ubviam treat host Urns; There was an carrt'st discussion whether they should defend themselves by tnoir walls, or whether they should go to meet the enemy. SECTION XI. U A T I B L I Q U A. 1. When a writer relates the sentiments of another, he may do it in t*M) 'vay.s — First. He may represent him as speaking in ihe first person, and may tlierefore quote the words exactly as they were uttered ; as, The priestess of Apollo said, " If you appoint Miltiades as com- mander, your undertaking will be successful." Tl.is is called the oratio recta, or direct statement. Secondly. He may give the sentiments of the speaker, but in his own words ; as, " The priestess of Apollo said, that if they appointed Miltiades as their commander, their undertaking would be suc- ^^ cessful." Thi.s is called the oratio ohVnaa, or indirect statement. -. 1110 principles already laid down for principal sentences reL^ulatfi tV construction ol the clauses in the oratio directa. 160 SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. ,,^-,.^" *:^^ ^y^"" ohliqua, wliat appears the most important clausP it, tlie mfuutive mood and accusative : as,— ^ P.v^/i/a rfm7, incqita pro^rm futura cs.w, si, ,(c ■ Th.. priestess of Apoilo said, that their undertaking wJuld be successful, if, &c, ^' ^'""''Sf .r^"? •''''!" *'!' ^""°''^^' ^'•'^"^^ ^«"t^'"« '-^ command or im/i, the subjunctive is used (sect, xiii., 5, p. 151) : as - Imperator dixit, milites saluti suae con sul event : The com- sifetr *^''* *^^ *'°°^'' '^'°"^^ '°'''"^* *'^^^'" o^-'i (sf; III Shs? ::::-' *'' ""''' ''''^"^ *^^^^^^ -^--*-« P//^/iia dw;i7 incfpto prospera fulura esse, si MiUiadcm im- peratorem simpsissent. \iX, 'i^r^'' '^^''' ''''''' '^^'^"'^' '"' ^"'^' ^^"- ^'-^"^ ci^^p^- 13, 14. SECTION XII. SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN THE CLAUSES OF A COMPOUND SEXTENCF ' con\\iSrons'r/?'''/'^'"'''/'' '''"^''"'^ ^' ^"^ of the co-ordinative coniunot ons {et, ac afqne, scd, aut, nee, &c.), or when the d.uses are oHateral (see sect. iv. 7, p. 130), tlie verbs are generally in ;i e same ense ; but ti.ey often vary in tense when some peculiarity of'^time oi acUon s to be represented by one or more of them (see Nep. Milt., i., Ls H Quum acccssissct Lemnum, et vdkt rcdigcrc incolassuh potcs- tatem, ct postuhmef, dc.; When he 'mc^ approached Lem- nus, and «-a,* uishinff to reduce the inhabitants to sub- mission, and had demanded, &c. rufe i^- " '"^"''^'"**' '^^"''' "'' ^'^^^'^ *'' '^""«'P^J <^I^^»«es. the general (a) That a primary tense in the jnincipal clause is followed bv a primary tense in the subordinate clause. In other words- Present s are / Present subjunctive, or Future I followed ^ Perfect subjunctive (for a com- Iresent-perfect j by ( pleted action). (t) That a historical tens-o in the principal clause is followed by a historical tense in the subordinate clause. In other words— ) are ( ^"^P^^'^'^ct subjunctive, or * > followed < I'^^Perfect subjunctiA'e (for an I by I ^?^^^^ completed at a prior Imperfect Perfect-aorist ' Pluperfect time). (>' th( 4 boii ■sul I i). we i tilO) note IC'11S( ' Ou the dunhle uic of the pei lect, suu chap. L, sect, i., n, 1). W. 7. p'.'lil' SEQUENCE OF TENSEB. 161 Thus— ('() PlllNCH'AL. 1 Scio ( t'ogtiuscani { Cof/uoscaiii J Coi/nuvi \ Voijnovi \ Scicbaiit f Cog III) vi \ t'uynuvi / C(i(/iioveram \ t'o(jnovcinm 8UH(»KJ)!NATE. quid (Kjas quid Kjeris quid aijus quid cyeris quid iitjas quid cycHs quid ui/ircs ([Hid ajissts quid aijcns quid ajissin quid ayevcs quid cyisses ■ I'KINIJII'AI.. I know 1 know I .sliall (li.scover I ahall discover SfnoRlilNATE. wliat you are doing. what you lirvf? done. what you are doing, wliat you have done. I have discovered what you are doing. I have discovered wlitit ycu have done. : I knew : I knew 1 disco VI red I discovci^d I Jiad discovered 1 had discovered what you were doing, what you had done, what you were doing, wliat you had done. wJiat you were doing, what you liad done. 3 When a subordinate clause depends on an infinitive mood, the tense ItfiSraSlK " '" "" """"""• ^" '' "'« -'^ °" "'"«'■ Dimicarc utile arUtratur, priunuam Laccdacmouii subsidio veniunt J He thinks it advantageous to light before tlie Lacedaemonians come to help them. Dimicare utile aroitrabtitur, priusquam Laccdaemoiiii mb- stdio vanrent ; He thought it advantageous to fight before tlie Lacedaemonians should come to help them. 4. The above rules for the sequence of tenses are often violated, when nc .specialty of time or of action is to be indicated by the verb o l.e ■suhordiuatc clause (see Notes, Nep. Milt., iv., 22,, p. I7I): as,- lieiiuntiat aocictatcm nisi Alcibiidcm tradidissct; Jlo threatens to break off friendly relations unless ho should have (at an after tune) delivered up Alcibiades. Decern practorescreant, qui excrcituipracmcnt ; Tiicy elect tun generals, to command the army. ' JL '^'wl,.!;!'?ir'' ^.'^'J""^^'^^ ^« "^^-J "^ the subordinate clause after a past niiht, wlicn the action is represented as continuing : as,— Ilujusvitiamendata sunt adco virtutibus, ut nemo ante- Jcratur; His vices were to such an extent counterbalanced by merits, that no one is up to thin du>j preferred to him. rutcc ,t tlic suboKiinatc clause slates a iiistorical fact distinctiv ■ as -' II: 162 SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX. Tantoplus valuerunt Athenicmcs, ul deccmpUccm numerum hoshum projligarint ; The Athenians excelled so much that they put to flight ten times the (i.e., their oion) nuni' ber of the enemy. mii^Te daH "^^^ *^'' ^'^'^^'"'* subjunctive where the imperfect would be 8. When the action or state indicated by the verb of the subordinate fZZlf '7''''''^'^ -f °^^r before the action of the principal verb begins. thL secl ) J.J'I"^°''^"'**" '^''"'^ "^"^^ '^e "1 '•'« pluperfect * (sec 2, b. of Putavit se Graccos sub ma retenturum esse potestatc, si 'Wiwis s'Ms oppida tucnda tradidisset; He thought that he would keep the Greeks in his power, if he were to hand over {literally, should have handed over) the towns to their friends to guard them. Quum venissct, dixit; When he came (i.e., had come) he said. 9. The future perfect (indicative) is often used in the subordinate clause, to indicite that the action of the dependent verb must be over be- fore that ot the principal verb begins : as,— Faciam, si mihi fidem dedens; I shall do it, if you give (literally, shall have given) me your promise. [In English we usually employ a present or a perfect in such cases.] pii.SiSJ:j>r;i;"' ^"'^"'"'^ '"• ''"^^ '" ^"^^"'^ - '»" -' ----^ "- '^ uv ' numerum so much, ion) num- would be ibordinato i-b begins, ee 2, b, of 'estate, si light that were to towns to ouio), he )ordinate over be- rou. give ses.] nly use n . Puirt Jiftlt. NOTES ON EXTRACTS. N O T E. ^ — In the following ' Notes " refercucu is often made to tlie Synopsis of Syntax, at p. 123, 577., but not so frequently as to render incpiiry un- necessary on the part of the pupil himself. The student is earnestly urged to lose no opportunity of impressing on liia mind the facts and principles of Construction, by having constant recourse to the system of Syntax provided for his convenience. The hal)it formed by such a 1 )ractice will bo invaluable to him in his after studies. NOTES ON NEPOS. MILTIADES. CHAPTER I. Line 1 MiUiades: see Table of Greek Nouns, at end of book 8 An- hqmtate, gloria: his family was "of old standing," and of "Rloriou-?" repu ation Aeacus (son of Jupiter), Ajax (one of the heroes of the Trojan War) and Codrus (king of AtJitns), being among his ancestors. A. Modestia (from modus) means "control of one's desires," and here refers to obedience and dutifulncss as a citizen. See Synopsis of Syntax Beet, vni., 2 and 3, p. 144. § Unus : the superlativVd^ree Ls ofti^ strengthened by the addition of unus, or unus minium. Omnium may be governed either by unus or by maxime. § On floreret, see p. 167, 2, a luJ\ t ^ ?^T' ^°-'- t^'-'Slate. "That his fellow- citizens were aheady able not only to entertain good hopes in regard to him, but even to feel a confident assurance that he would turn out such (i.e., of so ex- cellent a character) as they (aftcrivards) judged him to be when thoroughly known ; {i.e., after they had had a trial of his powers ) 4. Possent : see Syntax sect, iii., 3, p. 154, and vii., 2, a, p. 157. 0. togmtttm js eq ual to quum, cognovissent. 6. a^rsonesum: this is a Greek word, meaning literally a " dry-land- island, or ' continent-island "-t..., a peninsula. It was applied a" a proper name to the narrow tongue of land north of the Hellespont, now ca ed the peninsula of Gallipoli, or Dardanelles. There were other placel called Chersonese as well, but with some distinguishing epithet ; as the Taunc Chersonese (Crimea), the (ioklen Chersonese (Malacca), c/mric ti Tr?v n '" f ^'.'1 "''"^ ''^''''- ^'' <^^^^'^onesum in the accusa- tive see Synopsis of Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137. There is a confusion in he statement of Nepos here. The Miltiades who planted the colonHn Cieisonese was the uncle of our hero, and son of Cypselus. Miltiades, "the son ot Cimon, was sent as governor of the Chersonese after the Jeatli of ills brother, Stesagoras, who succeeded the elder Miltiades. 8 On vellent in the subjunctive, see Syntax, sect. iii.. 3. p. 154. and vii., 9 a , {Z iL->ijas : any relative (whether pronoun, adverb, or conjunction) may be resolved mto a conjunction and a demonstrative ; so that cuj\cs i.s her^equaj 166 NOTES ON NKroS. nm i,t -irf, -^ , ' >^ 7/"'',*° '-''^^"^^ -" «nd when there was a large number of this class." Ou the planting of colonies, consult Ramsayl Antiqu. les," or Smith's " Dictionary of Antiquities!" ^ 8 Z>./Mo. accusative of mofion-to. See Synopsis of Syntax, sect, v., lU, p. 137 Delphi (now Castri), a town in Phocis, on the slope of Mount l^a-nassus, famed for the oracle of Apollo. § iJederatJ:,^^^ i„ C after verb implying motion. See Syntax, sect, x., p. 149. § cl Xe • Z m 154 '155 to' "f ''' *^-,-^J-«t-'e'mood, clsr^tt ^rPpvf'i 1 ' ^^^'^^'^' ^"'^ 0" <'«"««^« ^'ith accusative and with clative a«m. The latter is the general and indefinite term used in reference to seeking advice from an oracle, (and in this case, no doubt, th g d tas a Zes to T *''^.r^?^f f P^^\t-° g^^^^-'-^lIy) ; whereas consuferlntZ applies to a special point of inquiry-namely, who should lead the colony • —tor that is ihe point which bears on the subject before us ' 8 LS^'' ''^?^"*f/ «f*- ^"i- 9, p. 145. § Quo, ablative of quis. § Potminuni, "what leader more than another they should employ." m!p;iI"'"''V.. •'''' r^" P"'"'^ "^ ^"^■'^^y ^" ^"'•ope' ^^teiided from Macedonia and the river Strymon eastward to the Black Sea, and north- ward to the Danube. After it was conquered by the Romans in the time L^n T' 1 ^""^ ^"'*^^''' circumscribed. § The best writers usually put cwm after the pronouns ; ar, mecum, quibuscum-not, cum quibus. 11. ^mecanrfwm; on this gerundive and its construction, see Syn- t hS til r*; '/•■ / ? '"f * ^' '"I'P''^^' ^^""« ^^■""■^"'•e indicates ■In 8 ?r '/ '?'';f *° \' ^ '''''' ''''' ^""^ "^"«t be decided by ^alom. § Ihs refers to rfc?.c erable to se. cit, "taken 4. liapponed." : own (rasli) appeci," ap- ch as bcin[; les {kvk\o'y '»eans a sudden "swelling, or I's.n?;, causing j.^nic. It referred specially to a sudden rebellion o war such as ti,e irruptions of the Gauls into Italy ''""' '•df;.S"^::;-^;$?r^"^' "thehorse-sparer." T/e^.,..,.^.. i... 14. (2«idoes not agree in gender and number with the antopo.lonf rjcncrts; but as the writer is thinking of the indiv dua s of the ehss mascuuie plural See Syntax, sect, n., (9 and) 12, p. 133. This is c'dlo.l spelling or the Greek word v^.poSpo^oc, nominative plural of r^^.poSpouo, the dM«-i,;t„ri;,r"if',. !;,!'• J» '"■I-;-' ■■'»'« life and vivi,,„os» to >l't>on, historical wntors oft<;n employ a present teiise wh ere wc MILTIADKS. 171 uliould expect a past ; and tlius verbs which, like crcant in tliis case, though actually i)iesent arc virtually jiast, take after them a depemleiit verb in a past tense of the subjunctive : *' They elect ten praetors, whose duty tvas to be, to command the army." 17. Utrum, (from utcr, "which of two,") "whether,"— i.e., which ot /(/•r> they should do. Its correlative is an. See Syntax, sect, x., 2, p. 159. 18. Defendcrcnt, "ward off" the enemy; hodca being suggestiid by hostibus of the next clause. On hoslibiis, in the dative, see Syntax, sect. vi., 7, b, p. 140; and for the verbs in the subjunctive mood, consult sect, ix., 1, b, p. 158, and x., 2, p. 159. 19. Quo(/iie is the ablative of quisque, "at the earliest moment possible," "as soon as possible." 20. Accassurum {esse) depends on dixit, which is suggested by nitebatur. Observe the force of the imperfect, "continued to use his utmost en- deavours." 21. iJcsperari is used impersonally : " that it was not despaired, "-i.e., that the leaders had no distrust of their courage and bravery. § Instead of corum, '.ve should rather expect sua. 22. Vidcrent and animadvcrlerent are put in the imperfect, and not the i.luperfect su])junctive, as might be expected, because they express continuance, and because the actions whicli ihey denote are contemporary with those of the vtn-bs desperari and audere. § Before audcre sui)ply Cos, as subject. 23. Exiyuiscopiis may be an ablative of means (see Syntax, sect, viii., 8, p. M5) ; but the more usual construction would be cum. It is perhaps better to consider it as a (so-called) ablative absolute (see note 1) : "their forces being so small,"— i.e., though or while their forces were so small. CIUl'TEK V. Line 1. Hoc in tempore, " during this (eventful) time," or crisis. The preposition marks the continuance of the danger ; hoc tempore would indicate merely a point of time. § On the two datives depending on fait see Syntax, chap, ii., sect, vi., 10, p. 140. ' 2. Plataeensis, scil., civitaa : jn-acter is here an adverb, not a preposi- tion ; hf'nce Plataeensis is in the nominative. Another reading is I'latae- cnses, iiccusative plural; and another, Plafaeensium, genitive plural, governed by civitatem understood. § Mille militum : mille milites would be a more usual construction than that here used ; mille, though a sub- stantive in the plural, is seldom so in the singular. 4. Quo factum est : " by which circumstance it came to pass that Miltiiules prevuiled over his colleagues." We learned in chap, iv., that Mdtiades was specially urgent for immediate action in the field ; and now the eagerness of this band of Piataeans strengthened his hands and seconded US wish, so that his opMiion was adopted rather than that of his col- leagues. C. Observe the repetition ct the preposition ex before urbe. 7. Dciti : less common than dcindc. § Montis, a mountain sacred to Ian, which overlooked the plain of Marathon, ill ,j 172 NOTKS OX NKI'OS 8. Arte instrncta, "the army having lieen drawn out ;" reglonc von aper- timma, " in a district not the most open " (or, " by no means open "). 9. Rarae, "thinly planted," "hore and there." The ground "was impeded with clumps and straggling rows of trees, so that the enemy's cavalry had not fi-ee .scope to manoeuvre. 10. Trnctn, "direction," "line." 12. Non-arquum, "disadvantageous." § On numero, in the abl.itive after />y7(«, see Syntax, sect, viii., 4, p. \U. 14. On subsidio, in .lative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 10, p. 140. 15. Centii:)i, i.e., centum millia. 10. In i^Ku, "in which battle." § Tanto phis, "so much more." 18. For tiie perfect subjunctive in the verbs projiiyarint, &o., instead of the imperfect, see Syntax, sect, xii., 7, p. 161, 19. Adhue, i.e., ad-koc {Icmpus), "up to the present day ;" i.e., till the time of the writer. 20. Prosterno, mdprojfigo, line 18. are verbs of special emphasis. Soe Voi-ahulary. ' OHAFTEIl VI. Line 1. Cnjus: any relative, whether proiioun, conjunction, or adverb, may be resolved into a demonstrative and a conjunction. Hence, ci-Jus is equal to et hiijus -- scd hujnu. % Victoriue depends on i->raeminm, so that the sentence rusii thus : lit von vidctur ahenum (foreign to my purpose) docere, qiv.de praemium hnjus victoriue tn/mtiun .lit Miltiai i,—" -Md it does not seem foreign to ray purpose to state what kind of a reward was given to Miltiadcs for this victory." 3. Naturam, "character." 4. Bari, "few md far between." § Tenues, "of little value." § Ob- sohti, 'old-foshioned," "out of date ;" hence " worthies.?," as opposed to !/hrit)si, "of high repute, and honourable." 5. Effusi, "lavish in number and extr , :agant in value;" opposed to ruri and fcnms. G. Ou huic Miltiadi, see note, chap, iii., 10. 8. Arrange thus: Ut, quumpwjna Marathonia dirpingcretur inporticu, quae voculur I'occih, ejus imarjo poncretur prima (in the foreground) in numero decern praetorum, &c. § Pnecik, equal to TrotKiATj, "variegated," "decorated," is aGrreek adjective refening to oroa, portico, not expressed • In the porch " which is called Beautiful." 10. Observe the force of the imperfect in hortaretur and ccmmitterct : "He was epresented as in the a.Qi of encouraging his soldiers, and seltinq the battle' in order." 11. The recurrence of est with imctus and corruptus is awkward, and is owing to the f;xct that nactiis is a deponent verb, while corruptxis is a passive. 12. Demetrius of Phalerura was a celebrated statesman who flourished about 310 B.C. He governed Athen,s for Cassander of Macedor during ten years (b,o. 317 to .3^7^. s Three hundred ir, merely an a; proxiuiatini, j tiiere were three hundred and fifty or three hundred and sixty statues. M1LT1ADE8. 173 CIIaI TEH VII. T -Jh 2. iiljuvcranl, in tlic indic-itivc us stating a fact, not r'Mortiii", part Oi' ' commission given to Miltiadea. ' " 3. Qf'f impcrio, "by means of whicli commi'-d," as llio instrument. //»',(. ir.ocrio would mean, "during the tenure of wiiicli command " ii>lliciu:u, "duty," "obligation;" hence. "alJcgiancc," "obedience." 4. Co(git, "he induced." § J^Jx his refers to all the islands. Pares is still, as of old, famed for its marble. For the declension of the word SCO Table of Qreok Nouns, at end of book. ' r.. Qiiu7)i is very often projected into a clause, to allow some important notion to begin the sentence, and thus to be specially emphatic. See Syn- tax, sect, iii., 1, with note, p. 1.53. § Oratione means "fair words," "argument," "persuasion ;" not, "a set speech." 6. On commcatH, in ablative, see Syntax, nect. viii., 22, p. 146. 7. On vineae and testudincs, see the Vocf.bulary, but especially consult a text-book of Roman antiquities. § Propius muros : prope, propius, and Vroxime, are usually followed by an accusative, and occasionally by u dative. (Hann., viii., 13.) Propior and proximus take the dative more commonly than the accusative. 8. In CO csset may be used either personally, "when was on the point of;" or impersonally, "when it w.as {i.e., whe.i matters were) in such a state that," &c. § Oppido, ablative after yerh potior, see Syntax, sect, viii., 9, p. 145. § In continenti ■ the lire was more probably oii the island Myconos, near Pares. 9. Nescio quo casu, " by some accident, I know not (what),"—* c " by Kome accident or other." ' "'' '0. Cujusflamma ut : resolve cujtis into ct Imjus, and translate "and when the blaze of this." 11. Utrisque venit in opin^oncm, "both parties imagined." The more usual expression would be, o}nnio venit in mcntim. 12. Et Parii—et Miltiades, "on the one hand the Parians, and on the utlier hand Miltiades." 13. Ne is equal to vt non ; but after verbs oi fearing, which really im])ly a negative, the negative part of ne is untranslated ; so that timcjis n'c classis advcntarct means, "fearing 'hat the licet would approach;" whereas tiincns «< would mean, "fearing tliat it would not approach." § Advento is a Irequentative verb, but in tliis case is i»tcnsivc rather than frequcntptive ^^ 14. Totidem navihus, atque, (we should rather expect qnot ) with exactly the same number of ships as he ha'l set sail with." It was there- lore, the author means to say, not actual loss of which he was accused, but ^i^GYQ want of success. 15. Cum magna offcnsione, " to the great disgust." 16. On the construction of proditionis, and of capitis (line 20) see Syntax, sect, vii., 12, p. 143. '' 17. Z*t.sY,v.?.'(?Wns the subjunctive mood b 'C-oause the writer is ex "ig the opinion of others: "Jiecause (said they), when h [jross- le might have :i I '■ 171 NOTKS ON NEPOS. capture.! Paros, boin^' bribed by the king, he had witlidrawn without accomplishing his commission." See Syntax, sect, viii., 1, b, p. 158 18. Fjt/9icniMs, abhitive of cause. See Syntax, sect, viii.,' 2," p 143 19. Observe that when "for" signifies tn defence of, or instead of , it inubo be expressed, not by the dative, hut by pro with the ablative I lossct, m the subjunctive, brjcause expressing the reason given by btesagoras for defending Miltiades. See Syntax, sect, viii., 1, h, p. 158. 20. Stesagoras is said by other writers to hp,ve died before' Miltiade? see note 6 chap, i.), so that it is probable this is one of the historical blunders of Nepos. It was likely some one of his relatives who took his c 3fence upon hin. § Capitis absolutus, " he was acquitted of the capital charge, hut was fined in a sum of moiiey,"-t.e., of a charge which, if proved, would have been followed by capital punishment. Verbs of condemning sometimpi takvi the fine in the ablative. 21. leaunia, ablative after multatus est. See Syntax, sect, viii 17 p. 146 § lAs : properly a law-sui^, but here the fire which resulted \'T\ \ fJofJ'': *^'''*'^'^ ""^ P"*^*'- ^'^*y *^'ents would (taking the Uuen. at i24,3, 15s.) amount to rather more than £12,000 sterling. 22. Quantus is equal to tantus enim. 23 in praescntia, " on the spot," " at the time." Either the ablative ot the substantive, praesentia, or accusative plural neuter of praesevj tcinpora being understood. § PubHcc. vincia, " tli3 public prison," as the debt waa due to the state ; and he was not only cast into prison, but put in irons. This fact is mentioned with reference, no doubt, to the remark made in the first sentence of chapter vl.—Eandcm omnium civitatum esse naturnm. 24. 06«<, "he met his last day," "/accci death." CIIAPTEU ''.1. Link 1. Criminc, ablative depending on accusatus. See Syntax, sect vu 12 oos., p, 144. " The charge in regard to Paros." See -vimen, in vocabulary. 2. Pisistratusm-M\^h\mi^iiUtyrannus{i.c.,^\\\n'C\VQ ruler— see lines 11 and 12— but no^ (jjrant in our .sense of the W(u-d-sce below, line 8) in 5b0 B.C. His son Ilippias was driven from Athens in 510 u.n. 4. J/M/«w;tt is stronger than saf^jc; it suggests imim-tance an^ mwinf t'lae. 1 i,e weight of business fell " on his shoulders. Trarslatc mi'Hum versntus, "largely engaged." § In imperiis, "in military commands;' ma; myque, " and tliose of great magnitude." The -que is expletive, enual to Ct quidcm, /cat TOVTo. 7. S(jrae editions read Ckcrsonesi, whicli may depend either on habitm'a(, as the genitive of place, " in the Chersonese ;" or on domtnationtm. 11. On potcstate, in tlio ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 16, p. 146- and on Ubertatc, sect, viii., 9, }). 146. ' 12. Quam simma himanitas, turn mira commnnitas, " both an unusual centlones.s of dLsposltiun, and also an extiaordiriary courteousnes.s of demeanour." Ihunanitas seems to signiiy that wide sympathy for all men by which nue is enabled to say with a safe conscience, A'iY Imimnum THEMISTOCLES, 175 't mc chenuvi puto~-A kind of universal fdl(m-fielmij idcbat hoih having reh-ronce to cxcor/itandis. 16. Valhdissiiiu, "most shrewdly," or "knowingly." Va'lidns 'a de- TIIEMIS'^OCLES. 177 rued hom callus or callum, " walkcd-skin," or " lianleno.l skin ;" aiul thua signifies that kind ot knowinyness which is acquired by rubbiwi much with the world. CHAPTER II. Line 1. aavcsseadae, &c. : " his first stop in (assisting in) the manage- niciit of tlie state was taken in the Corcyrean war." This is a mistake • it was tlie Aeginetan war. ' 2. Bdlo Corey raeo, timlpracscnti hello, denote the time in a general way III bdlo Corci/raco, and m praeseuti bdlo, would indicate 'tlie several btiigc's of the war : " during and throughout the war," 3. Ferociorem, "more self-confident," "more formidable." There is no English word which exactly answers to ferox; perhaps the Scotch crousc IS tlie best equivalent. ■1. Mdallis, "the mines" of Laurlum, in the south of Attica. 5. Ikdibat, " was derived," "returned." t). On popiilo, in the dative, .see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, c, p. 139 S. JUaritimos praedo7ies, "the pirates." ^ Con^cdavdo, ablative Scrund of conscctor, a frequentative or intensive verb from coimquor " by hunting down." § In quo, " in which expedition," or series of expe- ditions, in pursuit of the pirates. 9. Ornavit: orno means to equip thoroughly, and keep in first-rate con- dition. § On bdli, in the genitive, see Syntax, sect, vii., 8, p. 143. 10. Id, "this," viz., the circumstance of the Athenians becoming skil- inl in naval war. § For the construction of the two datives saluti and Uracaae, see Syntax, sect, vi., 10, }). 140. 11. I'ersko bdlo,— i.e., the great Persian war of n.c. 480. § Xcrxcn .socond son of Darius llystaspes. He reigned from 485 till AG5 b o' § Man a terra, "by sea and land." The usual form of the phrase is' terra manque; but we also find muri atque terra, and terra ac mart. ' 12. On Europae, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 14, p. 141. _ 14. Navium is said to depend on dassis understood, the duss'l which IS expressed ijoverning hujus. So also pcditum and cquitum, in line 16 on cxercitus understood. § The nava loivjac were ships of war, bei: .;, ior speed's sake, m.ide longer and narrower th-.a " £,;,ips of burden'" " trausj^. irts, " or ' ' tenders " (oncrariae). lo. K..frcitu^ is plural, either because Nepos »'as thinking of the horse aii foot separately; or more probably because such an immense [- 3t . .ly .>,00'> 000) could not advance as cue army, but was uecess'>.v;!v rab- divk.M! ;iito various bodies. W. Ol erve that this is a faulty sentence; there is no verb to respond to tnftrrct bdhim ; the ^..rincipal verb is miserunt, whicli responds to pcriUa cssct and diccnmtur. The long parenthesis from hujus to furruiit had evidently caused the oversight. But as r7'ius is equal to ,f hujus, the au'i oris really not so far wrong, after all, as «e shall see by tiie following tiuaslation. : '' I'ov when Xerxes was n-ui/ixy war on Europe {kc, &c.); ai.d vl>c.u the neivs of his approach had ruiclied Greece, and tiie Athenians "ere .said to be specially the object of his attark, on acooii) ^ of the bMtle ^' .'.,ahon,(then) liicy s-nt i.,. . to D. ' ' i, ' &c. St jch ij). vii.. li± note. (I.:-'.) 12 ■*^-k i 1 17H NOTES ON NEPOS. ID, Allor miscrunt KUpitly leijatos or homines. So, iu Kugli.sli, we oltcn fiay, " lie sunt to ask," without the accusative of the person. § On JJclphon, in tlie accusative, see Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137; ami on comultum. sect. X., 1, p. 149. 20. Rcspjndit is usually followed by the accusative and intinitive ; but as an exhortation is here implied, it takes ut with the subjunctive. 21. Quo is properly an adverb of place, "iu what direction the reply tended," " what was the drift of," or " meaiiintr of." 22. Pcrmasit, "convinced his fellow-oitizens," civibus, or some such word, being understood. § Consiliam-csse is equal to a verb of advisiiKj, and therefore is followed by ut with tke subjunctive. Sometimes such a clause beginning with ut comes iu as an explanatiou of, and iu apposi- tion to, some general expression going before, 23. EuDi agrees with muruiii following, not with navea going before, on tlie principle explained in Syntax, sect, ii., 9, p. 133. 24. Tali, " such (excellent) advice." I'alia is thus often used to signify " such very" (either good or bad, according to the context). 26. Salaitiina and Troczena are Greek accusatives, for the declension of which see Table of Greek Nouns ; and for the construction consult Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137. Salamis, now Coluuri, an island in the Saronic Gulf ; Troezen, now Damala, in Argolis. 27. Observe that ijrocurunda applies to aram as well as sacra, but agrees only with the latter. It applies specially to the latter in sense, as the non-interruption of the worship of Athena was of even more impor- tance than the defence of the citadel. See Syntax, sect, ii., 8, p. 133. § ^4/-- CL»i, the Acropolis, § /Sacra, the sacred things belonging to the temple of Athena (Minerva) on the Acroijoli-, § On natu, in the ablative, see Syn- tax, sect, X., 2, p. 149; and on sf 28. Rcliquum ojipidum, " t ru ma uUuvics, " the nearest par uf the mountain :" iu nMuma un,. ibus, in the dative, sect, vi., 14, p.l41. iniug part of the town." So proxi- Hood ; " imo montc, " at the bottom " on the top uf on elm tree," CllAPTEH III. Link 1. On civitatibus, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, h, p. 139. 2, Lhiiiicari, used impersonally, "it should be fought ;"— i.e., the war sliould be conducted. 3. OccuparcHt ■AUti.paterentur, see Syntax, sect, iv., 7, p. 155; and ix,, 2, p. 153. 5. (Jir.ncs inter ierunt : that is, speaking roughly; the great majority of three hundred Spartans and seven hunurcd Thespians did perish, but a i(^w esca[jed. For a list of the forces .vhich mustered at Thermo- pylae (the majority of which, however, retireil before »,hc Persian ad- vance), see Herodotus, vii., 202. 6. Graeciae and navium both depend on classis. See above. Them., chap, i., note 1, "The common (or conjoint) licet of Greece, consisting of three hundred shi[)s." 7. ^ipud, "off," or "near," 9. MuUitudine, scil., navium. TliEiMlSTOCLES. 179 ]0 Pari prodio, like the more common expressiou. cuquo niarlc, means ii drawn buLLlo. 11. On vzc, "that," after pcricuhm craf, which is equal to mclucnmt. sue note on Milt., vii., 13 ; ami Syntax, sect. iv.. 3, p 154 12. Supcrasset, "had rounded," or "doubled; "-i.e., " had got tiie better ot it, as it were, or "had got beyond it." 13. Instead of dbccdcrcnt, we might at first sight expect dcccdcrcnt, i^mwdiscedo means "to go away from one another," said of two or more individuals or i)arties ; while deccdo means "to go away from a place" in speaking of one or more. But as in line 10 di^ccsm-anl i.s said of the Greeks alone as the mam agents, so it seems to be u^-ed in this instance likewise, ihe best equivalent in English is " parted company ;" in which the Idea of two parties separating is kept iu view, while at the same time o/tc party is re])iesented as the main lujcnt. In this sense, ab Artemisia will mean* at Artcnusmm ; like a dcxtra ripa, "at or on the ritlit bank; ab altera parte, kc. § ii'.i-«(^rm'MW is a rare compound. It is equal to our phrase, " out-opposite." hi I CHAPTER IV. Link 1. Astu is a Greek word transferred into Latin letters ; it means the city, as opposed to the town, and is here applied to Athens by way of pre-eminence. It is the accusative of motion towards; but after aeccsdt we Hid more usually the dative (see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139), or ad with the accusative. § Protinus, "immediately," is said of \:nm', protenus, fartiier on, "onward," of space. This distinction, however, is not always observed. 2. NuUis defcndcnUbus: see note on chap, ii., line 27. 4. Domos, accusative of " motion to "— " to their homes." (i. Unircrsos and dispersos are equal, each to a co..ditional clause, "if tliey kept all together," and, " if they separated." 7. Testabalar " he strongly asserted. " § Eiwyhiadi : another historical eri'or.Jiury blades was commander, but not king, of the Lacedaemonians. ». Mammae ; see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, (/, p. 13y. 9. roY/c^ is in the subjunctive, as not stating a /acf, but as referring to the muidot 'Ihemislocles. § De scrvis suis, &c., "the most faithful ■slave he had. 10. Suis verbis, "in his words," "as from him," "in his name." '^uo nomiue would mean, "on his authority," but at the discretion of the iiie.sseiiger as to words. 11. Qui : resolve qiu into et ii, and quos in line 13 into scd eos-"and if they should separate (into bauds)," " but if he were to attack them at once " b ' 'mlabore: the preposition implies concomilancy-his elibrts to nut :i|. end to the war would be " attended loith greater labour." Cum is often Jiius used, so as to be equal to another assertion: so here, "lie would rmisli the war, but his opcraiions ^^ ould be attended with greater labour." 14. iJ:)ceo vulcbat: see note, chap, ii., 21, above 15. JJarbarus,- ie., Xerxes. See Milt., chap, ii., note 1. § Oadoli, m the genitive, see Syntax, sect, vii., 0, a, p. 142 180 NOTES ON NEPOS. : I I 16. Suhcssc, "to be un(lro,,,i„f„t r„'i^\';f J-^"'". '»-» "- Mu;, '; ■riniJi^.ri' s:" ,f „':Lf ■-»^"-"»™ iieifect, Imcause the action wiiich it represents is to he complclcd before tiie action of dimitterent. Sco Syntax, sect, xii., 8, p. 162. 16. Lifjerrime prufcssus est, "most frankly acknowledged." 17. Quodposseiit, " a thing wliich (he alleged) they were by the oommon law of nations quite entitled to do." Observe that pottnent is the subjunc- tive mood, because the writer is giving, in tlio indirect form of narrative, the argument of Themistocles. 18. JJeos pulHcos, the national gods of all Greece; patrins, those of Attica; pcnatcs, those of each housoliold. 19. Ill CO, " in tliat act," viz., in building walls. 20. Illorum,—i.e., the Athenians. 21. Oppositum {esae) agrees with 2>rnptirmaridum, the substantive nearest, to it. See Syntax, sect. ii. 8, p. l.'JS. The infinitive, oppositum esse, de- pends on "he said," taken out otprofessus est. 22. Fecisse nanfraijiun, "had made shipwreck" at Marathon and at Salamis; i.e., "had been baflled," or "defeated,"— a figurative expression. Observe that quain (in line 21) is equal to ct hanc, and thai fecisse is thus co-ordinate with oppositum es/,e, and governed by the same verb. See above, note on chap, ii., line 16. See also Alcib., xi., 17. 23. Qui intucrentur, "inasnnicli as tiiey regarded;" the verb being subjunctive, as givipg the ground of the charge of injustice. See Syntax, sect, ix., 2, c, p. 159, 24. On dominationi and Oracciae, in the dative after utile, see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, p. 140. Graeciae does not balance well witii dominationi: we siiould have expected saliili. 25. Miseravt : indicative, because not part of the indirect narrative, but a remark thrown in by tlie writer. CHAPTER VIlI. Link 2. Quo : on the ablative after a verb of condemning, see Syntax, Beet, vii., 12, ohs., p. 144. § Tattuhirnm, &c., " by the votes of llio shells." This refers to the process of ostracism, which was conducted us follows : It was put to the peoi)le whether there was any one in the com- munity whom they thought to be dangerous to the liberty of the state, from his power, j)opularity, or other cause. No name was mentioned, but cir'i man was allowed to think and judge for himself; though, of course, tlif. person specially obnoxious to any party was readily guessed. The ten tribes voted in aa enclosed place in the Agora, each individual being pro- vided with an oa-rpaKov, or ])ieco of tile (potsherd), on which he inscriliutl tin: name of tlii^ iJt'r.soii u luini he \vis:hi'r| to b(> lianished. If the \'ott:.' i THEMISTOCLES. ]83 acrainst one inJiviaua! amounted to 6,000. he was comi.elled to Jeave the city .n ten days. Several states of Greece besides Athens adopted this plan which was rather a prccauHonari/ than a pcnai n.oasure. ^ ' d. SaOracjiis: this word is said by some to be derived from sub-fram/o •'piece"ofr" or ' " '•"'^" Pr'"''' " ^'•''^^"-"*'" -1 tZa piece of ti e. ()thers connect it with snffrayo, an "ankle" or " knuckle hone, -such being used for voting, dice, &c. S On the construction ejcctm c, see Syntax, sect, viii., 23, p. 146 § J»w nm be eittr he accusaive singular of the neuter form Ar.os, ^r tl/e acSt^ve" al ^f Jj» .n,m, masc. Observe that concessit {'■ retired ") governs haUtatum in tho^snpine, and Argos ,n the accusative, as the place to which. 4. Cam dirmtafe, ' m groat honour or consideration." On cum, in tliis phrase, see above, chap, iv., note 11; and Milt., vii. 15. §Ctead of bally emp oyed it to avoid ambiguity, since Lacchccmonii is the princh.-d subject of the whole sentence. IJuncip.u 5 Qui accvsarcnt," to ^ccMse." On the modes of expressing a pur,,ose m Latin, see Syntax, sect, ix., 3, c, with note J, p. 148. ^'^ i^^^'Ose b. On the construction of ad Gracciam oi^primendam, see Syntax, sect, xii , J f», p. 150; and note on Inverse Fyntax, Milt., iii., 13 7. Hoc cnmvne " on this charge." See Milt., viii., 1 ; 'and on pro- dUioms, in the genitive. Syntax, sect, vii., 12 p 143 ^ S m audivit, " when he hoard." This tense is often used (to denote lil^'iT /! "" ''"'"'" ^''^ '^""^ '" •''"^ ^") ^-'t'' ««' Postquam, nhi, when 26, p 71;!.' ■ ''''°* ' P'"^^''^^"'- § '^" ^'■''^*' «^^ Syntax; sect, viii., 10. On (imcre, in the infinitive, see Syntax, sect, ix., 3. a, p. 148 • and Sivlf r 'r ^"■^' subject to the verb of this clause, se should, stitly speaking .apply to them; but it refers to the principal char.acte; of the s ntence, Thenustocles, and the subject of the governing clause. 12. llospiUum "^ guest friendship." These "covenants of salt" were very common ,n the heroic times, and even in later days. In the East ^l^a I'7f »*.'»^™*^"t' »" ol'lisation is more sacred than the duty of piotecting and befriending the man who has "eaten of your salt." The d.Tilt'T '^". '^ ""'^''.'^ ''' '^'""^ ^'''' f°»'"'^'l sometimes by acci- Pv 1" n r'1' f,"*^ sometimes by preconcerted arrangement; but, how- ev estab ishod, they were most sacredly observed, so long as they existed. 1 could be broken by mutual consent, but they usually descended from hmi P. nTw ^": ''*'*. f;'* ^^> ^'^""''^ individuals, (2) between km e ; Un ''?h'*''''' ^'^ ^'''r''' '"^^'■^•>^l"-'^'« '"^'Hl states. This last k nd sei \ ed some of the purposes which consulships now effect. See, for fur- ■1. r information, Smith's " Dictionary of Antiquities," or other Hand-book : Hchgionc depends on tr.'irTT'*"' 'f ""*' °" ^•'*-' '^^"P- ^■"- -- ^^ '^''^Oion^ 'depends on tueictnr; and rcccptym is equal to a conditional clause, "if received •" h ; bei n'^V""^''^! " '■*"" '•^™>"ved,--Themistocles having ,>o doubt as to iii^' t)eiiig taken under protection. ir'. Caerimonia seems to mean here "a feeling of reverential awe " 'el.gious veneration." § ConjcaL kc, " lh,„, himself/' ''rSed." : 184 NOTES ON NEI'OS. ](]. Hrriperrf infdem, " took him undor liis prntoclion," " umlortonk liy a solenm plwl<,'o of faith to protect l>i)ii." Inttead of reciperet, wo might rather havn expected a iduiierfect, ' had rftccived." 17. Pracstitit, "which (iiroinise) ' ! made pood ; " aa we say, " stood to." 18. Exposccrctur pubficc, " ho (TlieiiiiKtocIos) was demanded in the name of the states," — i.e., " his extradition was demanded in tlie name of tiie states. " Observe that thou;,di cxpnaccrctnr and prodidit have different Hulijecls, that oi prodidit, heinf,' Adiacf.iis, yet neither is expressed. lit. On nlhi, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, a, p. 139, and 1.^, p. 141. Consnlt Vocahuhiry on consido. § Tufo is an adverb, " in safety," "safely." 20. Versari depends on di.rit, " tuken out" of mmmit. 21. On pramdli, in the genitive after quod, see Syntax, sect, vii., (5, a, p. 142; and on nmifis, in tlie dative, sect, ^i., 11, p. 141. 2'J. I'lsfcndcre in navcm is less common than ascendcre in navcm, or conacendere vavcm. 24. On sibi, in the dative, seo Syntax, sect, xi,, 0, p, 150. 25. QuLisit, "who lie h,"—i.e., his name. Qui sit would mean his rank, condition, ollice, character, kc. Again, nc refers, not to tlie subject ofco«.9cm, p. 131. § To ipse supply coepi. 11. See notes on cliap, v., lines 4 and f>. V.\. On perkiUo, in the ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 22, p. 146. 10. l)e, "in rc^iard to," "as concerns." 17. fio trunsacto: on tiio so called ablative absolute see note on Milt,, iv.. 1. 18. A(U'r paliariH fiupjjly mc from the preceding mihi. CIIAPTEH X. Line 1. Ilujus is governed by animi, "his mind." § TaJcm, "so great," "so able," "so distinguislicd." See note on chap, ii., 24, al)ove. 3. Lilcris, "the literature,"- i.e., written language. § (S'cnreom', " con- versational phraseology." 4. Mnlto commodius, "with much more case," or, "with much more propriety." This nui.st be an exaggeration, unless we consider qui in Pei'side erant tiati to mijan, not the native Persians, but Greeks born in Persia. 6. fllud, "this" that folious. § For consiUis, in the ablr^tive after n/t, see Syntax, sect, viii., 9, p. 145. 7. Ilium refers to Artaxerxes, not to Theniistocles. § For muncrihns, dejjonding in tlie ablative on donatus, see Syntax, sect, viii., 11 and 12, p. 145. 8. In Asiam, — i.e., into Asia Minor, which, as the Roman province of A.sia, was in the days of Ncpos specially called Asia. For the position of the towns mentioned see Vdcabiilary. § On Maynciiae, in the genitive, see Syntax, sect, vii., 13, p. 144. 10. Quae is equal tout ca. § On prachcrct, in subjunctive, see Syntax, sect, ix., 2, a, h, \). 158. § Ptmem, " bread," " tho statVof life," inclu.his other necessary articltis of food, g Vinum, "drinkables." ^Ops'iidum, properly anything cooked wiiicli is eaten along with bread, as lish, flesh, vogt.'tables, includes also delicacies of food, as well as elegancies of dress, fuiiiiture, and other equipments of a luxurious establishment. 14. Oppidam,—i.e., Athens, where I'ausaiiias saw it, near tho Piraeus, about (say) IfiO a.b. 17. At'f/ne is ('(lual to scd vov, " but he does not deny." 18. I'cyi : see Syntax, sect, vi., 2, p. 139. § (Jraccia op>2irimcnda ; see Syntax, sect, xi., 8, p. 15U. 20. Vlam, "in a clandestine maimer." § Qufniicun Ircjihus, "since it was not alloweii by the laws," is ojjjjosed to vlam. C'onccdtrdur is tho subjunctive, as recording the statement of Thuey(lides; so also damnatus e:s(j. . lA'AGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1^ ■ 2.2 I.I 1.25 '™IISI |50 ui Hi S 1^ III 2.0 IIIW U IIIIII.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation '^6^ ^^ -%^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 (716) 872-4503 ?\? ■58^ vV I >% ff 16C NOTES ON NEP08. ALCIBIADE3. CHAPTER I. Link L In hoc, " in him," "in his case." 2. Possit might be expected to be in the imperf. subj. after the past tense, eocperta {me\ but it is here put in the present because the expression is a genend one—" what she (really) can effect,"— i.e., " what is the best she can do," what is the best specimen she can put forth ; and because videtur is pres. See Syntax, sect, xii., 3, p. 161. ^ 3. Observe the neuter nihil, ''no created thing," and not ncminem. § For iUo, in the ablative after excellentius, see Syntax, sect, viii., 20, p. 146. § Excellens, "surpassing," " prominent," either in good or evil. ' 5. On the government of yenere see Syntax, sect, viii., 4, p. 144, or 16, p. 146; and on omnium, sect, vii., 6, c, p. 142, 6. On aptus ad see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, note f, p. 140 ; and on con- silii, sect, vii., 9, p. 148. § Summus means "very distinguished," "very able ;" not highest in rank. 7. JJicendo, ablative gerund, depending on valeret. See Syntax, sect, xii., 2, d, p. 151. 8. Commendatio, &c., " such was the persuasiveness of his elocution and his language." § Oris seems to refer to his utterance, and oratio to his language. Oris may mean his appearance while speaking— his anima- tion, action, energy, &c. § On ci, in dative after rcsisterc, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, b, p. 139. 10. Vita, his public life; victu, his private life— the appointment of his table, and household arrangements generally. 11. On temporibus, in the dative, see Syntax^ sect, vi., 4, b, p. 139; and on callidissime, note on Them., i., 16, 12. Remiserat, " had unbent himself," " relaxed " from business. Tlie metaphor is taken from the unstringing of a bow, § Juberat, " remain behind," " remain as a ground or reason." 14. Dissimilitudinem, &c., "all wondered greatly that one individual should present so great inconsistencies, and traits of character so oj)posite." pissimilitudo seems to mean that contrariety in qualities which rendered it impossible for tlieni to work harmoniousl;', so as to produce a man of consistent behaviour. CHAPTER ir, LiNEl. Observe the difference between erfwm^MS and c?'Mrft7ws. %Domm is usually construed without a preposition, like names of towns; in this place, however, it is not used in the sense of "home " as a mere spot, but, as we say, " in the family ;" hence the proposition. 3. Omnium: see cliap. i., note 5. 4. I'iitycrc rcl/rt, iio., "bo that if he himself had wished to hftve the \LCIBIADES. 187 making of Lis own lot. he could not either have devised more blessings, or Lave obtained greater ones, than either nature or fortune was bestowing." We might have expected pluperfects here, rather than imperfects, but the iduase seems a general one, Vike iwssit in chap, i., line 2, and similar to our *' were he going to shape." CHAPTER III. Line 1. " During the Peloponnesian war," which continued from B.o. 4,il to B.C. 404. The principal opponents were the Athenians and the Spartans, but most of tlie other states of Greece were drawn into the con- tact. § IIiiJus consUio, "it was by his advice and influence that the Atlienians declared war." ^^ 4. Id, sell., btlhim, " when this expedition was being equipped.' 5. Jlermae, busts of Uenues (Mercury) which were set up in public places, and at the doors of private houses. 6. Vppido-Athenis : see Syntax, sect, iii., 1, p. 134. % Dcjkerentur, " were thrown down " from the pedestals on which they stood. 7. Andocidi: dative. See Syntax, sect, vi., 6, p. 140. It is quite un- necessary to consider Andocidi the genitive here, as some dc. Andocides was an Athenian orator, and opposed to Alcibiades ; hence it was supposed that Alcibiades had left the bust of- Hermes which was before his door untouched, in order that his enemy might be accused of the crime, and punished. § Vocitatv.s, " was familiarly or commonly called." 9. Quae, referring to consensione, "inasmuch as it pointed, not to a private, but a public interest; or a unanimity which had refoience, not to the interests of on individual, but of the state ;"— i.e., the act, which must have been committea with the cognizance of a large number of men, was construed into a manifestation of enmity to the constitution, and not to any private persons. § Pertineret, the subjunctive, as giving the thouglits of the people. 10. MuUitudini : in dative. See Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139. § m qua: feminine of nequi ; so siqui, seqiid. § Repentina vis, "lest any sudden outbreak should take place, such as {quae) to crush the liberty of tiie people."' 11. lloc—convenirein Alcihiadem, "this suspicion (of violence, with ambitious views) seemed to be specially applicabh o Alcibiades." In com-enirc there is the idea of circumstances conspmng or combining to tix the suspicion on Alcibiades,— viz., the circumLtances of his greater power, influence, consideration, and dignity. 14. Jkvinxerat, " had bo"nd down," " laid under obligation." § Opera forensi, " by services in the law courts." § Rcddiderat suos, " had luatle his own ;"— i.e., had rendered entirely subservient to his wishes." 15. Fielat : observe the force of the imperfect—" it regularly took place as often as he appeared in public." 16. On ei, in the dative after par, see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, b, p. 140. § Quisquam is the word for " any one,'" in a negative clause. 17. Observe the very cmi'hatic position oimaxiinam, so far removed from atjcm. In kahcrc there is a zeugma (set' note on Theiu. chan, i., i*) ; for J 88 NOTES ON NEPOS. It, (Proserpine), whicl, werTsiSfl j T J "^'^ '" daughter Persephone were alLei to he 'peXS'S r, 'erce^of'u^sf "i° ""I*- ^' "-■ and never n tl,o b™»e of a private inJivXl " '*""''' ' '"'*''■ CUAPTER IV. but .0 far brought for^lTirfo^iuSurtioi' " *'^ ^"'^'° ^^^^™''>^' of;" but that is a softSrdowr, oTi^ipTl •^' ^l being ignorant grammarians meiosls or i. ""LenW "t'''''''"" ^' '^"'"■' '""^^ ^^ 3. 0«/rf ar;t cZ« .c. " any action to be taken concerning him " 4. Pmesente: of the two forms of th^ nMnr f • ^" this kind, the inflexion i h Z^eijv Zfol^^^^ ' ^ridi,ofMjectheB of ti'^n called the ablative aiS and (2 w I 'ff"'', ^V- '" *''^ ''°"«^'-"°- stantively, as here. "''*'''"^«' ^"^^ (^) when the adjective is used snb- Sy^lS^^lt'^liflftf i^^on' ^^'^^ f ^ «^^'- ^-'tive (se. hatred as the .«6^cc )Lls for h 'M^X"!;" ^'' ^ '^^^''' ^'"'^'^ ^^^^ "^ will call forth the hatred as the 4^ 'prSSSf "' 'i^*^^^^^ "'^^^'' accused." '' ^ produced) of the public against the («,.*rc:V2 sp^s"--'—.,,. .„ also «*.<„„.„ 8. /toj»«: .wl "therefore," but "anus\^ here in the sense of "fitting time," -opportunity " b A^Abtades cclari, ' Alcibiades could not any longer be kep in the .htrkabou thematter."_ Observe the construction. I might alo be S Ak>^^d^ dative) celarl, &c. ; or the thin, concealed, if ,iot expresso d by the neuter of a pronoun, might be in the ablative, with de. mS^ accusative of reference. Syntax, sect, v., 9 p 137 ^« i- an 7. On saffacitate, in the ablative, see Syntax, 'sect, viii., 16 n 146 Saffa^ properly means " keen-scented," like a dog. Our word " penetra! tion comes near thj • waning, but does not propfrly express it. ^ 9. Alcibiades went lo Tissaphernes in B.C. 412. 11. Before Lacedaemoniorum supply cpcs 15 DcstUnlasab hoc "being disappointed in this man." It does not n.;.' n being abandoned by him ; because he had not taken him up ''by rtoZfTecommS.-' ^ ^^'"'"^'^'•" ^"^^^^"^ ^'^^ ^^^^ -- lluLuXSo:;^^'^^ '"^^"'^P""^^^ P'"^«^' ^^^^ «- "had Leea ^5. IMesimituw me^n^ here the land on each side of the strait , -/ Byzanttuni, afterwards Constantinople. Nepos has been accuse.l of epresenting Byzantium as an Asiatic city; but while we 'annotdpld I'.in against the charge of careless wriiing iA this pla e we th nk £ S- meant the ,.a.m. to refer to and include all the'^s preSly m^^^^^ t.oned, and not only Graecas urbes in ora Asiae. P^^^'o^^'y "Jen- ^y. VencruiJ : in n.o. 407. CKAPTKR Ti. His: in the dative, after ohviam. See Syntax, sect, vi., 7, b, Link 1, p. 140. to strivfj;;?"' 'vlT'''^\~"'\T ^''^^ ''^^''' ^^^°'^ it was worth while rertllf ^'^^^^''^ fermentative, or rather an intensive veth. Such V lbs are formed in the hrst conjugation from the stem of the present bv t^l S/^r"^"' ''''''' T *'" ''''''' ^^«™ *^e stem of the supTne HH x>s-um (video), vtso, viserc; also in those of the second and fnnrfh „ v. aup.ne is like verbs of the third conjugation '*^' "^^''^ 4. ^ec era/ populo, &c., "for the people were convinced of this, that 190 NOTES ON NEl'OS. botli then- former adversities aud their present successes had occurred tlirough his instrumentality." 6. Amissum is a substantive here : " the loss," It is very rarely so used. 7. Expulisscnt is the subjunctive, as giving, not tlie idea of Ncpos but Dl the Atheiians. See Syntax, sect, viii., 1, b, p. 158. 11. Ft%o," on every hand," "by everybody." % Bcmvolcntiam, "good will," " kindly feeling." ** 17. Casu is the contracted dative for caaui. § On iUacrimant and ostcnderit, in the subjunctive, see Syntax, sect, xii., 7, p. lOL 22. Pilae : the plural is used iu a general way. lu chapter iv. only one jptto was mentioned. CIIAPTEK VII. Line 1. Non nimis diuturna, "not of too long duration,"— t.c, ol very short duration. 3. Domi unique: on this construction see Syntax, sect, vii., 13 und 14, p. 144. So also domi militiaeque. But belli is not so used alone • it would be bcllo or in bcllo. ' 5. Cifmen. There is some confusion in the narrative here. There were three causes why Alcibiades fell into disfavour: 1st, He failed in his attack on tha island of Andros; 2d, His lieutenant, Antiocl.us, havi.ii' fought with the Lacedemonian fleet during his absence, and contrary to oalers was defeated, the blame falling, of course, on Alcibiades; and, 6i\, He attacked and ravaged, on some false pretext, the territory of Cyme, which was in alliance with Athens ; but suffered loss. 6. Exsententia, "to their satisfaction." . 7. Nihil von : this phrase is equal to two clauses, '-' (there was) nothing (winch) they did not think him able to effect." Nm nihil means "some- thing, but nihil non, " everything." 13. Observe that ne concupiscent depends on timibatur, and rot on diliycbatur. 14. Abscnti : on this construction see Syntax, sect, vi., 3, p. 139, and 14 p. 141. ' 15. Magistratu : this word very seldom used of military office. 18. Introiit, "entered," o . ather, "penetrated into the heart of, lhr.nce (with hostile intentions) ;" for the Greeks had long before this settled colonies iu Thrace. CUAl'TEU VIII. Link 1. Recedcre a caritate : the verb means, to tvithdrmo one's sclj forcibly, as against a sense of duty. Here it may be rendered, "cive un " "tear himself from," "renounce." h^^^iu 2. Aegos Jiumen : see Vocabulary. 5. Duceret, "protract," "prolong." *> 7. Erat super,— i.Q., supererat, "was left over," "remained." 8. Vulgo, " the common soldiers," § VeUent, in the imperfect subjuno tive, after spondct coacttorum, is an irregularity in syntax. See Syntax, sect, xu., 4 and 5. p. 161. So also valerent, iu line 11. I ALCIBIADES. 191 10. Eo, " on this accouut," " for this reason." 12. Ucduccre, " to prevail on." The idea seems to bo that of " brine- scct^*vif"t"17?'"''''' "Vy'^^V'^- ""•' 7' P- 142 ; ..nd on «ccu«^.; received." ' "' '' ' ' ^^'''^'"''' '■''^^^''' " ^^ ^^^'^^'^--^^^^ wer^ 17. Co?i 13 fp ■'■ 11 194 NOTES UN NKl'OS. 1 'ifi 11. (j)u/!iH equal to d ia; autl dcslitcrit iu Ihus luadu uo-onliiiutc willi dtpoaiurU, both ilo|>euding on cofiaen'avit . Sec SyuUix, sect, xii., 7, p. lUl. 12. ludiffcixt is imporfect teiise, as deuoting a co)t«o/afto, "in consequence of which." 16. i>/«milod." MANNinAL. 199 I he took sonic 3. Daretur doponds rni miWt, i\\rong\i primquam. Tliis is contrary to the general rule for the sequence of tenses, as laid down in Syntax, sect. XII., 2, p. 160; but the peculiar sense, "before the signal sliould be given, requires a past tense of the subjunctive. Besides, mittU is a his- torical present. See Syntax, sp('t. xii., 6, p. 161. 5. Qui uhi: resolve qvi into et is, "and when he." 7. On duhitabat, in indicative after quod, see Syntax, sect, viii., 1 a p. l.'»8 ; and on s^cHptum es.fcf, after duhitahat quin, see Syntax sect iv ' f), p. 15.5. ■!>'•, 10. Instead of mm we should expect se, since the pronoun refers to the princi])al subject, Kumencs. i?ut Nopos is rather careless in the use of pronouns; and, indeed, the rule al)out the use of se is, in other writers very often violated. § Pcrtincr< " tended." § Cujm, either, "of which letVr •'' or of which mana)uvre,"-viz., the sending of the taunting letter. n. Neque is equal to et non, and causa must be supplied (from the l)reccding causam), us subject to repericbatur. 12. IIorum,—i.c., the Pjithynians and the Pergamenians, 13. Resolve qunrum into et hnrum; and observe how far qmm is pro- jected into its clause. So also gitum in line 17. See Syntax, sect. ill. 1, J). 153. *' 18. Qaac jacta, "the throwing of which ;" literally, "which beinir thrown." '^ ^^ 21. jYora re. "the unusual affair," "strange." § Quid potissimum, wliat thing more tiian another,"— ?:.<;., tlie serpents or tiie attack of the •■nemy. § The clause quum vidercnt liepends on vcrtermit and rctukrutit •1% Puppes vertcrunt, " they turned tlieir shijjs about,"— i.e., "turned tail." So the phrase, Trrr/a verterunt. 24. P-e are) two (specially worthy of note),— viz., Silenus and Sosilus, who,"' &c. 13. r.vf/s <«(;," employed," "had." nion use of NOTES ON CAESAR. ; 1 .,<^«m'nf,"tan.. -*e., not a regular and complete histoi^, but .ather ''notes,'; or "jottings," "penciUings by the way," fronlfchich a fu.l history n.igl.t afterwards be corapiled. When he wrote them is not positively known, but it was most likely during the years in which tlie^events occurred, and while the incidents and the places were fresh m his mind. It must have been before b.o. 4G.] BOOK I. PART I. -THE HELVETIAN WAR. CIIAPTEK I. Line 1. OalHa: by Qaul Caesar means all the country from the Pyrenees on lie south to the Rhine on the east and norih, including part of the modern bwi zerland, but excluding a portion of the country in the south- east, formerly occupied by the Allobroges, and at that time a Roman pro- ymee, called by way of eminence, Provincia, or. The Province. O^nnis i« joined to (Mha to prevent any misunderstanding, as O'al/ia was some- tunes used m a restricted sense, of one portion,-viz., that inhabited by t le (ialli, line 3. Observe the emphatic j-osition of mmris after its sub- stan ive, and separated from it by the verb ; so in book vi.. chau xvi 1 iVutio est omiris Ua/lorum, kc. ' ' 2. Afiaiii: we should rather ''xjyect cdtcram, "the second;" but su-h a use of aham is not uncommon, when the idea of order is not to be brought out specially, 5. /Hridit is singular, although Matrona-et-Scquana is a coranouna subject ; because each of them forms a boundary by itself, so far as it goes; or because there is one continuoas boundary made by the Seine \!5equana) and its tributary the Marne (Matrona). <3. Cu/tu refers to all the appliances of outward life—" manner of life •" ^^'lnlf. hnmmntate applies to the intellectual cultivation and refinement ' 7. Mcrnatnrri, : " traders very seldom go back and forwards tj them " 202 ^OTKS ON C'AKSAR, These travelling mercl.ants were found in great numbers hanrnr. nn .n lioman ar.nies in the provinces. They carried their wares ZutlL gons. or on the backs of beasts of burden, and drove a profi ab le L e wiS the natives, specially by way of barter. P'""woie irdde w.tl, «!nl ^f?''^P''^^f»'i^^rit snpp]y pmpterea qmd from the preceding clause snce ,t IS co-ordinate with ««;wto< and the other dependent verbs Zi gives another reason for the greater bravery of tiie Jielgae ' ' ' eof ;:pi>™*''' "^^ '' '''' ^""""""« '■" *'- -^^^ the'next Iiue-.«/,, tnL SS;:'^-"' '''''' ^^"' ^- ^"* - «''-'^' ^'-^ -Pected narum _ 15. A fiumine, " at the river." So, in next line, ah Scquanis " on the sule^or quarter of the Sequani;" and in line 17, ah e^trerj^^^^. "'' on^-at the frontier limits of." ' Eiscily^'^ ^^'«/'««^'«»i, " near Spain,"-i.e., the lower part of the Bay of cirAPTER rr. Line 2. Mes.sala and Piso were const; Ik in B.C. (51. 3. NohUitatis here means the " body of nol.ies or'chieftains." So civi- tati does not mean " citizenship," but the " body of cifzens " 4. Onet^mie, in the imperfect subjunctive, see Synta..," sect, iv., 3 o C''IC^!{Z' r '^'"'•^'' '" '^'' '"*'"'*'^'^' °" "^"^ •^^'*«»red them," to De taken out ofpcrsuasit. 5. Onpme«tomi<, in tlie .subjunctive, see Syntax, sect, viii 2 p ir.8- and on om,n.«. in dative, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139 ; and on the c^ns'tiuc iou otpottn, sect, vm., 9, p. 145. Seeiilsc next chap., line 22. ^ Persuasit id cisfacillus hoc, " he persuaded them to this the more easily for the following reason (hoc), that," &c Vockb^?arJ.' ^'"^'-''^''y ''" * '"^P ' '^"^ ^«'- <^''« P'-oper names consult the 12. Minus late, "less extensively " than they wished. "in re^.ard'^trr';""'™"''' \'''. "'"'^'^ «icle,"-i.e., "on which point," mma ^^^'^^.-^in which respect." Some book.s read, 9«« .}, 14. Pro, "in proportion to," "in consideration of " 15. Angmtos jlnes, "a narrow (i.e., confined) territory." The most competent judges are of opinion that Caesar's measurements are vm nearly correct, and that he cannot be more than ten miles wrong -t^^ S to e \ 2.0%* "''* 'f ^-7"'--les, or 144 geographical ; and froui west to east 230 Roman miles, or 180 geographical. See Long's " Caesar." CHAPTER Iir. Line 2 Compamrc and the following infinitives depend on comHtncv 7 «^ " «^^"'^^"^»*'^«"'M'«, see Syntax, sect, xii., 2, 6amK^ p 150 4 ^m.«fe, q„aM maximasfarcrc, "to make a. extensive sowings a. possible, -i.e.. to lay as great an extent of land as i.o.ssiblc under grain .1 TUB HELVETIAN WAR. 203 r>. On suppctcret, and pcrfincrenf (line 2), in the imperfect subjunctive, Bce Syntax, sect, xii., 2, b, and 3, pp. IGO and 161. 6. Jci conficiendas : see Syntax, sect, xi., 8, p. 150. 7. Ze(7e, "a public resolution," adopted at some national assembly. 12. Occuparet dependa on perouadet through ut, verbs that signify to ask, advise, command, or strive, taking ut with the subjunctive, and not an infinitive. Observe that this is another example of the historical present being followed by a past tense of the subjunctive, because it is in ivality equal to a perfect-aorist. So also conarctur, in line 15. Soe Syntax, sect, xii., 5, p. \Q\; and note on Nop. Milt., iv., Id. 16. On factu see Syntax, sect, x., 2, p. 149. 18. On qiiin possent see Syntax, sect, iv., 5, p. 155. § Plurimum possent, "were most powerful." 20. Observe that adducti applies only to Casticus and Duranorix, whereas dant includes Orgetorix as well. The two were persuade#by tlie third, and then all three pledged their faith. 21. Regno occupato, "if sovereign power were secured (by each), they would make themselves masters of all Gaul by means of these three most jiowerful and most resolute (or warlike) states." CHAPTER IV. Line 1. Indicium, "by deposition," or "information" for nally lodged, —i.e., by "informers." g Siiis morihus, "according to their customs." 2. Ex vinculis, "out of chains,"— i.e., as we say, "in chaii.s." So ex (quo pugnarc, "to figlit on horseback ;" ex tquis cdloqui, "t^ hold a conference on horseback." § Coegerunt means, as the latter part ot Ihe chapter shows, that they were going to force him to plead in chains. As yet he was free ; and the trial, we see, did not come on. 3. Ut igni crcmaretur is in apposition to poenam,—" the punishment, viz., to be burned with fire, must of necessity follow on his condemnation ;" literally, "him (if) condemned." § Die canstituta is an ablative of time, and not a so-called "ablative absolute." 4. Faniiliam, " his household " of slaves and retainers. 6. Ohaeratos, "debtors,"— probably persons who had forfeited their Iil)erty to their creditor. 7. Ne diceret causam, eripuit se, "he saved himself from (the necessity of) pleading his cause." 8. Smimjiis, "its rights," or "authority." 10. Quin consciverit, "but that he was a party to his own death,"— i.e., made away with himself. CHAPTER V. Link 2. Ut-exeant is in apposition to id quod constituerant facere, — viz., "to leave their territory." 4. Privata acdificia : either isolated towns in the country, as opposed to the "towns and villages ;" or else houses for special purposes, such as sliods for their cattle, granaries, and other buildings. ^ •i (1 1 I 201 NOTES ON CAESAR. 6 Observe domnm, in the accusative of ^1 ace to which, after rcdithnh a substant.ve ; and see Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137. and ;i., 7 c, P 40 ' 7. On7)mc«^a*?/6cuHrf«, see Syntax, sect, xi., 8 p 150 ''groS'corn!'?"''"' "'™""^^ '''"''"'^'"^ ^'' ^'"'^^ months," -i..., 10. C«»i Us : not se«m, as at first sight rai^ht be exnectwl Wn . Caesar used suadent, and had he been detailing the argument * of ^ie Holvetn, he wou d then have written secum ; but he speaks of the matt^. 12. /?ecf^/05 had better be translated as a finite verb-- tiiey receive to themselves, and assume as partners, the Boii," &c. CHAPTER Vr. LiN^ 3. Singuli carri, "a single line of cars." th?;J"l/',!? '"'"""''' ^T"/ il*' ^' i-^n^ediately connected with o^^mmw.. throu,gl, ut,- so t-e,.y h,gh that a very few would be able," &c 7. JVttperpacaH, "recently reduced to subjection, "-viz.. a few yeirs before (B.O. 61), by C. Pomptinus, the praetor. ' ^ ' 9. G'enem; the best MSS. write the name Ocma; but we have re- in.lll ?i '^ ?'''''"' ^' ''''■ ^"* ^« «"''*> referring to he Allobroge. mmediate y precedes it would be awkward and somewhat amb guous To U. Quadie-isdirs: observe the difference of gender. The fern nfne nZ::^:^:""'''^-'-'^'^^' ^^>«eor,..W,%he masLiUTZ ye:r was b'o. ^:" '•" ^'^^"^'^ ^' April,"-,.., the 28th M^ch!' The CHAPTER VII. ^ LX" trabov"'"""' '"''"■ ^'■'"*'"'""' *«- '" »>"-«»" 2. Urbe-ie., Rome. He passes over the Alps to farther Gaul but g.ves no detads of his journey, as he hastens on to his sublet proper 3. Ad Genevam, " near Geneva." i^'optJi. 4. Provinciae im)yerat, " he imposes on the province (to levv^ as many soldiers as possible." ' ^ ^' '^^ of^n^uJ-Tr"" "f"" '' ''^^?'''' ^"'"^ ^^''•^••«- Tl'is is a usual kind otsynms with Caesar (see note, Nep. Milt., iv 14) 9. Dkerent: the imperfect subjunctive after mi'ttur^t whioh is a h-'- THE HELVETIAN WAR. 2(»5 11. Note the erapliatic, position of nuUum. Mr. Long transliites it well,—" other road they luid none." § Before ro(/are (which depends on diccrcnt) supply sc as subject. 12.^ This disaster befell Cat-sius in B.C. 107, on the banks of Lake Geneva. The "yoke" was made by laying a spear horizontally across two others placed upright. The idea was borrowed from the yoke by which oxen were fastened to the plough or waggon. 15. Data facuUatc : this ablative is equal to a conditional clause,— "if an opportunity were afforded." 16. Temperaturos, "would restrain themselves (would refrain) from acts of injury and mischief." See chap, xxxiii., where Caesar uses the form, temperaturos sibi. The i)reposition is not always expressed before the ablative, so that we can say temperare mal(ficio, as well as ab maleficio. 17. On the mood o£ convenirent see Syntax, sect, vii., 3, p. 157. 18. Diem, " time,"— not "a day," as the context shows. 19. ^ci Idus, "about the Ides." § Observe that reverter entur is in the subjunctive mood, though mmpturum (esse) of the former clause is the iiitinitive ; and both depend on respondit. But respondit in the first case is simply a verb of declanny, whereas in the second case it is used in the sense of advice or command. See Syntax, sect, xi., 4, p. 160. CUAPl'KH VI II. Link 1. Ea legione and viilitibus, though personal names, have not the [iieposition. See Syntax, sect, viii., 8, p. 145. 3. Iiijluit : the Rhone flows through the Lake of Geneva, and as Caesar mentions the south-west end of the lake, he speaks not of tlie river flow- ing into the lake, but of the lake flowing into the river. 4. Decern novcm, "uiueteen." Observe this form of the numeral. So Livy says, decern octo. 5. Sedecim (pedes), "sixteen feet," -i.e., from the bottom of the ditch to the top of the wall. 7. For possit some editions read iwsset, which woujd be quite allowable in tense (see Syntax, sect, xii., 6, p. 161), since communit and disponit die liisturical presents. 9. yegat, "says-not." He says that he cannot, consistently with the practice and precedents of the Koman people, permit any one to march through the province. 1 2. A Hi vadis lUwdani. A Hi seems to mean " some few," as ojjposed to tlie general body of the Helvetii, who attempted to cross on rafts and boats. Hud the writer meant that about equal numbers tried each way, he would most probably have repeated alii. It. Opcris,—i.e., the wall and fosse. 15. On conata, in the ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 22, p. 146. CHAPTER IX. Line 1. Una via : see chaj). vi., line 1. 2. Hua sponlc, " by their own means," " by themselves." 206 NOTES oy CAESAlt. 4. 7>cprccatorc, "intercessor," "au earliest pleader (fur the,,.) " CHAPTER X. Link 1 Rcnuntiatur, "word is brought," "it ia reDortof] " h^, fi wlio had been sent to make inquiry. reported, by those 2. Santonum : the Santones or Santoni liv:d on the "ridit InnU nf ti rnr£iZ:''vr ';r'^' '''^^ ^^^^'^^^^ town 'Ls ^eis^',^ 4. /rf «j, &c., " should this take place, he well know Hv.f Jf ,„„ i - i on places '^ ^ '"'^' ^""* '^'^^'^'^ «" finitlmos,-" bordering ClIAPTEU XI. nnd Xi!"f,v"'' " ''-' *;'"■' *""t " ^^^^ Helvetii were so many in number Tl i\Z n '' ^"'"^^-""^ t'''-^* they required a long time to make^he h- ^^ay through the passes of Jura and the territory of the Senna.,! nnV/r; Caesar overtook them, though be went to Italy a^^ tt'nXn ^^^l^. i. On posscnt, ^ftortniitunt, sec Syntax, sect, xii., 5, p. 161 f>. Supply "saying; (diccntcs) before this infinitive clause, fidds wi;r£rSr "''^'' "^''^ '^^"« devastated,--..., after their 13. i?e%Mi is the genitive, governed by nihil,-" notliing of remains ■" I.e., that nothing was left," or " remained. ^ ' 14. ^"t6t cxspccfandum : see Syntax, sect, xi., 6, p. 150. Tllli HELVETIAN WAR. 207 CHAPTKK Xir. Link 1. "There is a river called Aiar,"-i.e., the Saone, forming t.a.t uf the boundary between the Sequani and the Aedui. 4. Tranaibant, "were in the act of crossing." 5. Tres partes, "three-fourths." § On iraduxisse with two accusatives -partes and Jtumen—aee Syntax, sect, v., 8, p. 136. 7. l>e tertia viyilia, " about the third watch,"— meani-ig, probably, soon after it began. The natural day (as oi^posud to the civU day, beginning jvt midnight) was divided into light and darkness. The night was divided into twelve hours, or four watches (ri'jiliae), which varied in length according to the season of the year. Each watch consisted of three hours. 8. Eos refers to partem ; but the writer thinks of the men, and not the word jmrtem. See note on Milt., iv., 14. 9. Em-urn : observe the repetition of this form so soon after cos. 10. Inproximassilvas. After ab(k) (or at leastafter our equivalent, " hide") we miglit expect an ablative with the preposition, rather than the accusa- tive. But it very often happens, both in Greek and Latin, that a verb of rest is followed by a preposition aid case indicating motion ; while, on the contrary, a verb of mution is followed by a preposition and case indicatiiig r<';i. This is called the comtructiu praegnans,—i.e., the doubly siyni- Jicard construction. 11. Abdidcrunt may be translated, " fled to the nearest fores'-, for con- cealment." gPrt//«s, "canton." Hence comes the French, ?)«?/&. § The Tigurini are thought by some to have lived near Zurich ; by others, in the district Uri ; but the best authorities place them in the Pays de Vaud uear Lake Morat. See Long's " Caesar. " ' 13. L. Cassium: L. Cassius, the consul, was defeated, in B.o. 107, by tliese Tigurini, who had crossed into the country of the Allobroges, under Divico. His lieutenant was L. Piso, grandfather of L. Calpurnius Piso, whose daughter, Calpurnia, Catdur married in e.g. 59. ^ 15. Quac—ea, " what part of the Helvetian state, kc.—that part," &c. Tliis is a good example of the " indotinite followed by a demonstrative, iuistead of the relative with an antecedent." It is a much more cmj)liatic mode of expression than the usual form. I CilAl'TEll XIII. Link 2. On posset, after the historical present curat, see note on chap, vii., !), above. 4. Id—ut transircnt : see note Oii chap, v., 2, 5. Uno die, "in one day,"- the bridge must therefore have been made of bouts. 7. On the principles of the obliqua oratio, or indirect statement, see Syntax, sect, xi., p. 159. § Eyit ciim Cacsare, "treated with Caesar." Prum this eyit verbs must be supplied to govern ituros esse, and remiuis- nrctur, ut being understood with the latter: thus, '' He buid that they would go"— "He begged him to remember." See SyuiaXj sect, xi., i, 208 NOT lis ON UAESAIt. ]'. 160 § Oksei-ve tl.at favcrct takes its tot.se, not fro.n itaroa mc f.ul Irom the verb ,n the ,.i8t tonse which governs ituvos esse ""'"'"''' ''"^ «. V\, i'43"'"""*''^*' '^""^ *'"''"''■*' '"' ^'"^ ««"i^i^«' «<-'« Syntax, sect, vii., vaic^s or despi. tto.u." The fui, ,hrai i^ Ih^::^-;^ :::::;z 15. 7>«i,W.w depends, like ituros esse of line 8, on, "hes.id •" wl.ilp uccomnuUerct, of line 17, requires such a verb as "he b~ ' ' 'or '' L a.lv.sed hini." &ee SynUvx, sect, xi., 4, p. 1«0 ' po^ituln. '^''"' *'"' "^'^^ ^^'" "' ^'-'*'- "^^'•^''' -J ''"d taken up'j ly. y'roc^trci «tmom»t, "hand dowu the recollection of it." IS CHAPTKll XIV. ac^'bii;''"''"^'''"^^-'' S^-— eJ by,.< --on thi. in piopoition as. § Mento is not an adverb, but tlie ablitivP "... jj.^ .., ... uus rea.n. th;ri;:ii:'i:t " i^i,!::: ! i^iii^^^^hi^: th Helvetian anibassador. had referred to ; and that he felt (a the e li'ci.^'nant on this account, because they had come about (occurred bv.o means through any fault of the lion.an peof.le." Wccuncd) by no 4. Qui: resolve (/«4 into ct is, "and if it" (or fh^n\ i ^ ti v e. A«M-J>i«c*7i««««. A-ii»iiis,ialij expects the answer "No" IM, 10. Q,u>d, as to the circumstance that," "inasmu.=h as." ere lu tie nabit ol granting greater prosperitv ^..meLinies and mnro Chi;;; t treir^ci-mef:-" ^"""'""^'' ^^ '^^'^ ^•''^'" ^'-^ -«»-^l *'^ 16. e«msi»^ "although these things are so." See Syntax sect vii 2. a, 1.^157; and on the tezise of Ueutar and the othJ^tr^'^' ' p. idO. Xll. TIIKHKLVKTIAN WAR. gOD CHAPTER XV. Link 3. Quern haUbat coactum, " whioli mWodoA fr«™ ♦u kc, he had (with him) " ' °""®*'*«'' ''^«'n the province, "leuna "favourable." co"veiscIy, a««, bcloiigii.i; to ouu'a Heli'." 10. llabehat satis, " deemed it cuou'di " 11. rnprimeiUia: seo uot<, on Nop.°MiJt., chap. vii.. 23 12. Dies 18 the accusjitive of duration of time Ij. Primum n<,strum, "our van." 1 J. <2«/« w ««^ 5c„w, " five or six" miles cuch day." CIIAPTEK 'VI. "i.sed on the part of the public." W-j should lir.L . \ '"''■ northerly position than Home ' ""*•'" '" '^ "^"^^' '"«^« i r^' .n^r?;^"*'"" ?«^««'''^"^' (as sc d«a of next line shows,) " led on " - I.e., put off Caesar day after day, itu on, JLJ^ '" '' ^' '"^P^^''*' "'^ ^"^J''"^'^ ^« "^''^"•»' "i^^ behoved him to 12. Verffobretum, " vergobretus. " Liscua was chief maeistrat«> -Lf H,« U There 13 one long, complex parenthesis, frr>m auorum IJnP n < J jjvesa 01 line 13 , it (the oorn) could not be buUKlit " am 14 -^ • . i 210 NOTi:S (»N I'AKSAU. CIlAl'TJill XVJI. LiNiJ 2. Propouit, " iKclarcs jiliiinly." Observe tlutt Uicvcrat h ivaw sitive lieiv, govoiiiinp quod: " what lie had pievinusly concealed." 3. I'rivativi, " in a ])rivate enpacity." Sonic copies read privati. 5. The text of these lines is hojielessly currupt. We have adopted the readings which seem to ikdvc the simplest sense : " That these individnals are preventing the pnblic from contributing the eurn Mhich it is their due to supplyj that since they cannot now obtain the sujireuiucy of Gaul, they prefer the rule of the Cauls to that of the lloinans ; and that they ought ni't to doubt but that, if the Romans overpowered the llelvetii, they woMld wrest their IVeedoiu from the Aeilui along with the rest ol Uaul." 10. Qiiacque, "and whataoevcr things." 11. A sc, " by him/— i.e., Liscus, the vergobrctus. ciiAi'TKU xvni. Link 2. iJcshjuari, " was aimed at." § J'lurilnis, " many (more than usual) being jirescnt." 4. <^,aucrU,—i.c., Caesar asks. § Vi'.c solo, from liim, by himsell. § iJicit, — i.e., Liscus speaks. (i. /})Siivi, "that this vcrii Dumnorix (whom he suspected) was a man of the greatest daring, in great favour with the people oi: account of his generosity, desirous of revolution." 8. J'ortovia, "transit dues," — i.e., duties on all imports or exports, whetiier by land or sea, on rivers, over bridges, at frontiers, gates, ka. Victiyalia is a more general term, and includes portoria as well as " srrijilura," or rent of the jiublic pasture-land, and " dceiimac," or titlic of productions, such as oil, wine, and fruits. These taxes and imposts wcic farmed or contracted for — rcd(:inpla—(iiv is done with toll-bars in some parts of our own country); and it was therefore the "utercst of the collector to make them !>s remunerative a.s possible. Ilonce i\\c rakmp- Ions or pjtWt't'OHf (publicans) became notoi'idus for extoition. § On tiic case of annos, sec SyiiUi-v, st.ct. v,, 14, \k io7; and on prcHo, line 0, sect. viii.. 17, p. 11(5. i). ///() liccntc, "■'\iiCii lie vi!;, bid(''ine of nubo, is to be connected with in atias ciritala. §0n TlllC lIliLVliTIAN WAR. gJl The ,.luasc8 vulm in „/ refciiiuB to ., 1 „'i, ■ , ^' "°'°° *'"' .'«!'«f.-lli« two words ClIArTER XIX. facts.-' '• ^''^' "'"" ""'■" § ^^'•'"^•"'^"^ »•"' ""- n.ost undoubted (o/u,et3uirV/.?''"'/f' ""i"'°?/ ^'^ ''^'' ^"^1 ^'"-t of the state" ^atis causae: see Syntax, -ject. vii., C, b r, 142 n 1 . . ^.'""•"> J'=^>'' Vi'., O, 0, p. 14"^ 13. hiUn.rcli\M> "the daily (t.c, „s„al) inlerpreta." e «wcoy,/ifa, iJici txHUiiniug into Lis wuse." nltei f i'' 'i II. i 1 212 NOTES ON CAESAR. CHAPTER XX. Link 2. Scire depends on " he said," to be " taken out of" cjtpit dist- erare. 5. Supply quum before ille. 6. Crevisset, " he had grown into influence." § Nervis and opibus de- pend on wterctur. Nervis seems to mean " power/' or " strength. " 8. Si quid, kc, "if anything of a severe character befell him." 9. Eiim locum, "such a place," — i.e., so high a place. 10. Ajmd eum, "with him," — i.e., Caesar, 13. Before/ada<^Mt'/«-, supply M<. 14. Tanti, "of so great value." See Syntax, sect, vii., 10, p. 143. 15. Voluntati, in the dative after condonet, " make a present of tlis state's wrong and his own grudg? to his wish and entreaty." Voluntas is, perhaps, "affection," or " friendly disposition," as in line 9 of preceding chapter, rather than "wish." See line 19 below, " condonare fralvi Divitiaco." 16. Observe the mood and the tense of the following verbs. The deatli of Dumnorix is recorded in book v., 7. He was altcmjiting to escape from Caesar's camp with some Aeduan cavalry, but was pursued and slain. CUAPTER XXI. LiNB 2. Millia octo : the ablative, millibus, would be more usual, to express an interval. The usage varies. 3. Ascenms, &c., "what kind of an ascent there was in going round," — i.e., if one went round to the ojjposite side. § On qui coynoscerent see Syntax, sect, ix., 2, a, p. 158. 4. Facilem esse, scil., ascensum. § On de tertia vigilia see above, chap, xii., line 7, note. 5. Leyatum pro praetore, "lieutenant, with the power of praetor." Caesar was praetor or proconsul, and Labienus was next in command, representing Caesar in his absence. § lis, " such leaders." Is, ea, id, is often used like talis. 7. Sui consilii is here rather a predicate than an enlarycmciit of the sub- ject, — i.e., consilii is not governed by quid, as ir vhe pliriises Quid novi? MuUum pecuniae, and such like; so that we translate " What is his jtlan V 10. Lucius Cornelius Sulla, the dictator; and Marcus Licinius Crassus, the conqueror of the slaves under Spartacus in D.o. 71. CHAPTER XXII. Line 1. Prima luce, "at day-break," — i.e., at the first part of the liglit. § So sammus mons, " the top of the mountain," — i.e., the highest part of the mountain. § Ipse,— i.e., Caesar. 4. PJquo admisso, "at full gallop:" literally, "his horse let out,"— i.e., with slackened rein. k THE HELVETIAN WAR. 213 G Id refers to the substance of the preceding clause, and not to any sDe- ml word, n he clause. See Syntax, sect, ii., 10, p. 133. ilnVicS,Z, mean ejther " standards, "or some particular kind of ''taJgKZnZ\7 8. The clause, mprodium, &c., is in apposition to praeceptumZtl namely, " not to close in fight unless," &c ""c^mm ci at, 22,^ p. i^Q^"^"'^^' ^° *^^ ^^^^t^^<^ aft^r "^-^^^'eta*, see Syntax, sect, viii., 12. Multodie: some interpret, " the day being far spent :" others with ErSr' '''"""' "*'^ '^^ '^^"^ ^'"y dawned." "it bliig li. Quo intervallo, "at the usual interva!," "at what interval hP wa« ratoTelht' *^f t" Tl'^'^"°^^ ''' ^^"^^•" ^° ^^ -itJu^"^^ often is ^' ' ' demonstrative (.0) is here omitted, as it CHAPTER XXIII. 6 ? n'' U9^°fi?' '° *u ' ^'"'^^''' ^^'*'' ^"*'''^^^' «^« Syntax, sect, vii., wll " Tf 1 ^ ^'*"' ^^'^ '"'^"'' ''' '* frequently does, " until the time wiien. It also means, occasionally, " since the time that " ^. Before metiri supply cum as subject. § Bibracte, afterwards Augustodunum, and now Autun. ititKr^aras J. Reifrumentariae, &c., "he thought he should look after (take pre- cautionary measures to secure) a supply of corn." ^ 5. On Bibrade, in the accusative,, see Syntax, sect, v., 10 p 137 - • ; ^T,fl ■■ '^^Z '' r"«away slaves," or " deserters " f^om the army, -«., Gallic horse. § Dcmrionis: the turma. or troop of cavalry was riginal y divided into three portions of ten each, the man ^mlnlZ adeeuria being called decuric; but decurio was afterwards ZS l.im who commanded the whole troop of thirty or thirty-two it wilitr^^"'".!" f " **l^'.''° '"'^'"P^" °^*^« "imperfect infinitive;" 1 ut V 11 be een tha , as the time of the departure is coincident with that of le conjecture of the Helvetii, this is not necessary, -"they supposed the Romans to be diverging from their route, through fear." //iSTs sub l^^iio coeperunt; and the clauses, q^d cccistiLrcnt, Jt^d o^l n>it, depend on coe^^erunt inaequi et lacessere. '' CHAPTER XXIV. u^iir^' ^^^'^?"'^t^'^.t siMucit, which expresses a continued and pro- s' css.ve operation, is the present tense ; wherean misU, which denotes a "lonientary act, is tlie perfect-aorist. ^ 3 rn coUe medio ko., "'on tiie middle {i.e., the slope) of the hill ho I.ew up a triple line of four veteran legions ; and above him on ' e lollier; ^""'' '' "'" '^ '" "'^ auxiliarios/'-i.c., thenon-Italiau 7. Sarcinas: the smaller bafffracre. sn^h na onoi, °ol<1lpr narrio,! ^-i-' i • wi;iio m;,./,:„,.„,«, ,i„e 9, meansli.eh'ea^IeVtgga^e! "' '"" ' //«', &c., "they, in a very compact array, having repulsed our 214 NOTRS ON CAESAR. cavalry, (and) l)aving furnied a jilialanx, came close up to our fiont line." This phalanx was formed by the soldiers pressing closely together, and overlapping (see chap, xxv., line 7) their shields over their heads, so as to form a roof, like the Ro- an testudo— not tlio Macedonian phalanx. CHAPTER xxv. Link 1. Equis omnium,— i.e., the horses of all his immediate staff,— not the cavalry generally 3. PiliSy "their javelins." Pila were of various sizes. The heavy kind was about six feet long, with an iron head of nine inches. One kind of pilum had the iron part as long as the wooden shaft, the two being fastened together by iron rivets or clasps. In the war with the Cimbri, Marius ordered tliat a wooden pin should be substituted for one of theso iron pins or rivets, so that, when the weapon struck with force an enemy's shield, the wooden pin might break, and the one end of the javelin hang down, thus preventing the possibility of its being hurled back again ; ami if it pierced t'le armour, impeding the movements of him who was struck. 5. On Qallis and impedimcnto, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 10, note I, p. 140. 7. Cvl/lgatis, "pinned together." 9. Multlut, "so that many," 11. Pedem rcfcn'c, '^ to retreat." § Suhcrat, "was near at hand," " was close behind them, at about a mile distant." 12. Cayto, " having been gained." 14. Aymen dmidehant, " closed the enemy's mai'ch,"— i.e., brought up the rear. § Ex itincre, "on their march." § Aperto lato'e, "on the exposed flank." 17. Conversa signa, &c. The Romans were fighting in front with the Helvetii, when the Boil and Tulingi attached them on the Hank. Tho third line of the Roman cohorts then wheeled round, and took up a position at riijht angles to that of their fellow-soldiers of the first two lines, and thus a double battle {micejn proclium of chap, xxvi., 1) was carried on,— one in front with the Helvetii, and one in the flank with the Boii anil Tulingi,— and the Romans were in two divisions,— tyjari/io. CHAPTEU XXVI. Line 1. Piigvatum est, " it was fought " by them. See Syntax, sect. i., 5, N.B., p. 126. § Ancipiti; see note 17, foregoing chapter. 6. Ad 7nulfam noctcm, " to far ou in the night," or, " till darkness had fairly (or fully) set in." 9. Matuvas : Jie matara seems to have been a sort of pike ; tlia tragula, a lighter kind of weapon, probably with a thon« attached, and armed with a barb. 12. CapUis est : see Syntax, sect, i., 5, p. 131. 14. Nullaniimvtcm.vodi?., " no part of the niglit,"- t'.f., of the night succeeding the battle— not all the nights of their march. Tin; IIKLVKTIAN WAR. 21fi 18. Qui : rpRolvc qui into d ii,—" ami if tliey sliould aid tliem." UK J'Joa must bo uiulorHtood after hubUuruh} {csxc). CHAPTER XXVI r. Line 2. Qui : resolve into ct ii. On tlie verbs in the subjunctive mood, oonsult Syntax, sect, xii., 2, b, p. 160, and 8, p. 1()2. 4. Essent : the subjunctive mood, as tliuro is a dmibt about tlie matter, — " where they were (said to be) at that time." See also Syntax, sect. ix., 1, c, \ . 158, 8. VtrbKjanis is otherwise called Urhujenvs, This canton seems to have been north of the Tigurini. § Vircitcr is an adverb here ; and niilfia is subject to contcvderunt (last word of chapter), pcrtcrrifi and indurli iV-reeing with it. On the apparent disagreement in gender between ini/lia ■lud pcrterriti, see note, Ne[K Milt,, iv. 14, \ar at hand, OIIAPTEK XXViri, Line 1, llosolve qvod into tt hoc,— " and when Caesar discovered this, ho ordered those tluxiugh whose territory they had gone, to search for ihem and bring them back, if tliey wished to be freed^ from suspicion in his eyes." Or r/Hwum per fines ierant may be in apposition to (nwU,- "and when Caesar knew this, namely, through whose territory," &c. 3, JUUuctos, kc, " when they were brought baek, he treated them as liii the number of his) enemies,"— i.e., either sold them or slew them. i!ut it is most probable that the 0,000 were all slain. tJ. FructUms means all kinds of produce. Frvyis wouKl be more re- stricted. 7. Tokravciit famm, " bear up against (the cravings of) hunger." 8. Cop'.am facerent, " should atford them a supply," i). Ea ratione, " for this reason," " on tiiis account." _ 13. The order is, [Caesar) ronccssil Aaluis pdoifihns, at coUocareid in jiiiibm suis Jioios, ([nod ryrcjia riititfc crant ciKjmti. of the nii^ht OIIAPTEU XXIX. LiNR 1. Tabulae, "lists," "records," Marseilles haW apposition to r«y. THE GERMAN WAR. 10. ScrvlH tumuUu, "the Servile War," "insurrection of tlie slaves," which broke out in B.C. 73. There were many (jrermans in the ranks of Spartacus on that occasion. § Quos, scil., servos, which is suggested by scrvili. Resolve quos into et hos. 14. Supcrarint : supply eos, referring to quibuscum. which depends on co)iyressi. 20. Quod, "as to the fact that they are said," &c. 22. Quibuscunque depends on the combined phrase audievs-dicto. See Syntax, sect, vi., 7, b, p. 140, 24. Convictam, " proved against him," "brought home to him." This vi,rb, convinco, is usually followed by a genitive of the crime. tJO. Prattoriam cohurlem, " body-guard." ORAPTER XLI. Ltnk 7. Egcrunt, "treated," "negotiated." § Sadsfacerevf, " npo- idgise." 8. Summa belli, " the general management of the war," or " the supreme control of the war." 10. Exquisito, "sought out," "discovered." This route some suppose to have taken him " fifty miles round about," out of his way; others think it means that the whole route, circuitous thougli it was, was only fifty miles. CnAPTE.n XLII. LiNB 2. Per se, " as far as he was concerned." 7. Pro, "in consideration of." 11. Observe the change in the following lines from the subjunctive to the infinitive,— a vei-b of asking governing the subjunctive, and a verb of declaring, the infinitive. See Syntax, sect, xi., 4, p. 160. 16. " All the Gallic horsemen having been removed from their horses, to place upon them" {co),—i.e., upon the horses. 19. Facto, depending on opus cssct, "for action." § Non irridiculc, " not without some humour." This word is very rare, and, indeed, ia said not to occur elsewhere. 22. Rcscribtre, "to enroll a second time,"— i.e., they were now to be entered as " equites." CHAPTER XLIII. LiNEl. Satis, "tolerably." 4. Passibus : see Synl x, sect, v., 14 and 15, p. 137. 6. Ex cquis, "on horseback." CHAPTER XLVI. LiNR 2. On the construction ofpropius, see Nop. Milt., vii., 3. Observe the repetition of the preposition with adcqnifarf, 7. Commilkudum, " that he sliould cause." B. Perjidcm, " by a breach of faith." 220 NOTES ON CAESAR, 10. Merdixisset : this verb ia sometimes followed by the accusative and the dative, instead of the ablative and dative, as here. 11. Ut, "how;" equal to quomodo. 13. Observe that injectum est agrees with the subject nearest to it, viz., studium, and not with the more remote, alacritas. See Syntax, sect. i., 5, p. 131. CHAPTER XLYII. Line 2. Resolve neque into et non, 5. Quod—poterant : see Syntax, sect, viii., 1, a, p. 158. 6. On quin conjicerent see Syntax, sect, iv., 6, p. 155, 7. Legatum e suis, " a deputy from among his own men ;" not " one of iiis lieutenants." 10. Humanitate seems to mean " mental endowments," " of a culti- vated mind," "accomplished," 11. Donatus erat civitate, " had been presented with the franchise," or rights of a Eoman citizen, by Valerius Flaccus, who was governor of Gaul in B.C. 83. 12. Qua refers to lingua, not to scientiam. § MuUa, equal to multum, "readily," "fluently," or "often." 13. On eonsuetudine see Syntax, sect, viii., 2, p. 144. Observe the change of construction from tt propter fidcm to et quod. 18. Quid ad se venirent : observe the oratio oUiqua, and change ihe phrase into the oratio directa. I CHAPTER XLVIII. Link 2. Sub monte, "at the base of a mountain;" Mr. Long thinks the Vosges range is meant. 9. Hi3 diebus, " on (each one of) these days,"— the idea being a series of "points of time," and so the phrase is in the ablative; but in line 6 we find dies in the accusative, expressing duration. 10. Hoc, " the following was the kind of battle." 13. Cum his, " in company with tliese they moved up and down {i.e. , en- ga,!;ed) in the battle." 18. Sublcvati, " supporting themselves by the manes of the horses, tliey kept up with them." CHAPTER XLIX. Line 3. On the government of idoneum see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, p. IJO. Most adjectives of this kind, with a vowel before tlie -?w, com- pare by magis and waximc, -id not by terminations. 8, Kxindita means " light-armed " in this place. It often denotes simply "free from baggage," "unencumbered." CHAPTER L. Line 1. ln?.tUuto, ".nccordingto his purpose," or "custom." tax, sect, viii., 11, p. 146. O.. CI-.„ TIJE GEItMAN WAR. the accusative av § Occasu : 6. On quae oppugnarct see Syntax, sect, ix., 2, a, p. 158. 7. Pugnatum eat : see Syntax, sect, i., 5, N.B., o. 126. see Syntax, sect, viii., 29, p. 147. 12. Sortibus. These "lots" were taken by means of rods. The slioot of a fruit-bearing tree was cut up into small pieces, which were marked in a particular way, and then flung carelessly on a white cloth. After a prayer, the officiating person (a priest, if the lots were consulted on a state affair,— the head of a family, if on a domestic matter) touk up each piece three times, and from his observations of the marks foretold the future. Tacitus speaks only of men performing these ceremonies, but Caesar here represents the women as the principal diviners. The'wi't- cinatio means the Ueclamtioti of tlie prophecy by the mouths of the women. 13. Ex iisu essct, " would be to their advantage." See Syntax, sect, x., 2, p. 169, on utrum-an, or nec7ic. long thinks the CHAPTER LI. Line 2. Alarios, "the allies." They wore generally posted on the wings of the legion, and iience received the name "alae," or "alarii." 4, In proportion to the number of the enemy, Caesar was weak in legionary soldiers, and therefore used the alarii to make a show lad spc- ciem) of strength. 7. Generatim, "according to their tribes," with an equal distance be- tween each tribe. 8. On the ])roper n; aes see the Vocabulary. 10. Circumdcderunt : the cars and waggons were placed behind and on the flanks of the army, so as to render retreat impossible. § A'o. " unou tiiem." See chap, xlii., 16. ^ > i lenotea simply CHAPTER LII. Link 1. Quaesiorctn. The proper duty of the quaestor was to attend to the money matters of the army ; but in this case Caesar seems to have used him as a kind of general officer, to have an oversight of the legati. Others (e.g., Kraner) think that over five legions there were legati, one to each ; but that over the sixth a quaestor was placed, and not a legatus,— Caesar himself superintending the whole. But as Caesar was fully occupied, a dextro cornu, the explanation first given seems the right one. 4. Ita acriter, " with such r^irit and speed." 5. /ia repen^e, " so suddenly . " 6. Spatium means " time" here. 9. Complures nostri milites, " many aoldiers, who were on our side." 10. On the mood of insilirent and revelkrent see Syntax, sect, ix., 3, a, p. 159. § Be supero, " from above." Most editions read desupcr'.' 14. P. Crassus was son of the famous triumvir. He was killed, along with his father, in the Parthian war. 16. As to the two dativts depending on misit, see Syntax, aect. vi.. 10. note X, I>. 140. ' ' M 222 NOTIW ON OAKSAIl. CIIAl'Tini LIII. Line 3. QiunqnaphUa : sonio editions read qiiinqnr. CominonUtlot i (litlor widely aa to tiie place vliero the battle was Couylit. Some {c.q., Mr. Loiij;) are of opinion that it took j)lacc in the j.Iain of Alsai-o, n'ear tlii- Kliine ; otiiera, west of the Vos(jcs MumtiUns. g On pcrvencrunt, iu the intlicutivo after ;)rtHa qmim, see Syntax, sect, vii., 4, a, ]). 157, 6. Ariovistiis died sonic time after this, either from grief ut his defeat or from the effects of wounds. See book v., 21). ' 8. Uxorcs: the Uermans, as a general rule, had only one wife each; but the nobles often married more, for reasons of policy. 10. DuaejUiac: there is no verb to which the word yi/tac is subject, because, as a ilillercnt fate befell each of the sisters, no one verb will ex- I'less the writer's neaning. This is sometimes called the nominative absolute; but it is simply a case of apposition. The ycna'al subject is mentioned, to call attention to it, and then the particulars uro given with minuteness. ^ 12. Catcnis. This word is usually found in the plural ; lience «*-j;ua here. So trina castra. It may also mean, "a trii.lo cLaiu," " chains enough lor three men." ID. On sortibus sec note, chap, l., 12, above. CHAPTER LIV. Link 2. Resolve quos into et hos. 3. I'roj-iini lihcnum : see note on Nep. Milt., vii., 7. 7. Ad cokvcntus a(jendos. The Koman jn-oviuces wore divided into nrcnitx, with some principal town as the centre ; and as the meetings of the people of each circuit were held in this town, the word convcnlns, which means simply "a meeting," came to be api.lied to the tlistrict. The governor of a province went on circuit once a year, to hear causes and Iransiict public business generally, as Caesar did at this time into i^ither (Jaul,- '.c, Gaul south of the Alps. BOOK IV. FIKST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE liOMANS. CIIAPTEK XX. ],ink4. Indc, "from it,"— viz., Britain. The assistance given to the lauls by the Britons was one of Caesar's reasons fur invasion. Tlie Roman thirst for empire, and the glory of breaking new ground, were, tloubtless, others. (I hfsulam. The common belief h. that it was during tlic government of A-ncola, about one hundred and thirty-five yeart. after this time, that rillST INVASION OF nuITAIV UY Tllli UoMANH. 223 jliitaii. wiiH discovered to l.c in railitif an islmid. Cuchut wouW seem to H)it':ik :ico()i(ling to tlic tlit-n received notion on tlie Buhject. U. J/to i.s l.ere iin iidveil. " tliitlier," " to it." It is" really a form of (he .lativc, doi)endin« on adit. Adiasd ia followed l.y an accuautive, in- an/iim, in line ti. ". Oal/ias, "the (.several) parts of (Jaul." § Vocafis.- tliis aMative absolute lu best translated as a onccHsive clause, —"altlioudi he buin- nioncd to him." 12. Observe that ncqac quanta caau, aiiU all the ^ther clausen, depend on potcrat rcpcHix of line 15. V6. yacm mum may mean eithc. " what practice," or " what particular nioue ol warfare. ClIAl'TDH XXI. Link 1. On priusquum, with the subjunctive, sec Syntax, sect vii 4 h, p. If)?. ' ' a. For ut rcvcr'.atnr after inandat, see Syntax, sect, ix., 3, a, note f, p. 148. See also line 10 below, impcrat, ut. [>.nuc rckiHio Morinoa~"to this place,"-t.c., the territory of the J\Ioiini. CI. i/h, line [) of precedii-.g chapter ; and ibi, in line I'd bdow. 10. Observe that dure and uUcmpcrare are in the preHont infinitive, and not the future, as we should exjjcct after a verb of promising. See Syntax, sect, ix., 6, p. 148. § On impcrio, in the dative, see Syntax, sect. VI., 4, b, p. lyij. •' ' 11. Ut pa-manercnt dei)euds on hurtatm, not on polHcitus. See hoLe \i above, with reference. 12. Ki}S, repeated after quibus in the ablative absolute construction, is an irregularity, and seems to be expressed for the sake of emphasis. § On ihmuni, in the accusative, see Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137, 13. y/n, "among them,"- i.e., the Atrebates. 10.^ AIa " '■ FIRST INVASION OV URITAIN BY THE IK.MANS, 220 9^ Ej: arido ia equal to nn adjective, and is coupled to proarmi by aut 10 InsueMtos, "accuHtomcd " to go into the water. " The ve b intuijacert, it is eaid, occurs only here. "-L > <^> v- CHAPTER XXVIII. Line 1. Post diem quartum quam, " on the fourth day aft-r they (the llomans^ reached Britain." Quam is explained as an oxa^le oi attraction I'euig drawn into the same case as diem going before. It does not agree in gender with cZim(7,t«r(M^; but this Mr. Long attributes to the cir- cumtance that it had become a kind of everyday expression, not admitting of s net grammatical analysis. Some consider the phrase equal to die quarto postquain. ^ 3. Supcrioreportu: tlie same harbour which, in chap, sxili., was railed fw/l r'n 'if ,°^ ^'"'/"' ^'"''' ^^^"^^^ Caesar himself set sail. S ^ustiilerant, "had taken on board." (135) 15 I f I 226 NOTKS ON CAESAR. 4. On Britanniae, in dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139. 7. Inferiorem, &c.: tiiat is, farther west ale '^ the south coast. 8. 6'at is an objective genitive (see Syntax, stct. vii., 2, p. 141)—" with great danger to themselves." ClIAPTKU XXIX. Line 1. Luna plena : some astronomers count that this full moon hai)pened on the night of the 9th September, li.c. 55; otiiers, on that of the 30th of August. The calendar, however, had not been reformed at this time. 2. Aestus maximos, " very high tides,"— viz., spring tides. These tides were unknown to Caesar's men who had charge of the ships. It seems extraordinary that they had not seen this phenomenon during the Venetian war ^book iii., 12), or that they had not heard of it, if not themselves present. Caesar himself must have known of it. 7. Administrandi, " of managing them." 8. Rdlquae quum, &c., " when the rest were rendered useless for sail- ing, by the loss of their ropes," &c. On inutiles ad, see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, note +, p. 140. So also erant usui ad, line 12. 13. Constabut, " it was agreed on," " was an understood thing," " was evident." 14. /?i.A.ie'/?ie7ft, "against the winter." CHAPTER XXX. Line 1. Principcs is subject to duxcruut of line 6. Note and distin- guish the clauses of this involved sentence. 4. //oc, "on this acjount." 6. Ow factu see Syntax, sect, x., 2, p. 149. 7. Rem, "the war," 10. Rursas, "again,"— i.e., "changing their sentiments," "taking a turn," CHAPTER XXXI. Line 2. Eventu, kc, "from what befell," or " happened to ;" "tlic disaster." § Ex co, quod, " from this circumstance, that." 3. Ad omucs casus, " for (or against) all chances," or "every emer- gency." 6. On materia, in ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 9, p. 145; and on ad naves r^dendas, xi., 8, p. 150. CHAPTEK XXXII. Line 2. Neque is equal to et non, — " and no suspicion of wa?' having in the interval arisen. " 6. Ill stafione is a military phrase, " on guard." 0. Fvi'i'ct, " Ihau custom would (or ivas iikely to) bring,"— i.e., than -.va;' usually brought. ,e and distiii- FllWT INVASION OF J3111TA1N BY IllE liOMANS. 227 10. In stationem mcccderc, " to take their place on guard." § Rdiquas, There were ten cohorts in the legion. Of these, four which wele ou Ruard Ime 8) he took with him. Of the other six, two were left to Mow. "^""^ ^ " ^^' "''^ '^' ''"^"^""^S ^""^- ^^^^'«^«^) ^« ordJed to 14. Rcliquis partibus, the other parts of the country 17. Incertis ordinibns. The soldiers were busily engaged in cutti„« down the corn when attacked. They speedily tried to fflAnto "ine b t m heir haste they scarcely knew where to run to find their proper Ink and hence they were more easily " put into confusion" and driven i^' CHAPTER XXXIII. as MW'=^"^""' '"^ '''"'^' " *^' "^'^^ '^ ^S'^^'^S ^^•°'" *^^ '^^^""t i« 2. Perequitant, "drive about." The subject is medarii, to be taken out of exemd^s. § Tcrrore equorum most probably means "the wild exci ement of their own horses "-(not those of the Eomans, as some ii^r pret), or the "terror caused by the maddened horses." ' But from the close connection of strepUu rotaruM, the former seems preferable. b. llh, they, VIZ., the fighters. In each chariot there were two men - the auriya or driver, and the essedarim or fighter ' ste'adinroni:try.^^ ^^'^'^^ ^^^ '^^'^ "^^^ «^ -airy and the 10. ^'wsime.e either to "hold in," like rethieve, or to "hold un " ash^l^^ml'^"*' '' check them (regulate their sp;ed asthey wlh^iu ClIAPTEU XXXIV. Line 1. "To our men, therefore, who were bewildered by these things r 1 . • ^'i ,"'""^' -^"^""^ '« *^« ^l^ecial explanation of r/wi^as re6M8, which depends on j9«r<««-6a,., the hostages. 4. Aequinoctii : the autumnal equinox (22d September), wlien stortna usually prevail. This shows that Caesar was in Britain about three weeks lu all. § Jliemi, &c., "that his voyage should not be exposed to stormy weather." 8. For rcUqui, " the other troops," some editions read rdiquae, " the other ships." § Capere, " to make," " reach." ^ PI- BOOK V. SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN. CHAPTER VIII. Line 2. For rem sorr editions read rei, with a slight difference of meaning. § Ut tueretur : observe ut with the subjunctive, all these clauses expressing a purpose. 5. Quaeque, " and (that) he might make himself thoroughly cognizant of what was being done in Gaul." 4. Pro tempore et re, " according to time and circumstances," — i.e., as time and circumstances demanded. 6. Pari numero— quern, " with the same number (2000) as." The full expression would be something like this,— Numero equitum^ pari ei numeri quern, &c. 7. The wind having lulled, Caesar's fleet is carried a very considerable distance down iho coast, so that at dawn Britain is seen far away on the loft. 9. Commutatiiiiiem, "the turn of the tide." The flood-tide had carried him out of his course, a d he now takes advantage of the ebb to return to his original position. 12. Virtus cannot be translated by any one word here. It is explained by what follows : — 1st, They patient! y endured the hard work of rowing; and, 2d, They put forth great vigour, and that, too, successfully, for they kept up with swifter ships, though they were handling transports (vectoi'iis) and heavy-laden hulks. 17. On annotivis see Vocabulary. 18. Sui commodi, " which each one had deemed necessary tor his own con- venience (or comfort)." Causa may be supplied to complete the phrase ; but this is unnecessary, asfacio, habco, and some other verbs, are often followed by such a genitive, which is a "genitive of price or value." ** Each one had set a value on these private ships, — the value being, his oiun comfort." CHAPTER IX. Line 5. Veritus navibiis, "fearing for the safety of his ships." This verb is seldom followed by a dative, though metuo and timco are. See SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN. 229 y cognizant Syntax, sect v. 15, p 141. § Molli refers to the sandiness of the shore, and apcrto to the unobstructed ness of view; that is, there are not \nX chifs but low rising ground, which admits of viewi-. the interior of the country The place described is supposed to be the neighbourhood of Deal 6 After praefccit, supply copUs, or such word, referring to line 3. § /me.9t<^to depends on praefccit, and vavihus or. pra^sidio,-" he ap- pointed Atiius to command the forces, (which were intended) as a guaid foi-^ the ships." See Syntax, sect, yi., 1 and 4, p. 139; and 7, c, p. 140 8. Flumen. Mr. Long supposes the river to be the Stour, and the place Grove Ferrij. The distance and the locality agree with Caesai-'s descripLn U. Iropuftnabartt ex sUvis, either "came forth in small numbers oTlhe wlds -' ^° ^^ '" "" " ^''- ■'^' <^^*^ "^'"'^''^ ^''"^ undercover CHAPTEK X. Line 1. Milifcs, foot soldiers, as opposed to cquifes. 8 Expeditimeni means an "excursion with expediti, or troops free from hliZTfoTTe purpose of observation, pursuit, clearing the country, or other such service requiring quick movement. "civi^t- 3. Extremi By this word some understand "the rear of the troops which Caesar had despatched, " and which he immediately recalls (chap ^i ) ;.vhen he hears of the disaster to the fleet, This is undoubtedly the riglit interpi-etation, as the phrase aliquantum itineris progressis shows. Others think that e^frmi refers to the rear guard of the enemy, in search of whom the Romans had gone out. But there is no mention of the enemy and the ellipse of hostium in such a case would be a most unusual one 6. Ejectas m More .- this is another example of the comtvmtio praegnans or which see note on Caes. Bell. Gall., i., 12, 10. We mighf ex/ect In litus after such a verb of motion. i ^ "lo 7. Subsisterent, "held their own." IBS CUAPTEU XI. viii^'^S)^" ^fi^ dc^i^iere "to abandon the march." See Syntax, sect. Mil., ^z, p. 14b. borne editions read in itinere rcsistere J- if'r'f r,'"^' by personal inspection almost the same state of things If. ^f.l^fd learned from the messengers and from despatches, -to this extent, that though about forty ships were lost, the rest could neverthe- less be refitted with great trouble. " 6. i''a6,'03,-i.e. carpenters and smiths, men who had made these occu- pations their special traue at home. 9. Subduci, " to be hauled up on shore." 18. Tamesis, the Thames. Caesar calculates the distance of this part ot the river from the sea by his own march from the coast. His ideas on the geography of the island were very hazy. CHAPTER XII. Line 4. Orti ex: see Syntax, sect, viii., 4 and 5, p. 144. 0. Taleis, bars or rods of metal. JMHi I ml 2a() NOTES ON CAESAR. 9. The phimhum album, or tin, was found in Cornwall, but not in the interior of the country {mcdiierrancis reymiibus). 10. Fermra in maritimis : the maritime regions are not now-a-da,y3 the iron-producing districts; but formerly Sussex yielded supplies, and to this Caesar doubtless refers, 11. Materia, "timber," "trees." The /afifus and abics Caesar had not seen or heard of; but this does not prove that they did not exist. Abies is the white or silver fir. Some consider abies the " Scotch fir," and fagus the " S'veet chestnut." 14. Animi voluptatisque causa, " for fancy and for pastime." § Temper- atiora means more moderate both as to heat and cold. CHAPTER XIII. Line 4. Pertinet, " extends." This verb is almost always accompanied by a preposition, as ad, or by an adverb denoting direction. 5. Ad Hispaniam. This is, of course, a great mistake; but Caesar gained most of his geograjyhical and other facts about Britain from mcrca- tores or traders. The size of Ireland (Ilibernia), too, is over-estimated; it is only about one-third that of Great Britain. 7. Transmissus is the genitive singular, depending on spatio, " an equal length of voyage." 9. Mona, " Isle of Man ;" some say Anglesea; but no person who had seen the island could make such a mistake. By minores insulae the Hebrides are probably intended. 11. Sub bruma, "about {i.e., near) the winter solstice." But, of course, it is not true that darkness prevailed for thirty days. 12. Ex aqua mensuris, " by water-measures,"— i.e., by the water- clock, or clepsydra, which was formed on the same principle as our sand- glass. The water fell dmp by drop from one vessel into another; and on tlie side of the lower vessel a scale to indicate the hours was inscribed. 16. Maxime, "more than any other,"— i.e., it does not look towards any country properly ; but if there be any one at all to which it may bo Raid to look, it is Germany. 18. Vicies centum : 2000 miles for the coast line of Great Britain is much below the mark. The real length is 4500 miles for England and Scotland combined. Caesar's measurements are probably taken, as Mr, Long suggests, from one salient corner to another; and if so, not far fr m the truth. CUAPTER XIV. Line 1. Ilumanissimi, " most advanced in civilization." 3. Consuctiidine, " manner of life," " customs." § Frumenta, " cerealh,' — i.e., grain crops generally. 4. Lacte et came : so it is to the present day,— milk, cheese, butter, and flesh-meat, being more used in Britain as staple articles of food than in any other couiitvy of Europe. On the construction, sec Syr.tnx, spi t. viii., 3, p, 144, but not in the SECOND INVASION OK BRITAIN. 2;3i 5. Vitw, " with woad." This phmt is stili grown in some i>art,s or Hurope, for a dye of bluish colour, wliich is pressed from its leaves. CHAPTER XV. Line 1. The thread of the story is resumed from cliapter xi., line 14 0. Intermtsso spatio, " some time having intervened " 9. Atque his primis, " and these the f.r.i." In each legion there seema the others'" *""" ' '°^'"'*' '""^^'"^ ^"''"''' '''^"'*' ^^''^'"^ ^"-^^^ *h^° 13, Hubmissis, " sent to their aid." a accompanied itio, " an equal But, of course, CHAPTER XVI. Line 4. On aptos ad see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, with note f, p. 140 Cederent .-for the mode of fighting adopted by the British cssedaru, soe^book IV., chap. 33. Hence he calls the battle an unequal, (.lispa^i) _ 9. Jiatio "the manner" in which the enemy fought brought to both infantiT ami cavalry ahke a danger of the same kind and of equal amount. iU. Co,>ferh, in compact masses," or in "close array." S /Uiri "in small numbers - here and there." Observe that masjnis inUrvallis, " .t great intervals, is equal to an adjective, and is therefore coupled to rari by -que. '■ CHAPTER XVII. Lines. Palmlandi causa .■ see Syntax, sect, ix., 3, c, with note t, p. 148. 7. licpukrunt : some scholars, among whom is Mr. Long, prefer to spell this perfect with two p's, reppuli, on the ground that it is .syncopated lor rcpcpuh. So rettuli and rcpperi. 10. On sui {coUigendi) see note, Caes. Bell. Gall., book iv,. chap 34 line 12. ' ' 12. Auxilia, 'the auxiliaries, who had assembled from overu quarter went each his several way." ' 13. Summis copiis, "with the full mustei of his forces together." CHAPTER XVIII. Line 1. ConsiHo, viz., to stop him at the river, but not to risk a general engagement. 2. [/no loco : where this ford was, cannot now be determined. See a learned note on the topography of this chapter, in Long's " Caesar." 5. Sharp stakes were driven in on the margin of the river, and others in the bed of the stream, so as to be covered by the water. CHAPTER XIX. _ Line 3. Servabat, "kept close to," "dogged;" or, perhaps, it ia used ui the sense of observahal, " watciied narrowly." «1 232 NOTKS ON OAERAPv. 10. Hoc mdu, " tlirousli fear of tliis." § Relinquehatur, " it remainwl for Caesar, on tlie one hand, not to allow." 13. Quantum, "as far as the legionary troops, i.e., the infantry, were able to accomplish by toil and by marching." Tlio cavalry could not rove too far away from the infantry, whose aid they might require against tiie enemy; and thus tli-eir efforts against the Britons were restricted by the pliysical strenjith and power of endurance of the infantry, and by the length of their marches. CHAPTER XX. LiNt The rrjHoftrtw^cs occupied the territory corresponding in great part to the county of Essex. The capital was Camalodunum (Colchester). § Firmissima, " most warlike," or " most resolute," as in book i., chap. 3. The mention of this and other tribes is the only hint afforded us as to Caesar's route. He crossed the Thames, about eighty miles (not from its mouth, but) from the part of the coast where he landed,— some think at Kingston, otliers at Cowey Stakes,— and marched onward through Ilert- fordshiro. ^ § Earum rcgionum, " of those districts" to which Caesar was directing his course. 2. On fidcin sccutus see note, Caos. Bell. Gall., book iv., chap. 21, line 17. 8. Quipracsit, "to preside," See Syntax, sect, ix., 2, p. 158. CHAPTER XXr. Line 1. Dcfensis, defended from the attacks of Cassivellaunus, § Pro- hibitis, secured from injury at the hands of the soldiers. § Militum is a subjective genitive. See Syntax, sect, vii,, 2, p. 141. 2, For the proper names see the Vocabulary. 4. Ex eo loco, from the place referred to in last line of preceding chapter, where the corn and hostages were given up. 6, Oppidum: the British term for town was caer, as still found in Caerleon. These oppida were forts for defence in time of war, not for the constant residence of a settlwl i)opulation. 13. Multl, "many men." CHAPTER XXir. Line 1, Dum geruntur : see Syntax, sect, vii., 1, p. 156, Compare chap- ters xi. and xiv, of this book, on the aistra navalia and the position of Kmt. 4. His: see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, c, p. 139; and on uti adoriantur, sect. ix., 3, a, with note f, p, 148. 12, On multum aesfatis, and on quid vcctigalis (line 14), see Syntax, faect. vii., 6, a, p. 142. Quid, "what amount." 13. Extrahi mea.is to be " wasted fruitlessly," " passed in inactivity," 15, Interdicit atque impcrat, " he forbids, and (in doing so) strictly charges." The next clause depends specially on interdicit. 16, iN'ew is equal to et, ut, non. § On Mandubratio, in the dative, pee Syntax, sect, vi., 4, b, p. 139. THE HAULS AND THE GERMANS. 233 CHAPTER XXIII. Link 2. IHs duluctis, " these (ships) being hauled down," or launched. 4. Commcatlbus means liere, " comings and goings,"— i. c, "journeys," " trips." So also in line 8. 5. Tot navigatiunihus, "after (or during) so many voyages." 6. Dcsidcrarefnr, " was aniissing." 8. Et, " both those oi the first trip, after the soldiers had been landed, nnd tlinse which Labienus had got built." To these latter the verb re- mittereritt.-r cannot strictly api)ly, as they were sent for the ^rs^ time; but the proper verb is easily supplied. 10. Capcrent locum, "made their port." Caperent depends on accidit, through uti (line 4). 12. On the time of these events, the advanced student should consult ]\Tr. Long's note. It is supposed that Caesar left Britain on the 25th So[itember b.o. 54. The Romans do not seem to have molested tlie islanders again till a.d. 43, in the reign of Claudius. 13. Angustim collocavit, " packed more closely" on board the ships. BOOK VI. MANNERS AND CUkSTOMS OF THE GAULS AND THE GERMANS. CHAPTER XI. Line 1. Adhunc locum, "to this part of the history." In the foregoing chapter mention is made of the Suevi, a German tribe, and thus Ger- many is again introduced ; while a connected account of the manners and customs of the Gauls, of which we have only had incidental notices, was perhaps deemed by Caesar a necessary part of his Commentaries. 2. Observe that et couples de morihus, not to another phrase of the same form, but to a relative clause, quo diffcrant, — both, however, stand- ing in the same relation to proponere. 5. Pagis partibusquc, " cantons and parts of states." It is not unusual with Caesar thus to add the genus to the species. By partihus some understand subdivisions of the pagi. § Factiones, "political parties." 7. /i'o?"wm, "ofthera,"' le Gauls. § (^orwrn refers not to eorum, but to principcs. 8. Summa, " the chief direction of all affairs and of all measures (or public resolutions) is referred to their pleasure and judgment. 9. Idque, " and this arrangement seems to have been entered on from early times, with this view, that," o:c. 10. On auxilii, in the genitive, see Syntax, sect, ''ii., 9, p. 143. 234 NOTKS ON CAKSAR. 13. Totius GuIIiac depends on ratio, and m summa is to lio tiikeii absolutely,—'* this same principle pervades the whole of Gaul, in tiie mass," or " in the main." CHAPTER Xlir. Line 1. AHquo numero, "of any account at all." Nmnero means worthy of being reckoned or counted; and so our word "account" answers the double meaning. 3. Observe nullo, in the dative, and not tiuUi. § On consiHo, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139, 4. Aut is rarely thus repeated three times. Debt (arising, probably, from money borrowed at iiigh intorest to assist in tlie cultivatiou of the huid), taxes, and tyrannical oppression, were the great causes of the miserable condition of the lower orders. G. In hos, " over those the nobles had by law the same power as jnas- ters have over their slaves." 7. Jh'uidum. Tiiis word is said to be derived from a Celtic word siLriii- fvingan "oak tree." Tiiere were three classes of J)niids ;— tlie Uriiids proiier, who were profoundly learned in their religious system, had the Hir ;e of education, and dispensed justice; the Vates, who perfoi nied «. .red rites, and cultivated a knowledge of things material ; and tiie V,m\\\, who were the poets or bards. 8. Intersunt : "these Druids are conversant with, or take part in, all religious matters, have the char^^o of (procurant) ail sacrifices, and ex- plain {interpret antur) the religious system (doctrines, omens, &c,, &c.) to ' the uninitiated." 11.^^7/i refers to the Druids ; eos to the Gauls. § Fere, " for the most part." It applies to the whole sentence. means "punishment by fines;" and poenas, 14. Praemia probably " general punishments." 15. Si qui, " whoever,"— more definite than si quis. § Dccreto is tlie ablative, governed by stctit. The preposition in U sometimes added. % Sacrificiis is the ablative, depending on interdicunt. See Syntax, sect, viii., 22, p. 146. The verb interdico governs tlie accusative of the person, and the ablative of tlie thing forbidden, as here; or the dative of the i.orson, and the accusative of the thing. It occurred a few chapters ago with ut and the subjunctive. 18. His dccedmit, "get out of their way," (for fear of contamination). Some books read discedunt. 20.^ Ctm iis must be supplied after, communicatur,—" they h&ve no part in any office of honour." 22. Hoc mortuo : " on the death of this (chief), if, on the one hand (nut). any person from among all the rest is conspicuous by his weight of cliar- acter, he succeeds, (in virtue of that eminence ;^ but if, on the other hand, there are several on an equality, he (viz., the new Archdruid) succeeds in virtue of the (majority of) votes of the Druids,"— t.r., the succession h decided by tlie votes of the Druids. After druidum some books read aliegitur, but without proper MS. authority. THE GAULS AND TFIK GERMANS. 235 2(5. Considunt, "sit down together,"— i.e., "form a bench" for tlio Ril ministration of justice. We must receive with reserve these statements of Caesar about the Druids, as he seems to have heard them only, and not to have had personal knowledge. 28. iJisdplina means the "whole system" of the Druid religion, g lieperta (est), " was devised." onsiUo, in the lower as Jiias- ' for the most CHAPTER XIV. Line 2. Vacationcm militiae, " exemption from military service, and freedom from all public burdens," or " privileges of every kind." Their sacred character freed them from all the calls which might be made on laymen,— such as war, taxes, labour on public works, and otiier sudi things. 4. In discipHnam, "for training." 7. Ea, " these subjects,"— i.e., the subjects of the verses. The Celts, both in Gaul and in Ih-itain, had been in the habit, long before Caesar's time, of writing their own language in Greek characters. See book i,, chap. 29, line 1, note. 8. liationibus, "atrairs,"—not "accounts," as usually. 10. Disciplina again means the "religious system." 'They do not wish it to run the risk of publication by being written down; "and, on the other hand, they do not wish thf.t those who learn should relax in culti- vating the memory, through a reliance on written characters ; for tliis commonly happens to most persons, that, relying on the help of written characters, they relax their diligence in thorough learning, and fail to exercise till, memory." 14. Post mortem transire : they believed in the doctrine of the trans- migration of souls, or metempsychosis. 15. The subject to exdtari is homines, understood. 16. Mundi, " the universe." § Terrarum, " the globe of our earth." 18. Vi seems to mean the inherent might of the gods ; potcstate, tl. .r authority and influence over men. CHAPTER XV. Line 1. Alterum -. see line 7 of chapter xiii. § Hi omnes is subject to versantU7\ 5. Ambactos is a Gothic word, meaning "vassal," or "retainer." Some consider dicntes to be merely an explanation of it, more compre- hensible to llomans. 6. Oratiam potentiamque, "influence and authority." CHAPTER XVI. Line 1. Admodum, &c., "exceedingly given to religious ceremonial," " in all things too superstitious." 8. Simulacra: these gigantic images are supposed to liave been figuiea of their gods. § Alii: there is no second alii to correspond ; it is there- 23R NOTKS ON CAKr.AR. fore probable that Caesar means to confine this barbarous custom to a few tribes, 11. Noxa is a very compreliensive term, including theft, robbery, injury done to a man's person or property, &c. The immolation {suppHcia) of Buch felons was deemed specially acceptable to the gods. CHAPTER XVir. Link 1. Caesar gives Roman names to tlie Gallic deities which were assigned similar attributes. The supreme god among the Gauls was called Tcut; and he who corresponded to Mercury, Teutafes. But on the subject of these and the other deities mentioned, the opinions of the learned vary much. 7. Initia tradere, "teaches the rudiments (or first principles) of (useful) labour and the arts." 10. Qutim supcraverunt, "when they have gained the victory." Some books read quae suj^eraverunt, "whatever things remain after the offerin-' to the god." 13.^ Ncque saepe, &c., "nor did it often happen that any one, forgetful of religious obligations, dared either to secrete booty in his own grounds (apud se), or to carry it off (from the tumulus) when once deposited." Tumuli are found in many parts even of Britain, out of which specimens of ancient armour and other things are often obtained ; but ihesQ tumuli were perhaps used as burying-plaees. The tumuli spoken of here seem to have been mere piles of weapons and other articles captured in war. CnAPTEIl XTIII. Line 1. 7)rte,— Dis, i.e., Pluto. This seems to indicate that they sup- posed themselves autochthones, or sprung from earth. Fluto's kingdom is the kingdom of darkness ; and so, in honour of their great father, they made night the grand starting-point in their reckoning of time. So loe say "fortnight;" and "se'nnight," for seven-night. 4. Noctem : birth-days, the first days of months and of years, are so marked or kept "as that the day follows the night,"— i.e., the day is counted from sunset to sunset. So among the Jews, " The evening and the morning were the first day." 7. Ut possint, " so as to be able." § Palam adire ad se, " to approach them in public," or "before strangers." CHAPTER XIX. Line 1. Quantas pecunias, "all the means that men receive from their wives in the ^c of dowry." Pecunias implies not only money, but everything ^ uiight be converted into money. This they put into ? common stock, wuich was managed separately from the husband's otha property. Separate accounts wove kept. The produce of each year went to increase the joint-dowry stock, and the longest survivor obtained the whole accumulations. § Accepcrunt is used like our present, and denotes i THE GAULS AND THE GERMANS. 23i what takes place usually and from time to time. See Syntax, sect, h, 21, c, y. 127. 3. Fructua is used in a ver eial sense of the yield or produce of anything, aa the interest of money, profit on trading, &c. 9. In aervilem inoduin, " they examine their wives, just as they do slaves " (i.e., by torture) ; or, " they hold an investigation on their wives, as they do on slaves ; and if anything {i.e., any foul j.lay) is discovered, they put them to death," &c. Observe that the subject to compertum eat is omitted (sugpicioncm of line 8 suggesting it), as also the object of iyiter- Jiciunt, viz., eas, referring to uxorihus. 11. Pro cultu, " in proportion to the means," "for the means." 12. Vivis cordi fuisse, " to have been pleasing ^^ them when alive,"— literally, " to the heart of them when living." See Syntax, sect, vi., 10, p. 140. 13. Supra hanc memoriam, " farther back than the recollection of men of this {i.e., Caesar's) day." CHAPTER XX. Line 1. Commodius, "more judiciously" than others,— t.c, with a gi'eater regard to the commodum, or public advantage. 2. Sanctum : another form of sancitum, from sancio, — " have a law, enforced by a jjenalty." The " sanction " of a law is the penalty by which its observance is secured. 7. Quae visa sunt, " whatever seems proper (to them)." 8. Per concilium,— i.e., it is only in the public and regularly constituted assembly that permission is given to speak on affairs cf state. CHAPTER XXI. Line 1. Ncque druldcs hahent. This is scarcely correct. They had priests and also religious institutions ; but in this and other respects tliey differed greatly from the Gauls. 3. Quos cernunt, " whom they perceive with the outward senses," such as tlie sun, the moon, and fire. Tacitus gives a very different account of the GJermans and their religion. CHAPTER XXII. Line 1. Student means that they don't pay very great attention to agriculture,- don't make it their chief employment and great source of wealth. § Vidus, "of their food." 4. The magistrates and chief men assign to clans and brotherhoods of men, for a year at a time, as much land as they think right, and in what- ever part of the country they see fit. But nobody has a fixed portion of land, or an estate of his own. 7. The reasons for this practice {ejus rei) are now given : — to prevent agricultural pursuits from absorbing their attention to the exclusion of war; to keep down the desire for large estates, which might lead to the oppression of the weaker citizens ; to discourage the building of permanent 238 NOTKS (»N CAKNAK. hoiiHes (they liad only huts), with very ^rcat care in regard to the dcfcnoc aRaiuBt h"'>t and cold; to waid oil" the first approaches of avarice, whicli begets party-spirit antl civil broils ; to keep the people couteuted, by pre- serving e(iuality and tliereby crushing envy. 10. Vitandoa agrees with acstas, which is nearest to it, and not with friijora, the more remote substantive, though lu applies to both. CHAPTEU XXUI. Line 1. States take special credit to themselves for driving ofl" their neighbours, and keeping in a state of desert the territory bordering oa their own. 2. J'roprium, " a peculiar mark (or j)roof ) of valour." 6. Maijistratus, " sjiecial officers to take charge of the war." § Before ut, ita must be supplied, — "on such a footing that they have power of lif"^ and death." In times of peace, on the contrary, justice is adminis- tered by tlie chief men of the districts. 12. J'ra-dicaiit, " they avow," " profess," " plainly acknowledge," that this is done to afl'ord tlieir young men discipline, and to keep down slothful habits. 13. Qui scqui vdint, " let those who are inclined to follow hlra give their names." See Syntax, sect, xi., 4, p. 1(50. 15. Qui exhia : Kraner interprets this, we think, rightly, " those of the men wiio had volunteered." Mr. Long says, " those who had not pro- mised." 17. Rerxnn is an olrjective genitive,— "confidence in regard to all mat- ters." § Dcrogatur hig, " is witlidrawn from tliem." The word properly mtaiis to "repeal a law." On his, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 14, p. 141 ; also 3 and 4, p. 139. 18. Quaque, "each," ■' every,"— j.c, any whatever. Some books read quacunquc, CIIAPTEH XXIV. Link 6. The Ydcae Tcctosagca occupied part of the provincia in Caesar's time. Their cliief town was Toulouse.— Zo«fif. They had settled in Uermauy about B.C. 300, and there some of them remained till Caesar's day. 9. Laudis, " glory," " renown ;"— not praise, but what commands praise. T'ns is a frequent use of laus. 12. MuHa ad copiam, &c., "supplies plentifully many articles for luxury and for necessary use." CHAPTER XXV. Line 2. Expedito, "to a rapid traveller ;" literally, "lightly equipped." 3. ^ overiuif," they (the Germans) have no knowledge of road measuring." 4. The Nemetes and Rauraci dwelt on the banks of the Rhine. From their territory he represents the Hercynian Forest as starting. Thence it ran ahmg the straigh.t courr-c of the Danu' to the boundaries of the Daei e.ud Anartcs, whose limits at the time spox.eu of are not well ascertained, hut are sup turn to the 8. IJuJui or eastern < Line 1. . two horns. 2. The u branch whi imagined tl the main hi spoke only next note. 3. Palmt to resrmble like trees, 5. Mar/n smaller, thi Line 1. . 2. Figar similar to understand of the hair colours at a 3. Mutih correct, uui formation i nod is, "wit |iiobably fn ment. 5. Afflict they cannot {sablevare) i horses, iSiC, sudden star t), Applii little, take : 9. Hubru through, so of standing of standing referring to Line 1. ancrw.h, oj THE GAULS AND THE OEUMANS. 239 It then takes u but are siipiiosed to betjiii about the Them, in Ilr-^trary. turn to tlie left. 8. Ilujus, " of this (westeru) Ueru'uny." § Initiim k ^ns the farther or eastern end. CHAPTER XXVI. Line 1. hos : the aniual intended is evidciitly the reindeer ; but it has two horns. 2. The unum cornu is a uustako, unless, as some supjjose, it refers to a branch which sfirings fioiu the front of each horn. Bat it can hardly bo iinaj^ined that Caesar would speak of such a branch without mentioning; the main horns. The fact seems tv, be that he never saw the beast, and spoke only from the report of •- Mne one not well acquainted with it. See next note. 3. J'ulmac ramiqne : tov!u <:. he top the horns bee- Tie flattened, so as to resemble the i)alni of the 'm .i or the blade of au o. r, and branch out like trees. This remark «ci/ar redcius the piiraso unum cornu. 5. Maynitudo. This is hardly correct. The horns of the female are Binaller, thinner, and less branched. CUAl'TER XXVII. Link 1. Alces : the elk is meant ; but the description is again faulty. 2. Figura, " in shape, and in the changeablencss of skin, they are very similar to goats,"— literally, "their shape, &c., is very similar." Some understand varietas to refer to the change tliat takes place on the colour of the hair, according to the season of the year ; others, to the variety of colours at any one time,— the " dappled " skin. 3. Mutilae cornibus (see Syntax, sect, viii., 12, p. 145),— this is in- correct, unless, as Mr. Lung supposes, the person who gave Caesar the in- formation may have seen the horns " when they had exfoliated." § Sine nodis, " without knots and joints." This is another great mistake, arising probably from the remarkable stiffness of limb and awkwardness of move- ment. 5. Afflictae casu, " if tliey have by any chance been knocked down, they cannot rise straight up, nor elevate themselves." This latter verb [xublcvare) seems to refer to the gradual mode of rising adopted by cows, horses, 6i.Q., which have joints ; while crigerc suggests a mure upright and sudden starting to the feet. 6. Applicant se ad cas, "they lean on them, and bending only a very little, take rest." 9. Hubruunt, " undermine all the trees at the roots, or cut them almost through, so far that the external (or general) appearance (su7nma species) of standing trees is left ;" on the whole" {suvima) tliere is the appearance of standing trees, g Su7nma is perhaps put in opposition to ab radicibus, referring to the topmost part, as contrasted with the root. CHAPTER XXVIII. Line 1. Iri : the urtis is said to b,. the bison, or auroch (in QermaTi, aucrwh, or ur-och),-—i.c., the "mountain bull," or " wild bull." 0—\ lllljLW,?»s3i-. ,' i I r-~ • 240 NOTKS ON CAKSAR. 4. Qnam agrees with the substantive nearest it. See Syntax, sect, ii., 8, p. 133. § Studiose, "with great care,"— i.e., "taking great precau- tions," on account of the animal being so dangerous ; or " maJiing the pita carefully." But perhaps it refers rather to this bison-hunting being a studium, a favourite and much cultivated exercise. This seems to be im- plied in the two following lines. 8. Ad homines, "to man's ways;" "they cannot, even though caught when very young (parvidi), be domesticated and tamed." 11. Ahlabris, "at the rim." The horns are eagerly sought for, and used for drinking vessels at their must splendid feasts, often having a riiu ol silver running round the edge. NOTES ON OVID. I.-METAMOPtPHOSES. I.— TUE FOUU AGES. Line 1. Sata est : perfect passive of sero. § I^uUo vindice, " without any aven or of wrong, of its own accord, without compulsory enactment, practised honesty and uprightness." ^^xmeiib, 3. Minacia verba -i.e., words whicli set forth the penalties of violated aus. Laws were usually inscribed on tablets of bniss, which were put up in some public place, so that all might be warned. 7. Pinus: the mountain pine was largely used in ship-building ; hence Vmm stands for ncvvis : " No ship had been launched for the purpose of visiting a foreign shore." i"oc ui 8. Norant: since novi, the perfect, is used as a present, mrant for ««i'.ra.<, the pluperfect, is equal to an imperfect. Virgil, speaking of the leturn of the golden age, represents commerce as ceasing .- Nee nautica Vmmmatabit merces (Eel. iv.): and Horace considers it a mark of darin-^ wickedness to tempt the sea in ships. 9. Fossae: another mark of supreme happiness was th.e absence of war and all its mstri>rMents,-no walled and fosse-begirt tow.is,-no trumpets or liorns for rousing men to battle. "umpeis 13. Ipsa-pcr se dabat omnia kUus, "even the very earth, too. spon- tan,ousy supplied productions of every kind." § Immunis is expla ncd by what folows:-The earth was "free from responsibility," because he received no tillage and no seed, and men had therefore no right to ueiuand any yield. 15. Contenti, " men satisfying themselves with food produced without a i compulsion gathered the fruit of the arbutus, and the mountain laiger than the common -.«. jM strawberry {fraya). 18. Jovis avbore,-i.e., the oak, which was sacred to Jupiter. -a Mulccbant " the gentle west winds fanned with their warm breezes .-110 tlowers winch spran? uj) without seed." ■s^ Xcc renovatus is eqtial to et non re«om<«s,-"and the field wiihoufc Uii.K re-dressod. Ilcnovatus may refer to the processes of culLiv.vLiou m\ 1,; '242 NOTKS ON OVID. b'iiiig perfdi'incd anew after the winter's cold ; or ratlier, pcrliaps, to tlie "i-esting" '"f the land for a year or more without crop. We learn from V irgil and other writers on agriculture, that it was a very common pi-actice among Italian husbandmen to allow their fields to lie untilled occasionally, to "rest" the soil; and as the processes of tillage are referred to in iiiarata of the foregoing line, the second interpretation of rcnovatus seems more worthy of approval. 23. Fhunina : the earth literally "flowed with milk and honey." 25. Postquam—erat : see Syntax, sect, vii., 1, p. 156, — "when, after Saturn was banished to gloomy Tartarus, the world was under the rule of Jupiter." 20. Observe that tlie last syllable of suhiit, though in reality short, is made long by the arsia, or stress of tlic voice, which falls on the first syllable of a dactyl or spondee. 27. Auro and aere are used adjectively for " the golden age " and " the brazen age." 29. Inaequalcs, " of unsettled weather," "variable." 30. iSpaliis excgit, " completed (or established in a regular course) tlie year in four seasons." 31. Extremes of heat and of cold were then felt for the first time, — the burning, glowing heat of summer, and the freezing cold of winter. 33. Subicre, " men entered," the subject being omitted. 37. lllas, "after these ages a brazen race succeeded, as the third in order." 39. Non scdcrata, "not entirely abandoned." § Ullima, scil., act as. 40. Venae: this word is used of a seam or stratum of mineral, and so is applied to the age, which is represented by a new metal. 44. Dahant, scil., homines. 46. /nsultavcrc, "danced contemptuously." § Carinue, "keels,"' is ])ut for naves. 48. Caiitus inensor, " the wary (' canny ') measurer " now began to assign limits to property, and to introduce the notions oimeum and tuum, 50. Poscebatur segefes, "was asked for crops," On the construction see Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137. § Itum est, "it was gone" by men,— t.c, men penetrated. 51. Adnioverat, " had placed near the Stygian shades," — i.e., had hid i:i tlie depths of the earth. 51. Utroque, "with both,"— i.e., w-ith gold for bribes, and with iron fiir weapons. 55. Concutit arma : this refers tc the custom of striking the spear against the shield, foi the puriiose of causing terror to the enemy. 66. Vivitav, " it is lived " by men, — i.e., men live on iilunder {c.x raplo). 58. Ilia, " she,"— su[iply imminct cxv^i'o,—" watches eagerly (yearns) for the death." 59. Lnrida is applied to aconita, from the colour which it produced iu persons who were poisoned by it. 60. Filius : sons even long for their father's death, so that they may receive the inheritan'^e. ^ inquirit, " inquires " of the diviners. 62. (Joelcstum : poetic form for codcstium. THE DELUGE. 243 II II.— THE DELUGE. Line 1. Pars prohant : see Syntax sect i « t, iqi tia by word of mouth • others Hinp 9?!' T I, '■^' ^^^- ^owe approve Senate, whereby^^ t d^^ Pe , "Jho T' '' ''", ^^^^-^'^^^ ^" ^''^ ^^"™- only, were not allowed to ZThJtlyZnT^tj' '" ^""'"^ °^ ««^«« aHL The .ore usual con.Siolr^;;]:^ ^^rl^^^r ''''''''' '' ^^ 5.^ On the quest..., ,. , ,«,,,,, J^,,;,^ J^^;;^^^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^ (line 3), see Syntax, sect vl 10 p.-^HO '"'"'' '^^ ''"' ^^^ ''''^"•'' '^'^''^^ 11. On fi»i«t7 ne see note on Nep. Milt., vii., 13 itse^,-rwodd.""''""'' "^^^ "• ^'^'^ '' *^- -rth ; hence the earth wa^^o'bf de4r:3::ri::;V;' *'l'"^^'^ ^^ ''l^'^^^^' *'-* ^he worm doubtlesslookingXwai t hislrof P^ ^"^'^ ^'^^^' ^^'^ ^^ ously wrouodit " or - tnl, i ^ ^^ P'^-it^tbon. § Operosa, " labori- dang'r," "should suife"'^"''^ "^■°"-"^^*-" § ^"^^'"^^^ "^^^-'^ be ia A^h^^t^d^tr^r li^:^ T^i ^^^«^"*-' -^- -« ^^ p- 137. (...., assuming) various coLrs"' ' '''"''*' "'''•^^''"^^ ^"'^^^^ ^" ^1. ^oris im is equal to iratiis Jupiter. " .« -awn .1 U. ,anage=^ K^^ .i^^^^l^^^^ ^;^ ^-P^^ rivers." ^' """'•' ''^' ''''' S<^^«- ^' ^^^^""^ "return to their 41. Intrcnuit, "trembled to her centrp nnri ^.„ +u courses for the waters." ' ^ ^^ ^''^ '""^'O" opeued 44' S "r ■"^''•"' '^'' '"'"'' ""' ^"^' "» Vocabulary. -:--^fe-: 244 NOTES ON OVID. 47. Unda, &c., "the water rising liighei {altior), covers its roof." § Turres, " lofty buildings ;" not, " spires." 54. Sijh7-s tulit, " if chance have so directed." 60. Agitata rubora pulsant, " strike against and shake the oaks." The adjective agitata is used with an anticipatory or proleptic sense, the trtes being represented as " already shaken," although the shaking is the effect of the striking. 62. Fulminis vires, " the force of the thunderbolt." This is a favourite mode of speaking of the boar, suggested perhaps by the suddenness, directness, and destructiveness of his attack. In like manner the two Scipios are called duofulmina belli; and so our own Nelson is spoken of by Sir Walter Scott as "a thunderbolt of war." § Apro depends on pro- aunt. See Syntax, sect, vi., 4, a, p. 139. 64. Vbi detur depends on quaesitis,—" having long sought for dry laud, on which (ubi) she might alight." 66. Immensa licentia, " the boundless (uncontrollable) fury of the deep." 68. On quibus, governed by pepercit, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, a, p. 139. III.— DEUCALION AND PYIIRHA. Line 1. Aonios, "the Boeotians." Aonia was a district of Boeotia ; but the term Aonios is used in an extended sense. § Oetaeis : Mount Oeta bounded Thessaly on the south, and separated it from Phocis. Hence the phrase is used in a general sense for Thessalicis. 2. In tempore, "during all that time,"— viz., of the flood. 8. Adorant has as its subject, " they," including Deucalion and his wilo Pyrrha, consorte tori. 10. On acqui after amantior, see Syntax, sect, vii., 8, p. 143. § lllo, " than he,"— Deucalion ; ilia, " than she,"— Pyrrha. 12. Ut, " when." The infinitive, stagnare, depends on videt. 18. Tricuspide telo, " his three-pointed (or three- pronged) weapon,"— i.e., his trident. 20. Exstantem and .ctum agree with Tritona. Ou the phrase tectum humeros see Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137. 23. Illi is governed by sumitar. See Syntax, sect, vi., 11, p. 141. 24. Tortilis, kc, "wreathed (or of a spiral form), which increases in breadth {i.e., diameter) from the lowest part of the cone." 26. Utroque Fhoebo,—i.c., both east and west— both extremities of the sun's course. 27. Tunc quoque : this refers to line 38, p. 100. 34. Diem, meaning " period," is generally feminine, as here. § xVudata, " bared (of water, not of leaves)." 39, Soror : Pyrrha was Deucalion's cousin, not his sister. 40. Patrudisurigo, " descent iromhi-others." 44. Uaec quoque, &c., " so far, there is not even this sufficiently certain assurance of our life,"— i.e., so far, we have not that sufficiently certain assurance of our lives which people usually have {haec) on earth. 46. Quid tibi animiforet, " what would have been your feelings now," " what state of mind would you have now been in." DEUCALION AND PYIirJIA. 245- 48. Quo consofante, " with what person consoling you would you now be grieving,"— i.e., who would have consoled you in your g.-ief ' 51 Patemis artibus, " by ray father's art." Prometheus, his father, had formed men of clay, and had stolen fire from heaven wherewith to animate them. 54. Exempla, "specimens," "models." 55. Placuit, scil., iis, " they resolved." 66. Sortes, " by means of the sacred oracle." Oracles occasionallv gave responses by lots. 67. Pariter, "side by side." § Ccphisidas unda^, the waters of the Cephisus, in Phocis. 58. Ut, " though,"— s^, ""yet." 59. Libatosinde is usually interpreted "drawn from it,"— i.e., from the stream. But it is better to take libatos as used in a proleptic or anti- cipatory sense (see note on aijitata, Ovid, ii. 60). Thus, " When tliey have offered in libation, and sprinkled on tiieir clothes and head, water (taken) from it." Libation was one of the first duties of religion after a delivery from evil, and purification in running water was necessary before entering a temple. 62. Palkbant : this verb often means, as here, "to be of a sickly or un- healthy aspect ;" and so to be " disfigured." 64. On humi see Syntax, sect, vii., 14, p. 144. 68. Mersis rebus, "to our ruined circumstances:" mersis, ruined bv the flood. ^ 70. Vclatc caput : this covering of the head was a usual precaution in the performance of sacred rites, the ])urpose being to prevent the wor- sliipper from seeing any object of ill omen, and to keep his mind from being distracted. 75. Respect for the dead was considered one of the most sacred obliga- tiniis. Hence, she "asks pardon" for disobeying the goddess in this retrard. § On the government of laedere see Syntax, sect. vl.. 4. b and r witli note *, p. 139. '' 76. Za^f?;r/s may depend on datae, "given in the gloomy retreat." Tt is better, however, to make it depend on obscura, "difficult to understand by reason of their dark ambiguities." 79. SoUcrUa nobis (i.e., mihi)faUax, "either my skill (penetration) is at fault, or," &c. iS'3. A ugmio, " interpretation," " reading of Heaven's will." § Titania . I'luinetheus, father of Pyrrha, was son of the Titan Japetus. So also waa I'loinetlieus, father of Deucalion. b8. On a-edat, in the subjunctive, see Syntax, sect, ii., 2 (5), p. 153, 90. Mora, "by time." % MoUitaque, &c., "and being softened* to nssume gradually a definite shape." 1>2. The order is a little intricate. Arrange thus: Ut {ihoM^h) quaednm forma hnniims potest videri, sic (yet) non manifesta, sed uti {forma) de CO ptn marmore, non satis cracfa, rudibusque simiflima sirjnis. ^ m. Marnir.re corpio, "a marble block, bc.uun to ho fashioned, not sulTi- cuntly chiselled out (defined), and exactly like statues in a rud^ half-finished) state. ough 246 NOTES ON OVID. 96. Corpm'is, " flesh." yS Vena, the " vein" or "seam" in the stone 102. Durum genus, a " Lard-hearted race." So he says in another place, Propago viohntafuit : scires e sanguine natos. IV.— PHAETIJON. Line 2. Pyropo is a Greek word, meaning "of fiery aspect;" so that imitante flammas is a literal translation of the term. 4. Avf/enti lumine, "with a silvery sheen." 6 Caclarat : Vulcan had carved in relief a device which represented the sea with objects in it (lines 8-14), the earth (15 and 16), and the lieavens (17 and 18). , . , r. 8. Undahabct, " the water contains,"— i.e., the sea, which forms part of the picture, is represented as containing the things specified. 9. ^m6Jfifwwm, "shape-changii.g," "varying." 11. On pars, as subject to videntur, see Syntax, sect, i., 8, p. 131. 12. Mvle, "a height," a hillock, rock, or other eminence. § Viridcs : this adjective, like cacruleos of line 8, is applied to things connected with the sea, the colour being borrowed from that of tne sea. 13. Fades, " the features of all are not identical, and yet not entirely diverse; (but) just such (a likeness) as should oe in the case of sisters,"— i.e., a strong family likeness. § Pisce is put in a general^ sense for the l)lural. We might express the meaning by, " on fish-back." 18. Siuna, the signs of the Zodiac, which are expressed in the following Latin couplet : — "Sunt Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo, Libraque, Scorpius, Arcitenens, Caper, Amphoia, Pisces." And in English— "Tlie Ram, tlie Bull, tlie heavenly Twins, The Crab, and next tlie Lion sliincs, The Virgin and the Scales ; The Scorpion, Archer, and the Goat, The man that holds the watering-pot, And fish with glittering tails." 20. Duhitati, " his father, about whom doubt had been expressed." See Prefatory Note, p. 104. ,,.,.»■ 23. Lumina may mean either (1) the "glare of the suns light, \\\ which case /eretai will be translated "endure;" or (2) "his eycs,"- /■<:rc6a« signifying "bring "or "bear." , . „ . hm 24. In solio, " on a throne which glittered with shining emeralds. _ § I lie ^maragdus was a precious stone of green colour, either emerald, or ja^iHT, or crystal. 25. Dies ct Mcnsis etAmms : this is merely a poetic fancy. It is nut meant that these were real deities, receiving worship from mortals. 26. Uorae, " the hours," not the "seasons," which Ihrae often moans. In llic following lines observe the characteristic aiijuucts to each oi tiie seasons. PIIAETIION. 247 29 Sordidm cakutis uvis : the grapes were usually trodden out with tiie feet, aud tlie " detileiuent " winch necessarily arose from the procesa was by no means disagreeable to a lloman eye, 30. Ilirsuta capillos, " rough as to his hair, "-another instance of the accusative of reference. See Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137. 31. Medius loco, "middle in position,"-i.e.,' occupying the central place, _ 33, Quaeque : the que couples this clause to the preceding sentence, and 13 not, therefore, part of the speech of the Sun-god. 34. Parenti, "not deserving to be disowned by your father " On the construction, see Syntax, soot, vi., 11, p. 141. 35. Refcrt, "replies." % PuUica, "common." 37. iXcc, equal to cf nm, " and if Clymeiie does not conceal " _ 39. Observe that though Creda,- is singular, the poet does not use mm '". o ^^ ?^"'^' ^'"* '"'''^'''''' ^"'^'^ transitions are common, but faulty 42 1 raiiBlate nee and ei, " on the one hand," and " on the other hand," - You do not, on the one hand, deserve to be disowned as my son : and, on the otiier hand, Clymene has declared your real origin." Observe difji,ns with the infinitive ncgari. 4G. i>Js for cim; dative after y«m«da. (see Syntax, sect, vi., 11 p 141). hut per aitevjuro is move usual,-" a lake by which the gods must swear " -I.e., the Stygian lake, to which the rays of the sun never penetrate. _ 47, Ubserve the rapid change from desierat in the pluperfect, to romt in the present, adding vividness and life to the narrative, 51. Tua, scil., voce, " my expression has been proved a rash one bv yours,"— I.e., your request. ^ 56. A^on est m 7^. Fivftc, "sii)ipnsfl tlift oairiat'O ;;fr,int.P(l to yon." 7r». On nhvhtnire pofin see Syntax, stuit. vi., 7, f>, p. 140. T'o^X "tlip poles,"— t.c, the extremities of the axis. § Ne is equal to «i no)i, "so that the rapidly moving heavens phonld not carry you away." Ry a.Ti!{ some understand the "chariot," which seems to make an inferior sense. 78. Fiirmnn fcrnrum, — i.e., the signs of tlie Zodiac. See note on line IS. above. The ancients grouped certain stars together, and thus imagined faneiful representations of animals. 70. Ut, "though," " suppose that," is answered by famen in next line. 80. Adverai, "fronting you." In the Zodiac, the Bull is depicted as presentinc; his horns in a direction facing the sun's course. 81 . Ilafmnvinn avcvs : this is a roundabout way of saying the " Archer." ITaemonia is another name for Thcssaly, the residence of the Centaur Chiron who was translated to heaven, and made a constellation. § The Lion is called violevti, either from the natural ferocity of the beast, or rather, perhaps, because when the sun was in Leo the heat was excessive, 83. Scorpion: when the sun was in this part of the heavens raalarin and fevers were rife ; hence the constellation was called after a poisonoiia animal. ^ A liter, "in the other direction." The Scorpion stretches his ai-ms to the east, the Crab to the west, — the Scorpion upwards, the Crab downwards. § Cancrum : when the sun reaches this part of the heavens, the Tropic of Cancer, he turns and goes in the opposite direction ; hence the Crab was adopted as the sign, to denote retrograde movement. It takes a year for the sun to pass through all the signs of the Zodiac, but the poet speaks of it as the journey of a day. 84. Nee, " nor is it easy {in proniptu est) for you to manage the horses, high mettled by reason of those fires," kc. 89. Cave frequently has e final short, but it is long here. § Observe the position of -que, which in prose is generally attached to the second of the coupled words; but the poets take great liberties. 90. Scilicet, "the case is this— yon ask sure pledges," &c. "Well, I give sure pledges by my fears, and liy a father's apprehensions prove myself a father." 98. Depreeor, " I deprecate (plead against) this one thing, which, under its real name, is a punishment, not an honour." 103. Finierat, "he (Phoebus) had finished." § Ille, Phaethon. 105. Qua, like quoad, "as long as," "as far as." 108. Curvatiira, "the outer rim," composed of the "felloes." 109. Juffa, " the whole yoke" or " harness," The jugum properly was a cross bar, the extremities of which rested on the neck of the horses, tho. centre being connected to the pole, § Gemmae, " (other) precious stones," besides the chrysolites. 110. Repereusso Phneho, "from the reflection of the sun,"— i.e., the sun's rays being reflected from the stones, and so multiplied. 113. Plena rosarnm, " full of roses,"— i.e., of rosy light. So Homer calls Aurora " rosy- fingered." 115. Lucifer : the planet Venus is called Lucifer, or the morning star, when it precedes the suti, and Hesperus, or the evening ?tar, v/hcn it follows him in the evening. § Sfatione, " from the guard-house," " watch- PFfAKTHON. 249 iKist." Tliis is !\ military term wliicli we have often met in Caesar Q>!)U agmina, " brings up the rear," "collocts the stragglers," is another similar phrase. Cf Campbell's well known line— "The sentinel stars set their watch in the sky." 117. Extremae, "fading out of sight," "distant." 118. Titan: this name is often applied by Latin poets to Helius, or the hun-god, who was son of Hyperion, and grandson of the original Titan 120. Pracscpibus, "from the lofty stalls." See Syntax sect, viii 24 p. 146, and 28, p. 147. § Addunt (next line), "put on." ' ' 123. Rapidae is applied to Jlammae, either on account of the quick vibrating motion of flames, or because of their speedily-destructive power! S Patieritia, "able to endure." 127. Pane, "he sparing of the goad, my son, and use the reins with greater vigour." A most valuable moral maxim. 128. Propcrant : the subject, " horses," is omitted. 129. Quinque arcus. Tiie five circles that mark the zones are, the Arctic, the Antarctic, the Tropics (Cancer and Capricorn), and the Equi- noctial. The meaning of the injunction is, thai the sun's course is not to be directed parallel to the equinoctial line, and the lines which mark the zones, but id to follow the ecliptic, and go in a zig-zag direction, as tiie next line explains, § Observe that ncc is equal to et ne. 131. Triim zmarum, " the three zones,"— i.e., the two Temperate and the Torrid. 138. Xeu is equal to et ne. § Anguem : the constellation of the Serpent is near tiie North Pole. Thus, as the sun rises in the east, the north is to the right hand, and the wheel, by going too much to the right {dexterior rota), would incline the chariot to the north; while by going too much to the left (sinister ior), it would lend to the south. 139. Aram, the constellation of the Altar, in the Southern Hemisphere. It IS called prcssam, "lowered," as the southern sky seems to us "de- pressed," or " sunk down." When the Titans rebelled against Heaven, tlie gods made a solemn league at this altar, which was thereafter trans- lated to heaven and became a constellation. . - 141. Resolve quae into et ea, " and may she help you, I pray, and counsel better for you than you do for yourself." 143. A'ox: Night performs a journey across the heavens just as the sun does. She "reaches the goal j)laced on the western shore of the earth," as the sun rises in the east. § Libera mora, " delay is not at our 0|)tion." U9. Quae, &c., "allow me to give to the earth the light, which you may with safety look upon,"— g-jtae agreeing with lumina. 150, Occupat well expresses the great eagerness of the boy,—" takes possession of before any opposition can be offered." § Levem, " light (want- ing ballast), by reason of his youthful body." 152. hide, " from it, "--i.e., the chariot. § Anit grates, " returiis tiiaiiks to his father, reluctant (to receive them)." l-^'". lUpiujula, " banicM'.-u"— i.e., wooden beams stretched across the 1 250 NOTKH ON OVID. ^igllal for tlie starling of race-course, the withdrawal of wliicli was tlie the horsies. 156. Ncpotia : Clyinene, mother of Phac tlion, was dauj/hter of Tcthyg. 157. Copia, kc, "fui.' choice \or scope) of the boujidless universe was aflorded them." 161. Nee (equal to ct non) quod, "and not such as." 165. Vacuus agrees with currus of next line. Snme editions read f icuos, agreeing witii saltus. § Ou oncre, in the ablative, see Syntax, rect. viii., 14, p. 145. 172. Vetito aequore, " the sea forbidden to them." The constellation of the Septcntriones, or Bear, owing to its proximity to the North Pole, nevci' sinks below our horizon. 174. " The SkiiPKnt previously benumbed by cold, and not dreaded by any one." § On uJH, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 11, p. 141. 176. Bootes: this constellation, from its position, as following the IjKAU, is sometimes called Akctophvlax, or Arcturds (Bear-keepoi), J}ut as the Bear is also called the Waggon (Charles's Wain) with tlie Soptentriones or "ploughing oxen," it gets the name of Eoott-s or the " Ox-driver." 177. Tardus : Bootes is called slow, because it did not set till late in the season; or, perhaps, because the stars near the North Pole do not move so fast as tht)se farther south, owing to their having a smaller space to traverse. The plaustra, waggons, are also represented as another retarding cause. 181. Per does not signify "by means of " here, as it is usually inter- preted, but "during," " in the midst of." It was fear, and not the light, that caused darkness to overspnad his eyes; the light was as great beAae. But the wonder was, that darkness could, under any circumstances, arise during the prevalence of such light. See another argument against tiio common interpretation in line 123, at-ovc. 184. To Mcropis supply j^Vms, an ellipse very common in Greek. 185. IHuus is again put for riavis, " like a ship driven onward by the impetuous north wind, whose helm, rendered unmanageable, the pilot has abandoned, and which he has committed to the gods and his prayers." The metaphor in frena rcmisit is taken from the management of horses. 193. Miracula, the constellations, signs of the Zodiac, &c. See line 78, above. § Vario, "sjiangled," "star-studded." ]iJ5. G'cnnnos urrus : the claws of the Scorpion form two curves or arches. § Concavat, he bends his claws so as to make a hollow, winding bay, as it were. 197. In the more ancient astronomers, the Scoriiion was ro[)resenled as extending over the si)ace of two cons^-ellations, half of which space was afterwards occupied by Libra. 199. Ctirvatd cus/nde, " with his ]ioiiited tail bent," in i\n- attitude of striking. Scorpions " have ])ower in their tails to hurt men." 204. Ilac, " in that direction," answers to qua of preceding line. 205. S/dlis, dative after ivcurmvt. See Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 1S9. 208. Ivferius: the Moon's (Diana) orbit is much nearer to the earth than the sun; but now iier brother's (Apollo) horses come between her and tiu' earth. riFAETIION. 251 210. Vtqnacque, "as each is very high, "-i.e., all the highest parts 111 ine earth. ' 211. Acjit rimas, "goes into (or forms) chinks." 215. Oentca is here used for " countries " or " lands." 217. On the proper names in the following passage see the Vocubularv and an Atlas of Ancient Geography. 219. Viryincua: Helicon is so called from its being sacred to tiie JIuses, the " Nine Virgins." § Ilaemos or Haemus (Balkan) was not yet lamed for the story of Ori-heus, son of Oeager ; hence the phrase, nondiun Ocagrius, 233. Quaque eat, equal to ct quo cat, " and he knows not where to go." 235. .Sail (mine vocato, "from the blood being summoned to the surface of tlie body." 240. Amymone, a fountain near Lerna in Argolis. 241. Nccjlumina, "nor do those rivers whi^ch happen to have banks widely apart {i.e., broad rivers) remain unscathed." 243. Scnex : river gods are generally represented as old men. 244. Pheyiaco, " Phegean,"— i.e., i)assingthe town of I'hogia or Phegea. Some editions read Psophidco, and son\e Psophuico, from l"«ophis, a town near the Erymanthus. 245. Arsuviis iterum, "about to burn a second time,"— referring to the story of Homer, that Vulcan, lighting for the Greeks, set fire to"the stream because it had endeavoured to devour Achilles. 24G. The Maeaiulor, in Lydia, is said to have six hundred bends It gives origin to our verb "meander." § Ludit, either "sportively wan- ders," or " mocks," " baffles" men. 247. Melas, meaning "black river." There were many rivers of this lame, just as we have many " Blackwaters." There was a Mygdonia iu I'hrygia, one in Macedonia, one in Mesopotamia, and one in Bithyuia 251. Fluit, "melts." 253. Volucrcs, "the birds of the river,"— i.e., swans. 255. Quod adhuc Met, " whicli is to this day undiscovered." The source of the Nile is still a geographical problem. § Ostia septan : of the seven mouths, only two remain. 257. hmarios-amncs, " thelsmarian rivers,"— i.e., the rivers of Thraoe, of \\ liich Isrvarus was a mountain. 25S. Jlesperios, "of the west," of Germany, France, and Italy. 269. The Tiber, or Thybris, to which (i.e., to the city Rome on it) the sovereignty of the world was granted. 261. Jleyem, kc.,—t.e., Pluto and Proserpine. 264. Cydudas : put here for islands generally. 267. Pesupina, "lying on their backs on the surface of the deep." 280. Liccat, &c., "may it be granted me, if perish I must by the violence of fire, to perish by your fire (i.e., thunderbolt), and to lighten (the weight of) my calamity by the author of it,"— i.e., by the king of the gods, and nut a boy, inflicting the injury. L'83. Criites means the foliage of tr ;;etation. ees, grass, and all oilier kinds of 286. Qmd, "that." Translate 285, &c., "Is this the return, is this 2.02 NOTKS ON OVID. tlio tlianks. that you pay me for iny fertility and for my service, that I bear," &c. 288. Frugcs, aHmmta, "corn crops, milu nutriment:" "kindly fruits." 290. Fac mc meruissc, "suppose that I have deserved annihilation, what have the waters deserved, what has your brother (Neptune) de- seived]" 293. Quod, &c., "but if regard neither for your brother nor for n\o {mea) touch your heart, at least {at) pity heaven, your own realm. Look around you to both poles; both poles are smoking." 295. Quos : resolve into et hos, and observe that the antecedent is a sin- gular noun, with a distributive adjective, uterque polus. 296. Atlas, a king of Mauretania, was said to have been changed into a mountain. The hills were so high as to hide their tops in the clouds ; aiul hence the fable that "Atlas carried the world (axem) on his shoulders." 300. Conaule summae, " take counsel fur the safety of the universe." See contulo in the Vocabulary. 303. Manibus, the manes or shades of the dead ; and bo here, the in- fernal world : " to the caverns nearer to the shades." 312. Misit, &c., " he hurled against the charioteer a bvit, poised at liis right ear." This refers to the mode of balancing the spear before dis- charging it. 313. Kxpulit is an example of zeugma (see Nep. Them., i., 9),—" he deprived him of life, and hurled him from the chariot ;" " struck him out of life and out of his carriage at one -and the same time." 318. Fi;a%ia, "traces,"— i.e., fragments. % Laccri, "shattered." 321. Ut interdum, " as by times a star may seem to have fallen from a calm sky, although it has not (actually) fallen." 323. QuK,!n, — i.e., Phaethon. % Pi'ocul, "far from his fatherlond,"- viz., Aethiopia. 326. Carmine, "verse;" we rather say " verses," "inscription." 327. Situs est, "is buried;" from sino. 328. Quern, " which (chariot) though he did not (could not) manage (or hold to), yet he fell from (or by) a great attempt." There is a double meaning in excidit, — "he failed in his attempt," — literally, "fell out of tlie chariot." v.— PYUAMUS AND THISBE. Line 4. Coctililus, " made of brick." Semiramis, wife of Ninus, sur- rounded the city of Babylon with a wall of brick, for in the great plain of Mesopotamia there was little stone. 5. Primos gradus, " the first advances " of love. 0, Tacdae, "they would have been ",uited by the rites of marriage." Wltm a husband was conducting his newly-married wife to his houpo, b!;i.' ng torches of pine-wood were cuTied in the procession. Hence tacda is often used for " marriage." 8. Ex aequo capfis, " witli atJ'ectioiis captivated in an equal degree." 11. liinia, quam dt'xerat, "by a chiiik, wiiich it \n\d contractei!." Duccrc rimam and agere rimam, mean, " to go into chinks," " sjjlit open." PYRAMUS AND TfliSBE. 253 13. ,V«/^', '• this defect, observed by no one through long years, you lovers were tlie first to discover." On nulli, in tlio diitive, see Syntax, sect, vi., 11, p. Ml. We should have expected the substantive nemiui, instead of nulli. 15, Tutae, " in safety,"— i.^, their expressions of love (blanditiae) were unlicard by others, but distinctly heard by each. 18. Anhditas. " the breath of the mouth had been eagerly caught at in tur / -i.e., each tried eagerly to inhale the breath of the other. 23. Suh noctem, " at nightfaP. they said, Farewell, and each gave to his own side of tiie wall {suae parti) kiases which did not reach to the other tide," On quisque dedere see Syntax, sect, i., 8, p. 131. 26. Nocturnosi[/7ics,— i.e.,'t\\efit:iT3." 31. Neve sit errandum, "and that they should not miss each other aa they roam over the extensive country." Neve is equal to et ut von. 36. See Notes, Ovid, iv., 67, p. 247; and 143, p. 249. Praecipitatur : this is a very appropriate verb, since in places near the Equator the sun sets much more rapidly than he does in our northern regions, and the twilight is consequently much shorter. But even though this is the case, still the light seems, to the impatient lovers, to depart slowly. 38. Adoperta vultum : another accusative of reference or limitation. Sec Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137. § Observe in the next line that pervhiit, the historical present, is joir.ed to the perfect ; as also, in line 45. fuyit and reliqui'. See note on Ney. Milt., iv., 16, at the end, 41. OblUa (from ohlino), 'smeared as to her frothing jaws,"— another accusative of reference, as in li- ? 38. 42. Depositura sitim, " for une purpose of quenching her thirst." See Syntax, sect, ix., 3 (c), with note X (d), P 148. 47. ^ine ipsa, " without (Thisbe) herself." 55. Jussi {ut) venires, " who requested you t como." See note, Nep, Alilt., i., 16. The more usual phrase would be jussi te verure. 59. Timidi est, " it is the part of a coward." See Syntax, sect. vii. 4 p. 142. ' ' 62. Accipe haustus, " receive the draughts of my blood;" "and (so) he plunged into his bowels the sword with which he was begirt." 65. //wmo .• we should rather expect A«mi. See Svntax, sect, vii., 13 and 14, p. 144. 66. Vitiato plumbo, "in consequence of the lead having given way." Such leaden or clay pipes were used by the ancients for conducting water. 69. Caedis is equal to sanguinis, as often. 72. Ne fallat depends on redit,—" mQ returns, so that she may not disappoint her lover," 74, Gestit narrare, " delights in the prospect of telling him." 75. m (though) isrespondedtobysi'c (yet),— 'and though she -^cognises the place, and the shape in the tree seen (i.e., which she lias seen before, or which sh- now examines), yet the colour of the fruit," &c. It was not the shape of the tree which made her doubtful, but the colour of the fruit. 80. Summum, "the surface of it is ruffled," 81, ^'jtos ainores, " her love,"— i.e., her lover, her flame. 8l\ Indignos : this adjective is often equal to immcritus, as here,— 25i NOTES ON OVID. "undeserving'." Slie li.i'l clone notliin^ to "merit" such affliction. § Flmyorc means tlie "beating" or "striking" of one's body in prie£.' § Clavo, "distinctly heard," "loud." 88. Jaccntes, "sinking," "exhausted," "drooping." 92. Ehur, " the ivory (scabbard)." 93. In unum hoc, " for this one act I too have a hand bold (enough)." 94. Hie refers to amor. 96. Qiiiquc, k<.,,. "and you, who could be torn from me, alas ! by death only, sliull not be able to be torn from me even by death." JS'cc s equal to tt (even) and non. 99. Observe the peculiar phrase, mcus iUiusque parentes, in which mens, a possessive pronoun in the nominative or vocative singular, is coupled to the genitive of a demonstrative pronoun, and applied to a plural noun: "0 much to be pitied parents, mine and his, do you nevertheless bo entreated for this, in the words of both of us, that you do not grudge those to be laid to rest in the same tomb whoir an abiding love united whom their last hour has united." 103. Duorum: supply co?-^ora,—" shall by-and-by cover the bodies of two." 10^-. Si(jna, &c., " retain the marks of death." § On aptos hicfibus see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, with note f, p. 140. § The conjunctions, que—et, are not usually so joined. 106. Mucrone, " the blade having been carefully placed to the lower part of h-r bosom, she fe'l on the sword, which was still warm from the (recent) wound." 110. Quodque roffis supcrcM, "and what remains o-i the funeral pile," —i.e., the ashes. The ashes were collected and placed in urns, which were carefully preserved. II.— THE FASTI. L— ROMULUS AND REMUS, LiNS 1. Silvia : one of the Silvian family. She was also called Rhea S:''lvia. She was one of the Vestal virgins, or priestesses of Vesta. § Cud- cstia semina, " a heavenly offspring," referring to the legend that Romulus nas tlie son of Mars. 2. Patruo, "her \mo\c,"—i.e., Araulius, who had driven his brother Nuraitor, father of Rhea Silvia, from the throne. 4:. Alfcr ex istis, " one of these two." 5. Rrcusantcs, "reluctantly." 7. Albula : the old name of the Tiber, which was afterwards changed, as we are here told. !). Fora : there were several forums in Rome ; such as the Forum Tiomcinunt,, Forum. Axi.rjxisH-, Fqvuw. Boariwni. Foviun Pip.f.ariu.in. k.".. 10. The Circus Maximus was the earliest and greatest of the arenas for ROMULUS AND REMUS. 25.5 games, races, boxing contests, shows of wild beasts, antl other exhibitions It was instituted by Tarquinius Priscus. 13. At : expressive of wonder and adniirntiou, like our " Ah, but " 16. Nescio quem, " I should suspect that you have co-iie deity or oth-r as your father, "-Mie idea oi father being suggested hy genus of line 15 boine editions read c robis. 18. In tarn, &c., " at so dangerous a crisis." 19. Opeci/crct. Rhea Silvia is said to have been thrown into the Tiber as a punishment for her broken vow, but to have been saved by Mars. ' 20. "Who in one and the same day was made a mother and was bereaved " 22. Stnu, "tlie fold of his garment" on the bosom, between the breast and the ana. 23. Observe that the penult • vagih-unt is short, as similar perfects often are m the poets. § Sensissc putares, " you would have supposed that they uiideiistood him." 24. Hi : the persons sent to throw the boys into the river. '15. cMveus : the '.oatshaped board or trunk of a tree (called tahcUa m next line) on wliieh the lads were placed. § Summa unda, "on the sur- face of the water." 30. Ficas: this hmoufi ficus Rviiinalis, planted to commemorate tlie rescue cf the two boy.s is said to have been destroyed when the city was burned in the reign of Nero, eight hundred years afterwards. 33. Nonnocuissc, "not to have injured them is a small matter- she helps tiiem even." 38. Nee prom issi, equal to et non promissi. 39. Lupcrcis, "for the Luperci,"-i.e., the priests who assisted in celebrating the rMpcrcalia, or festival of theLycean Pan, otherwise called Lupercus, tlie " Wol? averter." For a full account of the Lupercalia, see bmith s or liamsay's " Antiquities." II.— THE BUILDING OF ROME. LiNKl. Frater Numitoris,-i.e., Amulius : he was slain l.y Uumulus and Eemus, by whom also Nuraitor was restored to his throne. See note 2 of iireceding extract. 2. Gemino duce,—i.e., Romulus and Remus. 3. Com-enit utrique, " it is agreed upon bet,, ,ta the two." 6. Fides avium, "great is the trust to be put in msm-y,"— avium I'cing an objective genitive. See Syntax, sect, vii., 2, p. 141, 7. AS'ff.ra Palati, "the rocks of tiie thicket-clad Palatine."' 11. Amtro: the custom was, to mark the lino of the city wall by a fiirrow, a white cow and a white bull drawing the plough (see line 18) The other parts of the ceremony are described in the following lines,— the digging of the hole or mundus, into which were thrown olTerings of the first-fruits, and some earth from the former abodes of the new'settlors • the refilling of the hole, and the erection of an altar thereon, with the olTenng of sacrifice. 12. ^acra Palis,~i.c., the festival of the Palilia on the 21st April the day on «hich Rome is said to haw been founded. Pales was a fciuala 256 NOTES ON OVID. deity, guardian of flocks and of shepherds. § hide, " from tliat point or day," "in connection with that day or event, the work is set a-eointr " "put in motion." ^' 13. Ad aolidum—i.e., till they find a hard foundation or bottom. 15. "The trench is filled up with mould, and au altar is placed on it when full" (plenae). 16. I'\ingitur, " performs its duty." Thereafter the ploughing proceeds. 20. Ades is singular, applying to each deity separately. § Vesta is called " mother " merely as a term of respect. So ' ' father " and " mother " are often applied to the gods. 21. Pium, "dutiful." § Advertite, scil., animum,—" attend to my prayer." 22. Vobis auspicibus, "you being my patrons,"— i.e., under your aus- pices or favour. 24. Oriejis occiduusque dies,— i.e., east and west. 31. Neve is equal to et ne. 35. Rutro : a kind of spade or hoe. § Cckr is a proper name. ^%. Devorat. So we use the verb "gulp." 44. Invito, "from me unwilling," "against my will." 45._ Unxit. It was a very ancient custom to anoint the dead befoi-e burning. § Fecere, quod ilk, " Faustulus, and Acca (see Vocabulary), whose hair was dishevelled, as indicative of her grief [maestas), did tho same as he." § On Soluta comas see Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137. 47. Nondumfacti, "not yet called Quirites,"— a name which was given after the union with the Sabines. 48. Ultima, " as the last part of the duty {ultima), the fire was applie»»' Mien Roman me,,, l,„t it ^ d stkooM feSs ^1° °'""'™ """""h amo„, 2b. MiUeiida est, kc—larn-m, "i\t rl , 28. Esse super is' equal to C' J'" "'"""^ ^''"'^'^ '-«* be sent." — . ,«e//.n?,«., "you are opposing those who are braver " s modo, " by-and-by, 31. ^Ut raluces (see rcdua^ in Vocabulary), •' ^aay thev ': I'ost- relu rn. iOiUvt Sixth, VOCABULARY. NOTE. In the Vocabulary the quantity of first and middle syllables is indicated in all cases in which a doubt might arise ; and accordingly, as it has been deemed advisable to diminish the number of prosodial signs as much as possible, those Kyllables have rarely been marked which follow any one ot the four great rules, viz, : — 1. When a vowel stands before two consonants (or a double conson- i ant), it is counted long by position. 2. Diphthongs and contracted syllables are long. 3. One vowel before another is short. 4. Derivative and compound words follow the quantity of their primitives. In fi.nal syllables the following brief rules will act as a guide to the student : — 1. a final is short in declinable words, but long in others. 2. e and y final are short. 3. i and u final are long. 4. final is common,— i.e., either short or long. 5. The terminations as, es, and as are usually long. 6. The terminations is, us, and ys are usually short ; but us in tbe gen. sing, of the Fourth Declension is always long. 7. When a word ends in h, d, I, r, or t, the final syllable is gener- ally short. 8. When a word ends in c or n, the last .■syllable is generally long ; but words like carmSn have the en short. To the foregoing rules the learner will find many exceptions, but it ia hoped that few such have been left unmarked in the Vocabulary, VOCABULARY. o /oi'actlTe. abt ablatlvn. wc accus.itivo. "''>■ iiiljectivo. "(iv. lulvoib. "/■ confer (compare). cmnp conpiirative. "o"}- inctiim. cmijug. ... M.Jiigatioii. tl"t ,, Untivo. '' ^ict defective. rifP- deponent. /* foniiniiio. Z™? fi'Liiiieniativo. ADBREVIATI0N3. £"■" /w genitive. imiwat. .. imperative. iDilvr.i. hill cl. iiiti'rj. , impersonal indeclinable, interjection. masculine, neiitei- (witli staiitlvr;s). neuter (witliveilis) participle, passive. sub- part. . ;«"•/• i)erfeot, pi plunil. J'>'^P preposition. rrm. . . .for pronotin. scini-ricp. . . semi-deponent, "'"f singular. ■'"'"« substantive. »"/' supine. "'P-W superlative. 'yc syncope. "• verb. \ V. a [ ^'•■'''' ""^"ve or tranil ■■'1 'ivoof 1st conjug. 2 w. a .. i '"^''^^ active or transi- I tive of 2.1 conjuj<. y. )| /verb neuter, or iu- (. transitive. A. A, the first letter of the alpliabet. As an abbreviation, it stands for the proper name Aulus. a, a preposition, governing the ablative. (Sceab.) ab, a, or abs, prep, with aW.,y7-om, 6y ,■ at, on.in; (of tiine,)flr/7.r. Pliiascs: A tergo, in or on the rear; A de.xtra ripa, on or to (i.e., at) the right bank. A is written before consonants; ab, before vowels, h, and many consonants; abs is very rare, except in compounds. Ab occa- sionally becomes au in composition: as, aii/ero, aufugio; for ab/ero, &c. abdit-US, a, um, perf. part, of abdo, put away, hidden, concealed, secret. abd-0, Idi, Itum, ere, 3 v. a., to put away, hide, conceal: Abdere se in sllvas, to hide one's self by retiring into the woods, (ab. do.) ' abduC-0, (x)i, turn, 5rg, 3 v. a., to lead away, draw away, remove. (al) duco.) ' abeo, ablvi, or abti, abltum, abIrS, 4 v. n., to go away, depart; to pass, (of time.) (ab, eo.) abhorr-eo, ui, — , ei6, 2 v. n. and a., to shrink back from (with a feeling of fear) ; abhor; be averse to; to differ; be incon- sistent with, (ab, horreo.) abi-es, etis, f., thewMteJir; also, (poetic,) anything made of the tree,— e.g., navis, hasttu abjicio, abjeci,abjectum, abjtc-gre, 3 v. a., to throw away, fling down; throw aside; degrade ; give np. (ab, jacio.) ablat-us, a, um, perf part, of aufgro, curried off, borne away, ablii-o, i, (a)tum, gre, 3 V. a., to wash away or off, cleanse; io expiate, (ab, luo,) abrept-US, a, um, perf. part of abriplo, carried off'; torn away, &c. abrip-io, m, (rep)tum, ere, 3 v. a., to carry off; drag away by force ; squander. (ab, rapio.) abrog-O, avi, atum, nrg, l v. a., to re. peal (a law), abrogate, annul; break otf; _ deprive of (ab, rogo.) aOrUIUtlO. abvfini. nlirnrstiirr. «>,.„,„„ ere, 3 v. a., to break off; tear asunder t separate; burst, (ab, rumpo.) I.: I 302 VOCAnUI-ARY. # ahrupt-US, a, mn, pprf. part, of ab- ruiiipo, broicii off; burst; riven. aba, prep. (S( c ab.) absens, gen. abscntis, part, of absuiii, and adj., absent; distant, away from, absistO, ftbstiti, iibsist Ore, a v. n., lo stand off; retire; abandon; leave off\ de- sist from, (ab, idsfo.) abaolut-US, u um, pi-rf. part, of absolvo, freed from, acquitted; unrestrieled ; Jhnshed, complete. absolv-0, i, abbfjlut-um, absolv-Cre, o V. a., to loosen, or free from; ab- solve, acquit; complete, flnis/i off. (ub, siilvo.) abstill-eo, ni, (abstcntum,) Pre, 2 v. a. and n., lo hold off from, keep away, ab- stain, refrain, (abs, tcneo.) absum, abfui, (or afui,) .abcsse, v. ii. iiTej.;., to be away from, he absent; be distant; to be wanting, as in the phrase, raultim ubest quin, it wants little of; Ncqno nbest siisi)ieio (piin, )ior is there, n-antimj a tuspicion but that, i^-c.,— i.e., there is a (strong) suspicion that, &c. (ab, sum.) &,C, cow]., and, and also; aye more; than; as. (See atqiie.) Acc-a, ae, f., (Liuuentia, or Larenthi,) Acca, wife of Faustulus and nurse of K'diiiuhis and Itenius. acced-0, accessi, acccssiiin, acced-ero, 3 V. n., to I/O or come near to, advance, approach; reach; attach; to be added to. (cui, cfdo.) accend-0, J, accensuin, H' oend-ere, 3 V. a., to kindle, light up ; injlame, in- cite. (Hoot can-, as in canus, tandeo, candidus, &c.) aCCens-US, a, um, pcrf. part, of accendo, setonjire; injlamed, Ac. a''''ftpt-U3, a, um, perf. part, of nccipio, received; agreeable; beloved, favour He. aCCid-0, i, — , Cre, 3 V. n., to fall to ; reach; happen, (used impersonally, it happens, ^tc.) (ad, cado.) aCCld-0, i, accisum, accld-ere, 3 v. a., to cut at, (i.e., cut almost through ;) cut down; damage, teeaken. (ad, caedo.) aCCinct-US, a, um, pert. part, of uccingo, begirt, equipped, prepared. accing-O, accinxi, accinctuni, ncciuR- 6re, 3 v. a., (often intrans.,) to gird on, gird one's self, begird ; arm, prepare. (ad, cingo.) accipio, a^cC'pi, aereptum, acelp-Cre, 8 V. n., lo take to one's self; receive, ac- cept; agree to; hear; undertake, (ail, CMpio.) accliv-is, is, e, or us, a, um, sloping, inclined; steep, (nA, divua, a slope.) acCUl'ate, adv., from accuratus, care- fully, accurately ; strictly. accuratius, adv., eomp. of accurate, >n«re carefully, in a more stmtied man- ner; more strictly, precisely, or de- cidedly. aCCUrat-US, a, nm, jierf. part, of accuro, carefully prepared, exact; elaborate. aCCUrr-0, l, (seldom accucurri,) accur- snm, accurr-Rrc, 3 v. n., to run to, hasten to, run up. (ad, curro.) aCCUS-0, avi, Titum, iirc, 1 v. a., to laij blame on one, to blame; to accuse, indict. (ad, causa.) acer, (or acri.s,) acrls, acre, sJiarp, pointed, piercing; keen, active; passion- ate; bold, brave, zealous ; acute, saga- cious: adv. acrilur; comp. acrius; sujicrl. accrrime. (lii otae-, asfn acus, acuo, acies, ressive; troublesome ; sad. (Hoot ac-, as in acer. Hut note the ditTerence of quantity.) acerrime, adv., 7nost bitterly, keenly, Ac. (See acriter an-te); acuteness (of intellect); cunning, fraud. (,acuu.) VOCAIUJLAUY. licii-O, I, (n)tum, ('ro, rj v. a., to make jioinlcil, lo s/uiipeii,ivhct; excite; cter- cLie. (iicus. Koot !ic-. Suo iicics.) S,C-US, ns, f., a sharp })cint; a needle; hiiir-piti, itc. (Uoot IK"-. See lU'ics.) acut-US, II, \im, poiiifeil, sharp; screre; ani/e, sajacium. d'crt'. imrt. of ac- 110.) ad, imp. witliacp., to, toiraril.% atjaiiis!; at, near, by; about (i.e., i.p to, wiili iimiierals); in reference to, uithreijanl to: U(l hoc, or ud liucc, besides, nion- orer. In conipounds, tlic A of ml \\\- mains boforu vowuls, ami before b, d, li, j, in, v,-as, udilico, Ac; but it is assimilated before c, f, g, 1, n, j), r, », t, —as, .iccipio, uttero, .tc. i daetlU-O, avi, .^ium, aie, 1 v. a., to make c'/iKd to, put on an etpialiti/; to eipiid, /,\ep up wUh; level, (ad; aequo, fioni aeriuuf.) I dc-. For words beginning so, see aee. 6 dd-0, Idi, It mil, ere, r, v. n., to yice in addition, put to, add ; impart to ; to sai/ more, (ad, do.) a Iduc-O, (x)i, turn, ore, 3 v. a., to lead to, w forward; brine/ foruard; incite, induce, persuade, (ad, diieo.) aderapt-US, a, nm, perf. part, of adiino, taken away, deprived. &d-eO, Ivi, or 11, Ituin, ire, 4 v. n., to go to, approach; apply to; address; at- tack; undertake, (ad, eo.) adeo, adv., to that (point); so fctr ; so lonij; to such a degree; to this end, or purpose ; moreover; Just, (ud, and part of is, ca, id, eitlier eoin, or cod = id, old form of nocus.) adept-US, a, um, perf. part, of adipisccr, olilained, (j((iued. adequit-0, avi, atnm, are, 1 v. n., to riite towards, ride up; to; to compare, (ae- quus.) aequor, aequOr-is, n,, an even surface, plain; the sea. (aequus.) aequ-ura, i, n., that which is equal, ox- Just; fairness, equality; Justice: ¥x iic(iuo, on an equality, equally. aequ-iis, a, um, level, fiat; equal; favout\.ble, advantageous: Aequus locus, advantageous position; Aequus animus, a contented, composed, or easy mind. aer, aSr-ls, m., the air; (i.e., the lower atmosphere as opposed to the upper, or aetlier,) cloud; mist: ace, (aerem, and) Greek form, aera. Also a neuter plurul, aera. (arjp.) aerari-um, i, n., a treasury; the public purse; exchequer, (aes.) aeri-U8, a, um, belonging to the air; airy; rising high into the air, as Acriae Alpes, the ''soaring Alps." (aer.) aes, aer-is, n., cop/'.'r; bronze: hence anything made of copper or bronze; as, money, armour, statues, ifec. aestas, aestat-is, f., summer; heat; a year. (Said to be of same stem us us- tus, from uro.) aestimati-0, oiiis, f., valuation; value, worth; esteem, (aestimo.) aestim-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a,, to value, estimate, reckon, (aes.) aestii-O, hvi, atum, are, I v. n., to boil; rage; be hot, inflamed; (of the sea,) to rise in billows, to ''churn." (ucs- t!13.) " aest-iis, fls, m., heat; boiling; commo- tion ; the tide, su, i,e, or surf (of the seiu) (Same stem as aestas.) aetas, actat-ls, f., time of life, age; life (Kcnerally); an age, (or fixed period of time ;) time. (Contracted for aevitas. from uevum.) Gen. pi. -ium, or -um. aetern-us, a, um, lasting for an age: hence, everlasting, eternal. (Contracted for aeviternus.) aether, aethCr-ls, m., the upper air, (see aer;) heaven; air, (alOrjpt) Aethlops, Actlit5p-is, m., an Ethiopian. Aethon, AethOn-ls, ni., Ae/hon, (the Glowing One,) the name of one of tho horses of the Sun. Aetn-e, es, or Aetn-a, ae, f., Mount Aetna, In Sicily. aev-um, i, n., a period of time; age, time if life; a generation; time (gener- ally.) _ affabil-is, 1% e, that may be spoken to, affable; courteous. Corap. alfabilior: superl. wanting, or at least very rare. (at1;iri.) aifect-0, avi, atum, fire, 1 v. freq., to strive after, aim at, aspire to ; to try to win over, (as, e.g., states.) (afflcio.) aflfect-US, a, um, perf. part, of afflcio, aff ried, influenced (by external causes); furnished with, circumstanced; dis- posed, inclined; attacked; weakened. aiFerO, attnii, aliatum, affurre, v. a. irreg., to bring or carry to; to cause, produce; report, tell, (ad, fero.) afficio, affeci, affectum, aff le-ere, 3. v. a., to do (something) to; to affect, influence. It very often occurs witli ablatives: as, AlflcBre poena, to punish; Affleere malo, to visit with misfortune, (ad. facio.) aflfinitas, affTnltat-is, f., nearness (of residence) ; relationship, kindred, (af- tlnls, from ad, fini-i.) affirm-O, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a., to make firm or steady; to assert, allege, (ad, flrmo.) afflict-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. freq., to dash against; toss about; harass, (affligo.l afillgO, afflixi, iiflictum, afflig-Bi'e, to dash against; strike down; weaken; vex, afflict, (ad, fligo.) (aifor,) atratus, affarl, l v. dep., to speak to, address; pray to. The first singu- lar present is not used, (ad, for.) aifore and affOrem, the pres. inf. and impert; sub.1. of an old verb, wliich occurs only in tliese two part.4. toru % H ^ i r:^^. 0- /-.'■ tm -^^ 206 VOCAIUH.AUV. I« equal to futunim esse, ami forrm to I'.sMMii ; to b,'. j>n'sciit, to be tit haiiil. (Si'o mlsuiii.) AfrT^-S, lie, I'. Africa. Afvlc-iis, «, inn, African. Also, iiscil us :i siih^t., the miitt/t ici.il iciiul. Jtger, ai,'fi. 111., tt Jlcid; country; the coiinlrii, (as opiwiscd to tlio town.) oi tlic .sanii! stem is Kii-llsli acre. agger, a^jjei-is, m., a monml (of ciuili, lUo.) ; a ranithtrt; a (li(.c; u lui'e, u /u;n>. (ail, ffcri),) aggvedior,fiK[,'rfssuM, npfjiOl-i, 3 v.dcp., tu icalk totraiils, (i/j/noac/i; to ad't/css ; to attack; to make ai/caiiccs to; to at- tempt, or l>C(jiii. (ml, KiAdior.) aggreg-0, rivi, ntnm, mv, 1 v. m., to adt totliejiock; join to, a,, '; collect toijeHier, a.wmljle; attach to, (mi!, kiO^^o, iVoni Kvcx.) aggresS-US, n, nm, poif. imt. of Mi;- rrcdior, /lariiii/ atleiii/ileil, ,^r. agitat-US, n, um, puif. iMi't. of ii^jito, (Iriren, distiirkJ, etc. aglt-0, fivi, utuni, riro, 1 v. frcq., to more frequciillii or vic/oroiisli/; to (njitale, 7-oiiM', disturb; ilrirc; ttecisc; (Hh-iiai; to doanijthiiKjrcijularly: lionco, Aj;itarc vitaiii, to .ipe)),l one's life, (api.) agmen, af4iinii-!'s, n., ani/t/iimj (iriren; a band; a /lerd; an arniii (in line of ninrcli); an armii, or company. (iiii:i>i a.niimii, from aijo.) agn, uyi actum, a^^-crf, :! v. a., to do, act; to drive, lead; to treat villi: Akciu liai'cm, to enjoy peace: Ai,a're otiuiii, to have leisnre: Af,'cro giatitis, to give tlianks: Aguro actatuin, to sp.nd one's life: 1(1 agitiir, Hiis is intended, nv dis- cnssed: Tua res aj;itur, your inlirest is at .ilake. agrest-is, is, e, belonaimj to III.' couuiry, rural, rustic; boori.^h, rude; wiid, sav- age: as siibst., a man from the couiiti y, a rustic, (agcr.) agricol-a, ae, m., a husbandman, farmer, a(jricnlturist. (a^cr, coin.) agricultur-a, ac, f., atjricultnre, hu-s- J'andry, farming, (agcr, colo.) aio, 01' aio, V. defect., (for forms us^d SCO tlie (irainmar.) to say y<3, assent to; to say: Aiunt, or lU aiuiit, as thru say, as the saying is : Ain', or aisue, do you say so ? is it pos: itiiiii (inKl altuui), t'li', ■'! v. a., tonourkh, feed, support ; eherish; 2>ro- mote. Alp-CS, ium, f., the Alps. Siiinctiuics in !; to jiairs,— as, u-ter, neuter; in KiiKlisli, ei-tlier, neither, whe-thcr, and many others; and in Greek, tto- Tfpos, fiev-Ttf ^■:. altitude, ultitadln-is, I, height; depth. uUlus.) ait-US, a, um, hiijh, tall, lofty; shrill, loud; deep, profound, (alo,) alumn-US, a, nm, noiiri.disd^ nared: usually a sub.st., a person nursed, a /oKlcr-ehilil. (a'u.) alve-US, i, m., any cavity; anything hol- loiredout, sueli as a boat, tub, hold of a ship, &c. ; (he chiinnel ir bed of a rieer. (alvus.) alv-US, i, f., the b^Uij, pauneh. am-, an Inseparable parllile, nieatiini{ on biith sii/es, (tl)ont. ambac-tus, i, m., a va.isal, retainer. Said to be a (idtllic word, ,\inbarr-i, orum, m., the Andmrri, a, (iailic tribe, bordering on, and kindred to, the .Vedu anibig'-O, inf. ambtff-i're, (pirf. and sup. wanting,) 'po. :; re- fuge; hope. (Thestem isanc-or aug-, wliicli is found in Greek, aiul nu'ani! bent or crookid.) Andocid-es, is, (or -i,) m., Amlocir- .10 of tile ten Attic orators. He flourished in tlie later years of the rdoponnesian war- -i.e., abi)ut u.c. 4-.'0, downwards. angu-is, is, m. or f., a snake, serpent; the constellation Draco; also. The Ser- pent Abl. angue, or angui. (IVu' stem, see ancora.) angiil-US, i, m., an an-gle, corner; nook; baij. (See ancora foi- stem.) angUSt-e, adv., narrowly; sparingly. (■ingustus.) angusti-ae, arum, f. pl„ •'sing, rare,) a narrow place, a strait, defile; dijiculties. (angustus.) angUStiuS, adv, more narroirly ; more sparingly, itc. (ariU'ste, of wliich it is tlie conipar.) angust-US, a, um, narrow, confined, strait; dijJlcuU; critical: dangcrou.t. (an go, to press tightly.) anhelit-US, us, m., panting, difficulty of breathing, (unhclo, to pant.) anim-a., ae, f., a breeze, breath; toind, the air ; life, spirit, soul, (Stem an-' as In oLV-ifxcj.) animadvert-0, i, (s)um, Cre, 3 v. a., to turn one's mind to- perceive; consider; aUend to ; punish, (.animus, adverto.) animal, aninml-is, n., a living creature, an animal, (anima.) Abl. animal; • nom. p). in -ia; ftnd gen. -ium. animoS-US, a, nm, full of breath or wind; blowing violently, stormy; full of life, mettlesome, (anima.) animoS-US, a, vm, full of courage, bold, spirited; proud; eager; passionate. (animus.) anim-US, i, m., the soul, spirit, mind; passion ; courage. (See anima for stem.) annal-is, 's, e, of or belonging to a year, annual, as subst., (in pi. usually,) an- nals 01 chronicles; a journal, (anmis.) annon-a, ae, f, n year's produce; food; grain; the price of grain- provisions. (anr.u.s.) annotin-US, a, um, belonging to last year, last year's. In "Caesar" it oc- curs with uavibus, (E. G., v., 8,) wlure some intei-pret, "the ships used tlie year previous;" and otliers, "tl>ei«o- vLiion ships." See annona. (j'ormed frori annus, like diutinus, from diu.) a,nn-US, i. m., a year, season. (Stem an-, a circle, as in annuUis, a ring.) annu-US, a, um, lasting for a year; anmicd. (annus.) anser, anser-is, ni. or f., a goose, ((ik. Xnv; Engl, gan-der.) ante, prep, witli ace, a.;d adv., in front of, before: as adv., before, previous to: Ante —qnum, sooner than ; before that. (Gk, Ctl'Tl.) an tea. adv., before (this), formerly. (Antcfi is for ante eani (rem), as in the plmise.Non mc'ainterest,forineam rem.) anteced-0, a.:tecess-i, antecess-um, anteced-gre, 3 v. n. and a., to go before, prccejle; excel, surpass, (ante, cedo.) antefer-0, antetai-i, anteiru-um, ante- fcrre, 3 v. a., to carry before; put he- fore, prefer . anticipate, (ante, fero.) antepon-0, ante|)6su-i, antepOsTt-uni, antepon-cre, H v. a., to set b^ore, pre- fer, (ante, pono.) Antioch-US, i, m., Antiochus ([II.), a king of Syria (from u.c. 2i';5 to 1S7) witli whom !lunnil)al took refuge. (.St e Xcp. Han,, chaps, ii., vii,. viil., i,x.) VOCABULARY. 269 antiquitas, antiqaltfit-is, f., nntiqiii/;/, old standing, anckntness. (antiquus.) antiquitiis, adv., anciently, of old. (antiquus.) antiqu-US, a, wm, former; old, ancient: hence, simple, honest, innocent, (ante.) antr-um, i, n., (a poetic word,) a cave, cavern; hollow. (avTpov.) A6ni-US, a, um, Aonian, (i.e., Boeotian); belonRiug to the Muses. Apennin-US, i, m., the Apennine range of mountains. (From Celtic pen-, a hill.) S,per, apr-i, m., a wild boar. aper-io, ui, turn, ire, 4 v. a., to uncover, open, reveal, disclose. (Said to be con- nected with pario, to produce, bring to light.) aperte, adv., openly, plainly, (apertus.) apert-US, a, um, perf. part, of aperio, and adj., uncovered, open; unobstructed; clear, evident. apiscor, aptu.s, apisci, 3 v. dep., to aim at, reach after; gain, procure. Tlie compound, adipiscor, (wlilch see,) is more usual. Apollo, ApoIlTn-is, m., Apollo, son of Jupiter and Latona, god of the sun, of prophecy, poetry, music, medicine, north co.istof theislundof luiboca; . '^o a promontoi y tliere. Tlie Grecian (lee: defcited the Persians at it hi B.C. <18;. articiil-US, i, m., (diminutive of aiui- i a little Joint ; a joint; knot; knuckle; (of time,) (( puiiif, nh'nicut ; a cri.-^is, ni'k if lime, (ai lii.<.,. VOCABULAliY. 271 urtifex, iuUllc-is, ni., anartUl^artifiar; an author, inrcnUir, contiiver. It is oiiiiohtid to opifL'x, vlikh iiiuiiiis one enijaijed in a Uiscr occujiution. (ars, fiieid.) artil"ici-um, i, n., a profession, trade; art, skill, uvrkinunship. (artil'ex.) art-US, u, mil, (or arct-us, u, urn,) ju'essed tO'jct/wr; lUjlU; narrow, close, confined. (I'cif. iwrt. of aicco.) art-US, uiiiii, in. )il., a Joint; the Uinhs, members; the bodij: dat. and abl. ai- tubus, rarely artibus. (l{oot ur-, as in ais, anna, itc.) arv-um, i, n., a fuUl (iirablc;) tilled land, (aro.) arx, arc-is, f., « slron(j>iold, castle, tower, citadel; bulwark, defence. aSCend-0, i, ascens-mn, ascend-cre, u V. 11., to climb vp, iiiount, ascend, (ad, scaiidu.) aSCens-U3, fis, m., a clindiimj rip, asctnt; a jilace for uscendimj; an ascent, slope. (ascondo.) ascisc-0, aSL-ivi, uscTtiiin, uscisc-ere, o V. a., to cote for, aj>/)rore; to adopt ; associate; assume, (ud, scisco.) Asi-a, ac, l'., Asia. aspect-US, us, in., a looking at; vieu\ aspect, apiharance. (asiiicio ) asper, asjiur-a, uiii, roiiij/i ; unecen ; harsh, stern. asperg-0, asjicis i, asiicrs-um, aspcrj;- C'l e, iJ V. a., to scatter uj)on, licsprinkle, t'cstreio. (ad, sparKo.) aspic-io, aspL'x-i, aspi'ft-uiii, asiiic-erc, y V. a., to look at, behold, perceive; con- sider, (ud, and old i'onu spocio, usud only in comiiouiuls.) aSSens-US, tis, m., assent, approval; aechdin. (assciitiur.) aSsidu-US, a, uni, in constant attend- ance; Continual, unremUtinij, diliijent. (assiduo, to sit beside.^ assist-0, astiti, assist-CM'c, o v. ii., to stand by or near; attend, be present: lu;iK'o, d(ifend, aisisl. (ad, sisto.) assuefac-io, assiu'tOc-l, a.'isiu'tact-um, assueiiic-Cre, 3 v. a, to accustom, inake .t'aniiliar. (as.suesco, facio.) assuesC-0, assuOv-i, u-ssuOt-um, nssnrse- viri;, '6 v. n., to be accustomed to, .o u; wont: (usatraiisitivcverb,) to accustom, habiUuile. (ad, t;aC.^co.) assuet-US, a, mn, pcrf, yiiit. of assue.sv.i', (Kcuilonad i>, wonlr'i. Ui^iial. asSUin, aftiii, adissi!, v. n. iriug , ( be near, j>resent; to stand by (tor iiei,), assist ; to apjiear. (ad, sum.) asto, astiti, ast-fuL', 1 v. ii., to stand iuar, beat hand; assist; defend, (ad, sto.) Astrae-a, ae, f., Astraea, goddess ofjiis- tice. astrict-US, a, mn, perf. part, of astringo, drawn tiijht; boanil up, fastened toijtt/ief; licncu, narrow, close. astring-0,astrinx-i,astrict-um, astring- crc, y V. a., to draw toyetlier, tiijlilor, hind together, (ad, strin^o.) astl'-um, i, n., a constellation, a star; hiacen (e^l)(;cially in pi.) (ao-r/joi'.) astu, or asty, iiulecl. ii., (ao-™,) a city, especially, the city,— \u., Atliens. asty. See astu. at, eoiij., but; but yet; hut, on the con- trary; at least. ater, ati-a, atVum, l/ac/', dat'-; gloomy, sad; unfortunate. (Niner also meaub black, but nut so inteii.su— lath jr, dusky.) Athen-ae, fn'im, f. iil., Athens. Atheniens-is, is, n , Athenian. (A- tlieiiae.) Ath-OS, or At ho, m., i,;on., dat., and abl. Atlio, aec. Allio, or Atlion, Mount Athos, in Macedonia, now called Monte Santo, or Ha«ion Ores. Atlioneni, Atlione, ite., also used. Atlas, /"iiit-is, m., (1) a mountain range in the north of Afiiea; ('Jj a king of Mauretania; (3) « giant. atC^Ue, or 'le, coi)i., ail; ar, d farther ; and besides; ay, more: in comparisons, us; will), contra, alius, ' ud such words, tlnin. (ad, (jiie.) iitrebaS, Atreliat-i.'i, ni., an .itrebatian, one lit the tril.e Atri-1'.r'es. Atrebat-es, Cr Ativ jati,) um, m., the Atrebates, a IJcIk'- tribe between the ijoinine ami llie Selx;' .£. Their cap! Lid V s Neiiietoi'. i;ii;!, now Aira,s. atri-um, i, ,<■ .^ I'-oU, court: Jieprinci- ^•at S( i>on in a Jioniun house Atri-US, I, in., Alrias (Quiutu.s;, one of Cae.sar'.s ollh'ers, atrOX, atroc-ih, ..lij., savage, heartless, cn'el ; fierce, bloody, a or ii. attend-O, i. attent-mn, attendCre, 3 V. a., to stretch towards; direct the hiiiid It ; girt lued to, attend, comide:'. fad, tihiiM) -s^P*-"*-- t 272 VOCABULARY. Attic-a, nc, f., Attica, one of tlie divi- uioiis of Greece. Attic-US, i, 111., Attkus, a surname given to Titus I'omponius, from Ids long re- sidenca in Alliens, and liis Attic cul- ture, lie was born in « c. 109. lie was the intimate friend of Cicero, "^ Caesar, Pompoy, Augustus, and An- tony, and almost every famous man of those days. Attic-U8, a, um, Attic, Athenian. attingO, attig-i, att;ict-um, atting-fre, 3 V. a., to touch upon; touch, handle; reach to, border on ; airioe at. (ad, tango.) attoll-0, Cre, (attuli,) 3 v. a. irreg., to lift lip, raise, elevate, (ad, tollo.) attribu-0, i, (u)tum, ere, 3 V. a., to as- sign to, apportion; join to, add; bestow; attribute, impute to. (ad, tribus.) aUCtor, auctor-is, m. or f., properly, one who increases: hence, one'icho forms into sfiape, a creator, maker ; founder ; fa- ther; author, originator; authority {tor information), informant, (augeo.) auctoritas, auctoritat-is, f.; opinion, iudgnient; decision; command; power, influence, authority, (auctor.) auCtamn-US, i, m., (or autumnus,) the time of increase,— i.ti., the harvest time, autumn, (auctus, from augeo.) audaci-a, ac, f., boUlne- daring, cour- age, valour; foolhai (audax.) audacissime, adv., •i,daringly, ] i&c. : supcrl. adv. |j audacius, a.lv., mou y, daringly, (' (fee: coinp. adv.' (audax.) audacter, adv., hoklbi, kc. (audax.) audax, gen. audac-is, adj., bold, daring, courageous; spirited; presumptuous, foolhardy, (audeo.) audeo, ausus, aud-ere, 2 v. n., to dare, venture. aud-io, ivi, itum. Ire, 4 v. a., to hear; understand; listen to: obey; grant (a prayer). aufero, abstuli, ablatum, auferre, o v, x ] ivriig., to carry off', take away, (ab, fero.) aug-eo, aux-i, auct-uni, a.ig-ere, 2 v. a., I, to increase, augment; enrich; honour. Intrans., to grow, become large. auguri-um, i, n., augury, dioina/ion; a sign, omen, (augur.) In pi. tliorr k , is a hetcroclite form, augura, aur-a, ae, f., a breath of air, breeze, wind; tfie region of air; the breath ofli'c Aureli-US, i, m., Aurc hs, a Roman name. L. Auielius Cotta was consul ill the time of Hannibal. aure-US, a, \\m,madeofgold; glittering- splendid. (aur'Mii.) aurig-a, ae, m. or f.. a driver, charioteer. (aurea, a bridle; and ago, to manage.) aur-is, is, f., an ear; (more frequently ill pi.) a pair of ears. Auror-a, ae, f., Aurora, wife of Tithon- us; the morning, the dawn; the east. aur-um, i, n., gold. Aurunculei-US, i, m., a Roman name L. Aurunculeius Cotta was one of Cae- sar's lieutenant-generals. auspex, ausi)Tc-is, m. or f., literally, a bird-seer; an augur, soothsayer; alsi>, the bird seen ; a leader, patron, founder. (avis and specio. See aspicio.) austral-is, is, e, southern, (auster.) aus-um, i, n., a daring deed; an attempt, undertaking, (audeo.) auS-US, a, um, perf. part, of audeo, hav- ing attempted, Ac. aut, conj., or: aut— aut, either— or. autein, conj., again; on the other hand; but; however. Autem never stands a.s the first word of a clause. auxiliar-is, is, e, helping, auxiliary. auxili-or, atus, arl, 1 v. dop. (with dat.), to assist, help, aid. (auxilium.) auxili-um, i, n., literally, increase (to one's means); help, assistance, (augeo.) avariti-a) ae, f., greediness, avarice, covetousness. (avarus.) avar-US, a, um, greedy, desiroiis, eager, covetous, (aveo.) Aventlll-US, l, m., Uourit Aventine, one of the seven hills of Home. Aventxims, a, um, belonging to Mount Aventine. avers-US, a, um, turned away ; with the back toward (one) ; perf. part' of averto. avert-0, i, avers-um, avert-Cro, 3 v. a., to turn away, or aside; to turn bwk foremost. avid-US, a, um, desirous, greedy, eager. (aveo, to desire.) av-is, is, f., a bird, abl, avc, or avi. avi-US, a, iim, out of the way, (racklesi ; lonely, (a, via.) avuncul-US, i, m., an uncle (by the mother's side), (avua.) aV-ViS, i, m., a, grandfather. ax-is, is, m., an axle; a chariot; the axis of the earth, (he world, hcaccn. VOCABULAUY. i{7y B. Babyl6ni-US, a, um, Ihibuhinian^—ti.K., the lCui)liiate3. Baebi-US, i, in., Daehius, ii Iluiniin nama. (See Nep. Ilann., eli. ;;iii.) Bagae-US, i, m., nnr/aeu.t, sont by I'liar- iiabiizus (his half-brotlicr) to kill Al- cibhides. (Nop. Ale, x.) balaen-a, pe, f., « whale. barb-a, ae, f., a beard, (of man, or of the lower animals.) barbar-US, a, um, o/ strange .tpcech ; foreign, outlandUli, strange; rude, un- civilized; savage: ps subst., a foreigner. beat-US, a, um, (part, of buo, to bless, and adj.,) blensed; happy, fortunate; toealthy. Belg-a, ae, m^, a Belgian. Usually in pi., Belg-ae, arum, m., the Belgians. Belgi-um, :, n., a part of Gallia Belgica, on c'itlier side of the Somme. Also liclgium. bellic6s-US, a, um, literally, "/«« of war,"— i.Q., fond of war, warlike, brave. (bellicus.) bellic-US, a, um, belonging to war, mili- tary, icarlike. (bellum.) bell-0, fivi, ntuni, are, 1 v. ii., to make war,carry-vn-u-ar, to fight, (bellum.) bell-um, i, n., war. (The old form is duellum, from duo. bene, adv., well, rightly; nobly; pleasantly, ifcc. (bonus,— i.e., benus.) Comp. melius, super), optime. beuef ici-um, i, n., a good deed, a kind jervice; benefit, kindness, (beue(icus) benev61enti-a, ae, f., good diymsHion towards (one); kindness, friendship, favour, (bene, volens.) bi-, (found only in com])(niiul words,) Jwo. The old form was dui-. bib-0, i, fitum,) ere 3 r. a., to drink, guaff; absorb, suck up. Bibract-e, is, n., Bibracte (afterwards Augu,stoduniini, now Autun), tlie capi- tal of the Aodui. Bibroc-i, drum, m. 1)1., the Bibroci, a people of liritain, inluibiting part of ^thu modern lierkshire. biceps, bicipit-is, adj., having two heails, jk'aks, or summit.'!, (bi, caput.) bidu-um, i, n., a space of two days; a march of two days, (bidu-us, a, um, from bi, dies,) (i;i.-.i n., a period of two years 18 bienni-um, i (bi, annus.) bifor-is, is, e, (also us, a, nm,) with fold- ing doors; double-valved. (bi, (oris, a door.) bin-i, ae, a, distrib. numeral, two each (time, individual, &c.)\ two a-piece; two by two; a pair. Sometimes u.sed as a cardinal number, two, (bi-.) bipartite, adv., in two divisions; in two wa-is; in two directions, (bipartitns, part, of bipartio, (o divide into two; from bi, pars.) bis, num. adv., tirice; in two wiys. (Oid form, duis, or divis. Engl, twice.) Bisanth-e, es, f., Bisanthc, a town of Thrace, on the I'ropontis, (Sea of Mar- mora.) Bithyni-a, ae, f , Bithyniu, a district of Asia Minor, now called Anadoli. Bithyn-ii {or \), orum, m., the Bithy- nians, or inliabitants of 15ithy;iia. Bithyn-ius (or us), a, um, Bithyiiiati. Biturig-es, uu), m., the Bituriges, a Cel- tic tiibe, near the Loire. Their cajjital was Avarieum, now 15ourges. blandi-or, itus, iri, 4 v. dep., to make one's self agreeable; to /latter, coax, ca- jole (blandus.) blauditi-a, ae, f., a caressing, fondling; flattery. 5fore commonly found In tiie d1., blanditiae. (blandus.) bland-US, a, um, of smooth address; agreeable; flattering; caressing. Blitho (Sulpicius), Blitho, who wrote an account of Hannibal's exploits. No- thing farther is known of him. Boe5ti-a, ae, f., Bocotia, u district of (jreece. Boeoti-US, a, um, Boeotian, in pi. m., the Boeotians. Boi-i, orum, m., the Boii, u Gallic tribe. ^(See Caes. R G., i., 5.) bonitas, bonltat-is, t, goodness (u.q\\qv- ally); goodness of heart, uprightness; benevolence, (bonus.) bon-ura, i, n., a good (tiling), u blessing: goods, property, wealth,— hi this sense usiially pi. (bonus.) b5n-US, a, um. good (in Us most seneral sense); virtuous; noble ; upright; beau- t{ful; skilled; brace; generous; //.■>,- ourable; lar^e : Bona pars, a largt E 1 e I. & /« j: 274 VOCABIILAHY. part, as we say, 'M gnod part." C-iiiip, iiu'llor, superl. optinius. Bo6t-es, ae, in., tlic constellation /loiites, or the Ox-driver. Bore-as, uf, m,, Boreas, the north wind; the nortlu Born-i, Onim, m., Bonn, a fortress in tlie Chersonese. bos, b5v-i8, m. or f., a Indl, or, or cow. Gen. pi. is boiini (contracted for bov- gruni); diit. and abl., bobus or babus, (for bOvIbus), (iSoO?.) brachi-um, i, n., the arm, (properly, the arm from tlie elbow to tlie hand— lacertus denoting the arm from the elbow to the shoulder ;) also, (gener- ally,) the uhole arm, (from the lingers to the slioulder.) (ppaxioiv ) brev-is, is, e, sliort; small; narrow; brief: abl., brevl, in a short tlme^ tempore being supplied. Britann-i, Orum, m. pi., the Britons. Britanni-a, ae, f , Britain. Britann-U3, a, um, British. Also, an adj., IJritannic-ns, a, um. brum-a, ae, f., the shortest day ; theuin ter solstice: hence, winter. (Con- tracted for brevima,— i.e., brevissima.) buccin-a, ae, f., a crooked horn, or trumpet; a trumpet. (bucca, the cheek.) blist-um, i, n., a jdact for burning (tiio dead); a funeral pyre; a tomb; 'monu- ment, (buro,— i.e., uro. See conibiuo.) bxiX-llS, i, f., the box-tree; box-wood. (trv^os.) Virgil uses buxuni, n. Byzanti-um, i, n., Byzantium, afdr- wards Constantinople, now Stauiboul. 0. C. This letter, as part of a proper name, stands for Cuius, (Gains.) Cabur-US, i, m., Cabums, one of the cliief men of the Allobrogcs. Cacamen, cacumln-is, 11., a top, peak, sumrnit. (Etymology doubtful.) cadaver, cadavCr-is, n., a dead body, a corpse; carcass. Cad-0, Ci1cld-i, cas-um, ciid-ere, 3 v. n., to jxll, fall down, or away from; to set, (as the sun, moon, ttc. ;) to die; be killed. Caduce-um, i, n., or caduce-us, i, m,, a herald's uand, or staf, (it was car- ried by heralds suing for peace, like our "flag of truce;") the wand of Mer- cury. It is properly an adj., sceptrum, or scipio, (staff,) being understood. (Said to be same as Kr)pvK£i.of, the Greek p being changed into d, as auris. audio, — which see.) Caec-US, a, um, blind, (wliether said of tlie ejes, of the mind, or of tlie moral sense.,. Sometimes it is Ubcd in a pas- sive tense, that cannot be seen: hence, invisible, dark, hidden; doubtful; danger- ous. Caed-es, is, f., a cutting; killing, slaugh- ter; murder. The gen. pi. in -iuin, but sometimes in -um, (caedo.) Caed-0, cecid-l, caesum, caed-ere, 3 v. a., to cause to fall; to cut down; kill, slay; murder; beat, cudgel. (Coinu.'ct(;d wil h cwlo, as, in Knglish, "fall" with "lell."') Caelat-US, a, uin, engraven, &c. I'eif. part, of caelo. caeles, caelit-is, or coeles, heavenly. Caelest-is, is, e. See coelestis. Cael-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to engrave (in relief) ; to carve, sculpture ; chase, emboss; embroider; weave. (Caelum, a graver's chisel; whicli is connected with caedo, to cut, as sella is with sedeo.V cael-um, l, n., heaven. See coelum. caerimoni-a, ae, f., (spelled also ceri- monia,) « religious ceremony; worship; awe; veneration. (Said to be connected with cura; but the etymology is doubtful.) Ca^rule-US, a, um, sky-coloured; dark blue; azure; dark; gloomy. (Froiii caelum, tlie sky, the r and 1 being ia- terclianged ; as, Parilia for Talilia, Ac.) caeriil-US, a, um, poetic form of fore- going. Caesar, Caesar*is, m., Caesar, a Roman faniily name of the Julian gens. Tlio mo.st famous of the Caesars were Julius and Augustus. Caes-US, a, um, perf. part, of caedo, cut, xcounded, &c. caeterum, adv. See cctcrum. caeter-US, a, um. See cetcrus. CaiC-US, i, ni., Caicus, a river of Mysin, in Asia Minor. C^i-US, i, ni., Caius, or i: nut, a Koinaa piaunomen. VOCABULARY. 275 cSlamitas, cuiainltat-is, f, wjunj; mis- Smliine, cakniiity; defeat, overthrow. (SHid to be derivuil from cado, to fall, d and ) being inteichunged ; as, scala ^froin scando, and sella from seden.) Calath-US, l, m., a basket of wicker- uo7-k; anytliiiigof the same shape, as, a milk-pail, a wine-cup, &c. (/caAa0os.) calcat-US, a. um, po'f. part of calco, trodden. calc-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a , to tread ■under foot, trample on ; opjiress ; press together, (calx, the \eel.) Calend-ae, arum, f. pi., (also Kalendae), the first day of a month; the Calends; a month. (From an old verb, calo, to proclaim; because on that day the high piiests proclaimed when the Nones would occur, and other matters relate __iiig to tlie affairtt of the month,) Cal-eO, ui, ere, 2 v. n.,(o behot; to glow; ^to be roimd, inflamed (in mind). CalesC-0, ere, 3 V. incept., to become warm, begin to be warm, inflamed, , move, culvance; turn out, come /o,— (as, Prcspere cedero, to turn out well, succeed:) to go away, retire; ^yiehl, give place to; give up, grant. Celeber, or celcbr-is, is, e, crowded, much visited: hence, renowned, fatnous, celebrated. Celebr-0, uvi, atum, aie, 1 V. a., to crowd, Jill with great, numbers; to fre- quent ; to perform a solemnity, celebrate; Jo praise, extol, honour, (celeber.) Celer, (or celSr-is,) is, e, swift, quick, fleet ; hasty, rash. Celer, Celer-is, m., Celer, one of the ^companions of Romulus. Celer-es, um, m., the Celeres, or life- ^Kuard of the Roman kings. celeritas, celeritat-is, f, quickness, jwiftness, speed, activity, (celer.) Celerxter, adv., quickly, swiftly, speedily. (celer.) celerius, adv., more quickly, swiftly, ifec. (celer.) Celerrime, adv., with the greatest speed, quickness, &c. (celer.) Cel-0, iivi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to conceal, hide. It governs two accusatives ; as, Hoc me cclavit, he kept me in ignorance of this. Cels-US, a. um, high, lofty, exalted. (The root is cell, as found in ex-cell-o, ante-cell-o, Ac.) Celt-ae, arum, m. rl., the Celts, a people which at one period extended over a great part of northern Europe. The Romans applied the name to the Gauls of central and southern Frarce. Cenimagn-i, omm, m., the Cenimagni, a British tribe, occupying, most pro- bably, parts of Norfolk, Suffolk, and Cambridge shires. Cens-eo, ui, um, (censltnm, very rare,) ere, 2 v. a., to count, calculate; register: hence, to tax; to estimate, value: hence, to think, be of opinion; to ex- press an opinion; vote. cenS-US, us, m., a counting, reckoning; registration; an estimate; numbering (f the people; property, wealth, (censeo.) Centeni-US, i, m., Centenius, a Roman praetor. (See Nep. iraiin., chap, iv.) Centies, adv., a hundred times, (cent- um.) Centroa-es, um, m., the Centrones, a (iallic tribe of the Alps, some distance scutli of the Liike of Qpnfva. centum, indecl. num., a hundred. Ceuturio, centurlon-ls, m., a centurion, —i.e., the commander of a century, or company (centuria) of 100 men; a captain. (From centuria, and that from centum.) Cephisis, Cephlsld-is, adj., of or belong. ing to the Cephisus. CepMs-US,i, m., Ctf;)/i(.'«», or Cephissns, a river of Boeotia and Pliocls; also, a ^small stream near Athens. Cereal-is, is, e, o/or belongirr to Ceres; relating to corn, "r bread. (Ceres.) Cerimoni-a, ae, f. See caerimonia, Cern-0, crevl, crOtum, cern-Cre, 3 v. a., to diicnminate, judge, decide; perceioe, see; understand. (/cptVw.) Certamen, certamln-is, n., a contest, struggle; a fight, battle, (cei'to.) Certe, adv., certainly, surely, really, doubtless, (certus.) certo, adv., surely, of a truth, certainly. (certus.) Cert-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to contend, fight; struggle, strive. (Root cer-, to decide; as in cei'no.) cert-US, a, um, decided, determined; sure; settled, fixed, standard; to be re- lied on, trustworthy, trusty, faithful; true. (It is the old form of the perf. part, of cerno, for cretus.) cervix, cervlc-is, f., the neck ; back part, or nape of the neck. cerv-US, i, m., a stag, deer. cesS-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n.. to give over; retire from; cease, leave o if; _delay, loiter. (Freq. from cedo.) Ceterum, adv., literally, as to the rest ; otherwise; besides; but; yet. (Neut. of ceterus.) (ceter-US), a, um, (seldom u.scd in the sing.; tlie nom. masc. not found,) the remainder, the rest: in pi,, the others, Jill the rest. (Cf. hepo^.) Cetaeg-us, i, m., Celhegus, a Roman family name of the Cornelian gens, ceu, conj. or adv., as; just as if; as if; like as. (It is contracted for ci-ve,— i^e., qui-ve,— as sen is for si-ve.) chaos, n., abl. chao, indecl., (a late gen is used by the grammarians,) the great void; the confuted elements before the world was made and reduced to order, when "the earth was 'vithout form, and void;" chaos. Also, as proper name, Cliaos, son of Erebus and Xux. I & I... [ i- V. VOCABULAUV. N Chersones-US, i, f, (or Cherronesus,^ a peniti.tula, ur pronimitnrii ; sjicciiilly, the Chcrfonese, or Thf. 'uii peiiiiisiilii on the Hellespont. 0hrys61Ith-US, l, t. or n., the gold Ktone,— \.c., tlio chrysolite!, or topaz. cibari-a, omm, n. pi., food, victuals. PI. n. of following. Cibari-US, u, um, relating to food. Cib-U8, 1, 111., /r)0(/, victuah; nourishment (for ni.in or beast); /otlitti: ci-eo, civi, cltum, pl-Gre, 2 v. n,, to stir vp, rouse; call, suininon. Cilix, Oilic-is, adj., Cilician; of Cilicia. Cimberi-US, i, m., Cimbevius, a cliii f the iSuevi. Cimbr-i, Omm, m., the Cimbri, a Gcr- ni.iii tribe, iniiabiting Jutland, (wliiih is thence called Chersoncsus Ciinbrka.) They were overeoine by Jlaiiius. Cimon, CiinOn-is. in., Ciinoii, the father ofMiltiades; iil.so, the sfiii of .Millindes. cinct-US, a, nm, perf. part, of tiiigd, surrounded, bc(jirt. CingetOrix, CinKctorlR-ls. m., Cingctn- rix, a eliief of the Treviri ; also, one of the pruiccs of Oantiuin, or Kent. CingO, cinxi, cinctuni, cin(x-ere, 3 v. ii., to begird, tie round; si.rround, encircle. Cinis, cliiCr-is, m., ashes; ruins of a (burned) city. circa, prep, or adv., around; round about; round to; near to, in tht neigh- bourhood. Cil'Cin-US, 1, m., a pair of compasses. (Kl'p/Cll'OS.) circiter, adv. and prep., about, near, (of _ place, time, or number.) (circa.) circu-eo, same as cireuineo. circuit-US, us, m., a going round, cir- cumference, compass, (circu-eo.) Circum, prep, and adv., around, about. circumclud-0, clrcumclus-i, circum- clus-um, circumclud-Cre, 3 v. a., to s/iut in on every side, hem in, surround. (circum, chiudo ) Circumdo, circumdgd-i, circumdatuni. circumd-ure, 1 v a., to put or ]ilace round, to draw round; surround, en- compass, (circum, do.) circumduC-0, eiicumdu.Ki, circumdiic- tuin, circumduc-ere, 3 v. a., to draw round; surround; inarch round, (cir- cum, duco.) circumeo, circumivi, (ii,) cireumUum. orclrcuitnm, clrptim-Ire, 4 v. n., to go round, march round; encompass; to r.iurass, solicit, (circum, eo.) CircumsistO, elreumsletl, circuinsist- ere, 3 v. a., to place or set round, to surround; stand round. (circum, sisto.) Circumsplclo, clrcumspexl, clrcum- spectum, eireumspic-Ore, 3 r. n., tc look about, or round, survey: ponder, consider, (circum, sjieclo, us in eon- s])ici(), itc.) circumsto, circumsteti, circumstrire, 1 V. n., to stand around, surround, encompass; beset; besiege. (circum, sto.) circumven-io, (Oi, tum, ire, 4 v. n., to come round; go round, encompa.ix; beset, distress; circumvent, ouluit; de- fraud, (circum, venio.) circ-U8, i, 111., a ring, a circle; atirculaf place, (I'lM- races, {;aiiie.s, Ac. ;) a circus. citeri-OV, or, us, (eomp. of citer, «//) tliis side,} nearer; on this side; hilhcr- most: siijierl., eitimus. Cithaeron, Clthaerrm-is, m., Cithdcrcn, a raiiKc of mountains between Attica and !5()enthl. Citissime, adv., (snperl. of cito,) most quickly ; with the greatest speed. citra, prep, with ace, and adv., on this side, (citer. Sec citcrior.) CitrO, iidv., to this side; on this side. Usually found iu connection witii ultro, to tills side and to that; back- wards and forwards, to and frc. (citer.) Clt-US, a, um, pi'rf. part, of cieo, vrgal on, excited: hence, as adj., quick, siriri, rapid. Civil-is, is, e, o/or belonging to a citizen; civil, (civis.) Civ-is, is. in. or f., a cilizen. Civitas, civlt."it-is, f, citizenship; the rights of citizens ; the citizens as a co)n- ntuuily; astute, (civis.) Clad-es, is, f., a di.iaster, misfortune; overthrow, defeat; calamity. clam, adv., and prep, (with abl. oraec. ■, tcifhout the knowledge of; secretly, pri- vately. Clam-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to crii aloud, shunt ; to call vpon ; declare. (From root cat-, or cla. See ca'endae.^ clamor, clnmOr-i.^, m., a shout, call ; cliimour; apjilawie. (clamoj VOCABULAIIY. 279 clandestln-US, a, um, secret, hidden, ttndei/iand, dandestiiie. (cliiin.) clar-US, a, uni, clfiir, bright, brilliant; distinct, lunonder ; pur/iose, intend. (Contracted for co, ai;!;,o.) COgnatio, cognation-is, f., relationship (by birlli); kindred, rclatires ; Con- ner ioni^, brotherhoods, (cognafus ) C0gnat-U8, a, um, related by birth; kin- dred, similar: as subst., m. and f, a kinsman, a relative, (con and natus, 0.' gnatus.) COgnit-US, a, um, perf. part, of cog- nosce, known, recognised. cognomen, cognOmln-is, n., a surname; family name; name (generally): thus, in Marcus Tullius Cicero, Cicero is the cognomen, Tullius the nomen, and Marcus the praenomen. (con, nomen.) cognosce, eognovi, cognltum, cognosc- 6re, 3 v. a,, to inquire into; find out, ascertain; perceive, recognise. (con, nosco.) COgO, coegi, cOactum, cog-ft-e, 3 v. a., to drive or lead together; assemble; col- lect; to force, compel, (con, ago.) COhors, cohort-is, f., an enclosui':, court- yard; a body of soldiers, c ort (the tenth part of a legion :) i; li.e poets it often means an army; a croud, a great number; followers. (Tlie root is found in XopTOi, hortus ; also in English, gardan, yard, court; German, £/ar.'(?«; French, COhortatio, conortution-is, f., encour- agement, exhortation, (coliortoi.) Cohort-or, fUus. arl, 1 V. dep., tu tncour- age. exhort, incite, (con, liortor.) Collati-a, ae, f., Collatia, a town of the Sabines, near Rome. /- IM^3£ EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // V. ^ 4 ^° A: S5= fe y ^ (/j '^a 1.0 28 I.I •- Hill— u t. ^ 25 1.8 !.25 1.4 14 ^ 6" — ► V2 VI % -c^i ''i 7 Photographic Sciences Corporation ♦ ^ \ ^h ; to shake to the centre: licnce, to terrify, alarm, distu7-b. (con, qnatio.) COnditi-0, onis, f, literally, aputlwg to- gether, or into position: hence, a state (of being), situation, place, condition; station, rank, circumstances: lience the terms by wl.ic-li a state is bnm^lit about, as, the conditions of agreement, terms. (Supine of condo.) COnd-0, Idi, itum, Cre, 3 v. a., to put to- e/ether, build; found; to compose; to lay up (in store); to hide, conceal; to bury; finish, (con, do.) COnddn-O, uvi, ruum, are, 1 V. a., to bestow as a giji; to pri'sent; pardox. (con, dono.) COnduC-0, condux-i, conduct-um, con- duc-6re, 3 v. a., to bring or lead to- gether ; to assemble, collect; to hire, lease, to conti-act for, to farm, (as t lie public taxes, &c. ;) to lead to, '■ esult in. (con, duco.) COnfect-US, a, um, perf. part, of con- flcio, accomplished, finished; made out, executed: as. Tabulae confcctae liteiis Graecis, accounts (records) inade out in Oreek characters. COnfercio, (no perf.,) confert-um, con ferc-Ire, 4 v. a., to stuff together, press tightly; pack; croiod. (con, farcio, to stuff.) COnfer-0, contul-i, collutum, confcrre, 3 V. a. irreg., to carry or bring together, collect; to unite, join: Conferre so in, to betake one's self to, to go : Confene pecuniam, to contribute money : Con- ferre anna, to engage in conflict, to fight. Also, to bring together for the purpose of comparison, to compare ; to lay the blame on, impute, ascribe, attribute: Conferre culpam in multitudinem, to lay the blame on the ■multitude, (con, fero.) COnfert-US, a, um, perf part, of c^m- fercio, closely packed together ; crowded; in close or dense bodies. COnfestim, adv., at once immediately, speedily. (Etymology doubtful.) COnficio, conftjc-i, confcct-um, confTc- Cre, 3 \. a., to make completely, n^ike ■ perfect, complete; to finish, put an end to, accoinplinh ; to make out; comjiose, write; to kill, destroy, (con, facio.) The passive is sometimes conflcior, and sometimes contio. COnf idOjConfisus, confid-ere, 3 v. n. seiiii- dep, to place reliance on, rely, trust to. Livy has a perf, conlidi. (con, tido.) COnfirm-0, avi, atum, ."ire, 1 v. a., compose, write, (con, seribo.) COnscript-US, a, um, enrolled, levied, &c. : as subst.. Conscript! I'atres ; oi- fully, Patres et conscripti; a term aj)- plied to the whole Senate. COnsecr-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to make holy; devote, dedicate, consec7\ite. (con, sacro.) COnsect-or, atus, ari, 1 V. dep., to pur- sue earnestly, follow eagerly; pursue; per.tecute. (consequor i COnsectit-US, a, um, perf. part, of con- sequor, having followed of ter, pursued; come up with. COnsensi-0, onis, f., harmony of thought ; agreement, unanimity, (consentio, to agree.) COnsens-US, iis, m., agreement, %ina- nimity, harmony, concord, concert. (consentio.) OOnsequ-or, consecut-us, consequ-i, 3 V. dei> , to follow along with, or after; to attend, accompany; overtake, come tip with; gain, obtain; understand. (con, scquor.) COnser-O, ul, turn, ore, 3 V. a., to wreathe or tie together, bind, connect, join; en- gage in battle hand to hand, (con, sero.) COnserv-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to keep together; 7naintain, preserve, save, (con, servo.) COnsider-O, fui, ruum, arc, l v. a., to e.vamine utrefuUy, inspect: hence, Cl. r 2St VOCABULARY. * cotuider deUberaMu, meditate on, reflect, ponder. (Considcro, from sldus, is re- >,'ard(3(l by some ns a term of auKUiy, refeninp to the observation and com- parison cf tlie stars. So dusidorc refers to tlio doii1)t and anxiety caused by a cloudy niglit, wlien ttie stars are not seen. Compare contemplor, from tem- plum, the sacred spot marlicd out by tlie augurs before maliing tlieir ob- servations.) Considi-us, i, m., Comidius (P.), one c.f Caesar's ofBcers. COnsid-0, coi.sed i, consess-um, consld- 6re, 3 V. n., to sit down, settle; encamp, takevpaposition; halt; perch (asabird). COnsili-um, i, n., literally, a sitting to- gether : hence, an assembly (more especially of chief men, judges, sena- te's, military oflflcers, &e.); the deliberations of such a meeting ; a deci- sion, judgment; plan, scheme: advice, couiuel; tcisdom, prudence, discretion. See concilium, (con. and root sel, oi sil = sed, as in sella end sed-eo. See consul, sedeo, sella.) COnsimil-is, is, e, like in every particu- lar ; very like ; identical, (con, similis.) COnsist-O, constit-i, consttt-um, ccnsist- 6re, 3 v. n., (rarely a.,) to station one's self; to halt, stop, makt a stand; to settle down (for residence) ; to stand firm; keep together, (of a number of men); to exist ; consist in ; depend on. See Cae& B. G., vi., 21, 6; and 22, 2. (con, sisto.) C0as61-0r, atus, nri, 1 V. dcp., to cheer up (by one's presence) ; conso'" com- fo7't; encourage, COnsors, consort-is, adj.. sharuiy with, partaking of: as subst., a partner, mate, colleague, (eon, sors.) COnspect-US, us, m,, a general view; sight, view: hence, presence. (con- spicio.) COnspici-0, conspex-l, conspect-um, consplc-ere, ,3 v. a., to take in at one view ; to surrey, look at, observe ; descry, spy out, notice, behold, (con, and root sjiec, as in specio.) COnspic-Or, atus, ari, 1 v. dop., to spy, descry, see, behold, (conspicio.) COnspir-0, nvi, atum, arc, 1 v. a., to agree, be of one mind; also, to conspire, plot, (con, spiro.) COUStaas, constant-is. adi and parr., steadfast,, steady, unflinching. well-knit; (consto.) constat, 3 sing, of consto, used imper- sonally, it is agreed; it is certain; it is evident. COnstern-o, constrav-i, constrilt-nm, constern-6re, 3 v. a,, to strew all over, bestrew; cover; to throw down; over- throio, utterly rout, (con, ^terno.) constern-0, uvl, atum, are, l v. a., to confuse ; terrify, startle, frighten, (co 1 1 - sternCre.) COnstlti, perf. of consisto, — which see. COnstitu-0, i, (u)tum, 6re, 3 v. a., to set up, establish ; to draw up, arrange (troops); station, post; (of ships,) to moor; to settle (the abode of); to found; construct; to settle,— i.e., organise, re- gulate ; to determine ; appoint, regulate. (con, statuo.) COnstitut-us, a, um, perf. part, of con- stituo, established, organised, regulated. CCnst-0, Iti, atum, are, 1 v. n., to stand still, halt; to stand steadfast, endure, re- main unchanged; to agree with, be con- sistent with; to be agreed upon; icell authenticated, evi-lent, certain, (see con- stat;) to be made upfront, consist of- to cost, (so we say, "It stood him" so much.) (con, sto.) COnsuesc-0, consuev-i, consuet-um, consucsc-Sre, v. n. and (rarely) a., to be accustomed, be in the habit of, be wont : a., to accustom, (consueo.) COnsiietud-O, consQGtrulin-is, f., custom, habit, use, wont; companionship, famili- arity, intimacy, (consuesco.) COnsuet-US, a, um, perf. part, of con- suesco, customary, usual, wonted. consul, consul-is, m., a consid. chief magistrate. Etymology doubtful. It is found written, consol : hence some derive it from ccn and the root sol-, which appears in solium, a seat, and, with'the vowel changed, in sel-la, (see consilium,)— so that the consules weio those who sat together (in council): others, from con and sal-io, meaning him who leaps or dances with another, — i.e., goes forth in procession, or in liigli position, with another. Soexsul, one who leaps out (of his country); praesul, one who /(?rt/)s before; insula, a leap i«fo,— applying primarily to a mass of rock fillen into tlie sea. C0n3ular-is, is, e, of or belonging In a #* VOCABULARY. consul, consular: as siibst., one who has been consul, (consul.) Consul-0, Hi, turn, ere, 3 v. n. and a„ Iitcnilly, to sit together (in council); to ('de counsel, deliberate; to reflect: witli fiat, of person, it means to consult for the good of (one); have a regard to one's interests: a., witli tlie ace, to asi ad- vice, consult (a deily, lawyer, Ac); to consider; determine, decide on, (witlule and al.l., or in and ace.) (See consul.) COnsulto, adv., deliberately, designedly, on purpose, (consulo.) COnsult-um, i, n., a matter advised on ■ a consultation; a decree, decision, re- solution: Senatus consultum, (S.C.,) a ilwree of the Senate, (consulo.) COnsum-0, consumps-i, consumpt-um consuni-Cre, 3 v. a., to take all together, or entirehj; to eat up, devour; consume, waste, spend, destroy, (con, sumo.) COnsurg-o, consurrex-i, consurrect-um consurg-ere, 3 v. n., to rise up in a body, or all at once; to rise (as the wind;) T.'Mfi (out of respect to ;) to rebel, (con, surpo.) Cons-US, i, ni., Consus, an ancient Italian deity, Kod of counsel. COntagio, contafflon-is, f , contact, touch; influence exerted by contact: Jier.ce, con- tagion, pollution, contamination, (con- tingo.) OOntect-us, a, um, perf. jiart. of con- tego, covered, concealed. COnteg-O, contex-i, contect-um, contog- t!re, 3 V. a., to cover over, hide, conceal; bury, (con, tego.) COntemn-o, contemps-i, contempt-uni contenin-ere, 3 v. a., to despise, disdain, ■flight, (con, temno.) COntend-0, i, content-um, contend-Bre, a V. a. and n., to stretch light, draw out, strain; to thro:,, hurl, fling: n., to ex- ert one's self strive eagerly after, pursue ; to hasten (on a journey); to flght, struggle, contend with, dispute, (con' tcndo.) ' COntentio, contention-is, f , a stretching or straining, an effort • a flght, struggle, quarrel, controversy, (contendo.) content-US, a, um, perf. part, of con- tendo, stretcfied, strained, crerted. content-US, a, um, perf. part, of con- tineo, checked; contented. COntermin-US, a, um, having a common frontier or boundary; bordering on. i285 neighhouri'ig: a.s suost'., « nughbour. (con, terminus,^ COntest-or, fitus, Sri, l v. dep., to call to mtness; invoke, implore; to give tvi- dence. (con, testrr.) COntex-0, ui, tuns, ere, 3 v. a., to weave, entwine; construct; make by interlacing (as wicker-work.) (con, texo.) context-US, a, um, perf. part, of con- texo, woven, interlaced, &c. COntigit, perf. of contingo, used impei- sonally, it fell to the lot of; it happened (See contingo.) COntigU-uS, a, um, mutually touching; bordering on, nigh to, neighbouring. (contingo.) COntinens, conttnent-is, (pies. part, of contiHco,) literally, holding toge'her : hence, contiguous, adjacent; continuous, —I.e., in unbroken connection witli; (of time,) successive; connected, unin- terrupted: hence, as subst.. a main- land, continent: adj., having self-control; moderate, temperate, (contineo.) COntmenter, adv., continuously, tci/hout interruption, constantly; in succession. (continens.) COntin-eo, ui, content-um, contln-ere, 2 V. a., to hold together; hold in, confine bound; encircle; restrain, check, (coi- teneo.) ' COntiugit, 3 sing. pres. of contingo used impersonally, it falls to the lot of; It happens. COnting-o, conttg-l, contact-um, con- ting-Cro, 3v. a., to touch; seize; to touch upon, border on, be near; to happen to, .fan to the lot of befall, (con, tango.) COntinu-US, a, um, holding together,— I.e., continuous, uninterrupted; sue- cessive, following, (contineo.) COnti-0, onis, f., a coming together; an assembly, meeting; the public assemblu of the people, (met for deliberation oii any nnportant matter:) Prodire in contionem, to come foncard before the 'oublta assembly,~i.e., to address a pub- lic meeting: hence, contio meant also « speech, or oration. (It is a shortened form of conventio; hence the spelling contjo, is to be preferred to concio.) contra, prep, and adv., over against, opposite; on the other hand; in return ■ in reply. (From con, as in-tra, ex-tra.) COntrah-0, contrax-i, contract-um, con- trah-ere, 3 v. a, to draw or bring to- UJ ■f^- ajcsy^ A/ Q i> 3 u 28f? VOCABULARY. T l»» t gtther; to collect, (t.wmlile; to ilnnr tifjfU, ttijIUen, coDtnict; to check, rc- xtrain; to cunxe, (iriiiij o», contract, U'-ti., lies nlit'iiiiin, del'l.) COntrari-US, a, um, opposite to, being over aijaiiiM; contrary lo. (contra.) COntrOVerSi-a, ue, f., a tuminrjagnimt: lioiice, cm attack: a quarrel, dispute, (oiitrover.iy; law-suit, (contioveisus.) OOntumeli-av ao, f., an insult, affroiH; i/is(jrace; rejiroach; rinKjh handling, in- jury, damage, (con, ami tuiii, root of tuiiuo.) COnven-io, (COi, turn, ire, 4 V. :i. and a., to come together, assemble; to meet with; address, accost; to agree tcith; be suit- able; be agreed on. It is often used impersonally, it is agreed upon; it is suitable; it is comistent. (con, venio.) convent-US, us, m., a coming together; a meeting, assembly; especially (in "Caesar") a circuit meeting, or assize, (at Which the Honian governor of a pro- vince assembled periodically the ito- nian resiuents in the province, that ho might .lispense justice and transact the public business generally.) COUVers-US, a, um, perf. part of cofi- vorto, turned round, wheeled. COUVert-0, i, convers-um, convcrt-ere, y V. a. and n., to turn round; turn to- ward; to change; wheel, feversc; to alter; put into confusion: n., to turn; he changed; recersed. (con, verto.) convict-US, a, uni, perf. part, of con- vinco, proved guilty, proved against (.one). ConvinC-0, convlc-i, convict-um, con- vine-ere, 3 v. a., to convict, prove guilty; demonstrate, (con, vinco.) C0nv6C-O, avi, atuni, are, 1 v. a., to call together, convoke, sximmon; assemble. (con, voco.) c66r-ior, tus, Iri, 4 v. dep., to rise vp, arise; appear ; break forth. (con,orior.) c6ort-US, a, um, perf. part, of coorior, having arisen. C6pi-a,ae, f, plenty; wealth, riches; abun- dance, copiousness; supply; opportu- nity; power, means: in pi. copiae. re- iources; forces, troops; also, provi- sions, supplies, (con, and op-, the root of opes, which is seen in in-op-ia, .fee.) C6pi6s-us, a, um, plentiful, abundant, well supplied ; tvealthy. (copia.) cor, cord-is, n., the heart: hence, the soul; the feeling, judgment: Esse cord i, to be agreeable to. coram, adv., and prej). with abl., in the presence of, before ; in person, person- ally; (of time,) on sight, imniedialelij. (.Said to be from con, and or-, the stem of OH, or- is. Corcyr-a, ae, f., Corcyra, now Corf\i, lai island on the west coast of Greece. Corcyrae-US, a, um, pertaining to C'vr- ciira: as subst., ni., an inhabitant of i.'orryra. Corneli-US, i, m., Cornelius, the name of a l{onnni gens. (See Nep. Ilann., chaps, iv., viii., and xlii.) COrn-U, us, n., (or eorn-um, I, n.,) a horn; also anything shaped likealiorn, or nuule of horny snbstance,— e.g., a trumpet; the bid (ol a bird) ; a Itoiu of the moon; a tongue of land ; the end of the yard-arm (of a ship) ; the lip of a bow ; the wing of an army, &c. ; the hoof (of an animal). COrn-ura, i, n., a cornel cherry, fruit of the cornel-tree. corn-US, i, (or us,) f., rt cornel-tree, or dogwood-tree; a spear (made of cornel- wood). COron-a, ae, f, n crown, chaplet, gar- land, wreath; (of tilings in a eircular shape,) a circle or ring of men. corpus, corpor-is, n., a body, substance, — i.e , something perceptible; the bod n (of an animal); Jiesh; a dead boitii, corpse; a corporation, community. (Cf. Kr. corps, Engl, corpse.) COrrept-US, a, um, pert. part, of cov- ripio, seized, snatched; canned off. COvrig-O, correx-i, conect-un., coirig- ere, 3 v. a., to make straight; put in order: hence, to regulate; heal, cure; correct, amend, (con, rego.) COrrip-io, ui, corrept-inn, corrip-5re, 3 V. a., to seize, lay hold of; carr^ off; to attack; to rebuke, chide; to tuistcu. (con, rapio.) Corrump-0, corrup-l, corrnpt-um, cor- rump-ere, 3 v. a., to break up; to destroy, spoil, corrupt; bribe, (con, runipo.) corrupt-US, a, um. perf. part, of cor- runipo, destroyed, corrupted; bribed. &c. cortex, cortlc-is, m., (sometimes f..) Ihe bark or rinU (of a tree) ; cork. VOCABULARY. 287 Corycia, CorycW-is, (,„• .os.) f. „,ij,, 6'o/-.vciV<«,-i.e., beloiiKiiifr to the Cory- citiii caves in Jlount I'arimssiis. Cott-a, lie, 111., Cotta, 11 lionuiu family nariicoftlieKensAuicliii. Crasa-us, i, m., Cmssus, a noinan family iiainu of tlie rciis Liciiii;i. Crastln-US, a, mn, 0/ or pertaiiiiiig to lo-munow: Cnistiiius dies, tomorrow. (eras, to-mormtc \ Creber, crSbr-a, crObr-um, frequent, nu- merous; thick, close; aboiwdiiig ii, • croicfrd with. (Said to be aiiutiicr fill 111 of celebcr.) Cred-0, Wi, ttum, frc, 3 V. a., to trust to, intrust, put faith in, believe; to be of opinion, think; suppose. (Kroin root ne, belief; and do, to put, or give.) Crem-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to burn, consume. Cre-0, avi, atum, arc, 1 v. a., to make; hrimj forth, produce; to elect, choose; to prejiare ; cause, occasion. Crepit-0, avi, ntum, are, 1 v. n. freq., to make a hard rattling noise, to rattle; creak; crackle; to rustle; clatter ; chat- ter, (crepo, elos. Cyrenae-US, a, um, of Cm-ene: pi., Cyrenaei, the people ofCi/rene. Cyr-US, i, m., Ciirus, brother of Arta- xcrxes, king of the rersians. Dat-is, is, (or idis,) aec. I>athTi, or Datin, JJatis, a .Median general, de- feated at Slarathon. de, prep, with abl.,./v'om; down, ov awaii from; of; at; concerning, about: Do hoc re, about this matter; De die, by day; De terria vigilia, about the third watch; De marniore, made of marble; Qua de causa, /or u'hich reason. de-a, ae, f., a goddess. deb-eo, lii, itum ere, 2 v. a., literally, to have (something) /rom (one),— i.e., to he in debt (to one), to owe; be under ob- ligation; to be destined,— AS, Debitiis fiitis, destined to the fates,— i.e., tu deatli : as impers., debet, it ought (de. habeo.) debilit-0, avi, atum, are, i v. a., to rcn- ^w VnCAnULAIlY. dfrmak, wtnken; ditcourar,,; thwart. _('IOblllB, weai.) deblt-um, l, n., a thing due, a debt, duty, (delico.) deblt-us, tt, uiii, due, owed. Pcrf naif or dcbeo. dgced-0, cJecess-I, rtecesn-um, dBcPd-i^re 3 V. n.. to go away, depart, withdraw. m/r«; yield; die. (,le, cedo.^ D6cgle-a, ae, f, Decelea, a to,vi. and I fortress In Attica. dgcem, num. Hdj. indicl., ten. decemplex, pen. deceinplic-l., udj., ten. fold, (dc-cein, plico, - >^.,<.o dash down, or away from; ward off, avert, repel; defer,d, protc,% ,,uard ■ maintain, (do, and root lend, to dash or strike; as in offendo.) defer-0, dcini-l, del.at-um, dCf,.r-rc 3 V a- ii-reg., to carry down, or aum/; hear convey to; confer on; send over, trans', f^r; to bring to land, drive ashore (as of sl'ips;) to lay be/ore, report (to). accuse, (de, fero.) defess-us, a, um, perf. part, of dCfe- _tiscoi-, worn out, e.rhau.^ted defetlSC-or, defess-ns, .'ef^isc-i 3 v n (lep., to grow weary; faint;' be er- hnusted. (de fatiscor.) defic-io, defec-i, defect-um. dcflc-fire 3v. a. andn., to make against; stand apart from; leave, abandon; revolt from; fad, fall short, (de, forio,) defjg-o, deflx-i, deflx-um, dgfi^.gpe d V. a., io_nx down, fasten down; fix in PMkefast. (de, Ago.) "^ ' .,__i- "^ Q ^f^^^^^MM 290 VOOAKULARY. 9k\ defix-U8, ft, vim, jxaf. part, of <1«3rtj,'«), ituuU /cut, JLred. defl-€0, 6vl, etum, fii'fl, 2 V. a. u«l n., tu laeep over, bewail, (tie, fleo.) deforr>-iil, K «, Hi/ormed, tknpelm, iiylj, ; fluiguiting. (tl«, forma.) lAefren&t-ua, a, um, unbridled, un- checked; (of tpeed,) heiutloni/. (do, fi'«no, tocwb.) .dafiig-io, I, Crc, 3 v. a., (hoc faRio,) <(»^ amay/rom; avoid, shun, (de, fuglo.) .dftin, adv., short form of delude. id^inceps, adv., in tucceuion, one afUr another, in turn. It v,as oriKiiially an adj. Gen. dcinclpis, (from csplo, like iPartlceps, princeps.) It 1b soiiictimes a dlHnyli'i^le, delncups. •dSinde, (or delude— two syllables,^ adv., iharec^fter, afterwaruti in the next place, then, (de, Inde.) ,deject-U8, a, um, perf. part, of dejlclo, cast dtawn, disheartened: as adj., low, fdejeot-&8, Qs, m., a throwing down; a descent, declivity, slope, (dejlclo.) t shrine, temple, sacred place. (Ktymo'ogy doubtful. Said to contain the "»tem of lu-o, to wash, purify.) d5me88-U8, a, am, perf. part of demeto. demSt-O, dCmessu-l, demess-um, dSmet- 6ie, 3 V. a., to cut down, reap, mow ; cut off. (de, moto, lo reap.) Demetri-U8, i, m., Demetrius, called Phalereus, an Athenian, who ruled Athens for Cassaiulei, king of Mace- doj V for ten years. demit$i3tic, dCmigratlOn-U, f., « change of residence, migration emigration. (damlgro,) demigr-0, avl, atum, ?'e, I v. n., to change residenct , remove from, emi- grate, (de, ir.lgro.) deminu-0, l, (u)tum, <>re, 3 V. a., to take away from (so as to lessen), to lessen, mrJce smaller, diminish, (de, niinuo, from minus.) demiSB-U8, a, um, perf. part, of demltto, generally used a» an adj., cast down ; hanging down; low-lying, (applied to placea;) sunken; dispirited; humble; descended from. demitt-0, demls-l, demlss-um, demitt- Cre, 3 V. a., tohnnddown, senddown (into a lower part;) drop, let sink. (de,mitto.> demonstr-o, fivi, atum, rue, i v. a., to point out, indicate; state dearly, de- scribe; prove, (ie, monstro.) demuin, adv., at length, at last. It is very often preceded by nunc, turn, jam, Ac: as. Turn demum, then at length, or then indeed — C-ms. B. G., 1., 17. (Stems to contain the same root as denique, donee, tan-dem, Ac.) donlg-O, avl, atum, are, 1 V. a, to say No; deny; r^use-. decline, reject, (dc, nego.) den-i, f"^ a, distvib. num., ten each; bii tens. Je-ni, for dec-:ii [dec-em], like bi-ni, ter-ni, «fec.) denique, adv., at length, at last, in fine, lastly; and then; thereupon. (Set (Ic.iiuin.) dens, dunl-is, m., a tooth: hence, anv- tL'H \ \. '.^ - VOCABULVRy. *■■;"« "'"I""' like a tooti,. „,, a,, fluke } (ofnnHnchor); the tooth ioi\ ux/)r ^ dens-US, a, um, clostly vacied together dene T rdr*? f ° '■"""^^' ^"'^^- ''^^'^* deter, dmuade. (do, pell,..) ^^• depgr-fio, il,Iro,4v.n., .«;.. cessor one who plea.is for anomeTl aoprec-or, atus, arl, l v. a. dep., to vrai ,.ri-X-SrSrF a.so.^.co,«p.eVnrf,^,,,,,. We. pre dlSul"!? !' °°".*'-«^'«d for deprehendo, aepugn-o avi, atum, a-e, i v. „ to depuiUs:i!r;pe^p™ipe„„ aerog-o, avi, gtum, are, l v 11 Hfn- al y. to repeal pari of all: l^e'n " L" descend-O; i, desceai-um, descend-Sre, 291 3 V. n., lltcially. to eltmb down : hence t'^ ^ome or j,o rfo,«,, descent ,t„k to condescend to. (de, ,c«ndo.) ' '" desciac-o, dcscv-l, or ll, de^cltum. des- ,r','*f".- *-i"«m,- describe; M f/r, dtv,de al'ot. (de,«crlb«.) desgr-0, ul, tun,. Crc, 3 V. a., literallv d:;:ilT IT""' '' ''''^' "^^^i aesert ; fatl. (de, sero.) dSsertor, dosertOr-ln. m., om who leav» or abandons, :, deserter! j^gi!::: 'Z' deserUs, a, um, ,,,rf. part, of dcsero desiuer-o, avf, atum, aro, i v. a. to longjor, yearn ^fter, wish: l,e„ce' to /eel the want of, nnss: in pr , To i. hence. m«,«„e„. „,,^ ,.^/ '^ design-o, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a (0 mar appoint, (do, signo.) "^ ' C-asil-io ui. desult-um, dCsII-ire, 4 v n P;^-P^own,- descend,, disernbak ide.' sln.ere3v.a.andn., lltorallj.,,;"", *m • hence, ^<,te,«fc„,,i;;^fj.' abandon; put an en,t t^ •'^' (de. sino.) '^ '"• "''^^' ^'''i'- desist-o, destIt-1. amit.um, .mst-Be aesol-o, avi, atum, are, 1 v „ ,.„ L ... from solus, afene.) ^ ^' ""'^ ''''°> desper-O, avi. atum. are. l v n and „ I'^^^PrivedofhopetoVhopls-' 'ogtve«p, despair, (de, spero.) ' dudam, despise. (Stem spec- as in T con-spic-io, spec-to, spec-ies, 1;..^ & jr TV 292 VOCABULARY. "m w destttft-Oj, (mtnni, Pre. 3 v. a., to set down: lietice, to leav forsake, aban- don; desist from, (dc, otatuo.) destrict-US, a, nm, pcrf. part, of dc- stvinK'o, drawn forth; (of a sword, Ac.,) unsheathed. destring-0, dcstrlnx-i, destrlct-um, de8trinK-6re, 3 v. a., to strip off (as, e.g.. leaves from a twig;) to rub down; pull out, unsheathe, (de, striiiRO.) desum, dcfni, deesse, v. n. ineR., to be away, be absent, or amissing; to fail in one's dutu ; desert, (de, sum.) desuper, adv., from above, (de, super. Fr. dessus.) deteri-or, or, ns, gen. dctcrlor-is (comp. of old adj., deterus, from de,) lower, inferior; worse; poorer. deterr-eo, ui, Uum, eve, 3 v. a., to frighten away from; deter, prevent; ward off. (de, terreo.) ^ detrai-0, dCtnix-i, dctract-um, deUali- ere, 3 v. a., to draw down or off; take down or away ; diminish, detract, (de, tvalio.) detriment-um, i, n., a rubbing off: hence, damage, loss, detriment; defeat. (detero.) Deucalion, Doucallon-is, m., Deucalion. son of Prometheus, and husband of , Pyrrha. de-US, i, m., a god, a deity. In the sing. I the voc. is almost always deus; and m the pi. the fonns -'ei, dii, and di occur for the nom.; a ..1 dels, diis, and dis for the dat. and abl. (^eos; Vr. dieu.) deveh-0, devex-l, devect-um, dcvSh-Sre, 3 V. a:, to carry doicn or away; take awav, convey, (do, veho.) devinC-io, devinx-i, devinct-um, de- vinc-ire, 4 v. a., to bind down, tie, fas- ten; bind together; confine, restrict; put tinder an obligation; overcome, (de, vincio.) devinC-0, d5vic-l, devict-um, dovmc- 6re, 3 v. a., to subdue entirely, conquer, overcome, (de, vinco.) devor-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to gulp down, devour, swallow greedily ; engulf; absorb, (de, voro.) devotiO, d5voti5n-is, f , a devoting, set- ting apart, or consecrating: hence, cursing, mcraiii!/ — i.e., devoting to the inferaal gods- a curse, (devoveo.) d5vnv-eo, dcvov-i, devot-um, d'-vSv- cre. •2 V. a , to vow; devote, set apu, dicnte; curse, e.recrate. See deTotlo. (dc, voveo.) dexter, dextgr-a, do.xtgr-um, usually syncopated into dcxtra and dextrum, on the right side, right : hen^-e, (from the mode of taking auguries,) favour- Cible, luck)/, propitious; suitable; Iso, skilful, handy, dexterous. Comp. dex- terior; superl. dextimus. (Se^'o?.) dextSr-a,or dextr-a, ae, f, (I.e., manus,) the righi, hand: hence the phrase, A dcxtra, on the right. Dian-a, ae, f., Diana, daughter of Jupi- ter and Latona; goddess of liunLing and of woods. She ruled the niglu, under the name of Luna. In the lower regions she was known as Hecate. (1 or i.) dicio. See ditio. diC-0, dix-i, dict-um, dic-ere, 3 v. a., to point out: hence, to say, tell, declare, relate, describe; name, nominate, ap- point. (.C^. S«i«-wMi, dig-itus, in-dic- • are; Fr. dire.) dlC-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to dedicate devote, comecrate; make over to; ap- propriate. (Etymology doubtful.) dictator, dictator-is, m., a dictator,— i.e., an extraordinary magistrate pos- sessing supreme power, (dicto, freq. from dico.) dictiO, diction-is, f., literally, a saying or speaking: hence, a pleading or defend- ing; a speech, (dico.) dict-um, i, n., a saying, word; com- mand, (dico.) didici, perf ind. of disco, -which see. dies, diei, m. or f. in sing., in pi. m., a day (in all senses); day-light; time (generally) ; a period of time. differ-0, distai-i, dllat-um, diffcr-rc, V. a. ana n. irrcf , to carry in different directions: hence, to scatter, spread abroad, publish; put asunder; put off, protract: n., be different, differ, (di, difficil-is, is, e, (comp. difflcilior, superl. difflcillimus), difficult, trouble- some; hard to manage, obstinate; hard to please, (dis, facilis.) difficultas, diff)cuUat-is, f., difficulty; hardship, distress, (dilllcul is tlic old form of difflcilis.) diffid-0, diffisus (sum), diffidcrc, 3 v n. scmi-dep., to have no faith in, bt dis trwifid if; aespa-ir. fdia, tido.) de diffug-io, (lifruff.f, climifr-Cre, 3 V n to flee m different directions; to disperse, scatter. (,lis, fugio.) ' diflfund-o, ciiffud-i, diffas-um, dimma- i^i-e, 3 V. a., to pour forth; scatter spread abroad, (dis, fiindo.) dlgmtas, difriiltat-is, f., worthiness, u-orth, merit; dignity; grandeur; rank- crcellence; splendour, (digniis.) aign-us, a, urn, worthy; suitable, be- coming. (Stem die, as in-dico, dig- itus, Ac.) ' ^ diligens, dillgent-ls. part. pres. of C iffo, and adj., loving (one's M-ork); Migeni, attentive. dillgenter, adv.. earnestly, diligently, assiduously; carefully, (diligens.) (llllgentl-a, ae, f., earnestness, diligence, dlhgentius, adv., compar. of diligenter, more earnestly, &c. b^^i-oi, dillg-O, dilex-i, di!ect-um, dillg-gre, •^ V. a., iterally, to choose apart from Jove, (dis, lego.) dimxc-o, avi (or ui), atum, are, 1 v a literally, to brandish armour (or miikc m.) Afount Dindymiis, in Jlysia. i)_irc-e, es, f., Dirce, a fo.mtain in Boeofia, ttirect-US, a, um, perf. part, of dirigo mu'l, straight, straight; level; steep, Ac! ding-o, dlrex-i, direet-nm, dlilglen.^ ■i V. a. to make straight, put in a straight fe, (as, e.g., troops in battle;) to *- Please, (3) before at^'ectivfa, diffe-. ence ov negation: as, Dissonus, ,/«. co,^.^^On sound); Bissimili,«„«., dis, contracted for diis, dat. and abl. pi ordeus. ^ '^'!!;J'" f '"• ^f"- '"'■^'' '^''J- fordlvos, dlSCed-O, d.scess-i, discess-um, disced- ^it, rf V. n., to go asunder, separate; go away, leave, depart, (dis, cedo.) dxscern-0, discrev-i, discret-un , dis- f:-;]-6^<^: 3 y. a., to separate, divide; I distinguish (between); decide, Judge (dis, cerno.) y»« >Sati 296 VOCABULARY. dCir-US, n, um, hard; hnrsh, rtuk, stem, nnfteliiiij ; IrotMcsome; hard to bear. Dur-U3, i, in., Durus. \il. Lahcritis), a Uoniun trihuiio. dux, dric-is, m. or f, a Uadcr, guide; coininand-er (of tvoovs). Saiiio atom as in duco, but the quantity dilTciu E. «, i I ! e, prop, with al>l., out of; fi'om; sitiee; after, c Is usiul only bclori' conson- ants, ox l)i!t'oie vowt'ls. The more com- mon form, even before consonants, is ex,— wliich see. gbur, 6l)5r-is, n., irorij; am/thing made of ivory, (us a statue, a pipe, a scub- hard.) ecco, interj., lo ! behold! see here! ecqui, ecquao, or ccqua, ecquid, Interrog. pron., any; if any. ecquis, ecquid, interrog. pron., anythingf docs (inii one? what (ec, from ecce, and quis.) edisC-0, edtdlp-l, eilisc-Cre, 3 v. a., to Uwni thoroughly, learn by heart, (c, disco.) edo, edi, esum, ed-erc, 3 v. a., to eat, consume. Pres. contracted, edis into f s, edit into est, Ac. ed-0, Tdi, itum, Cre, 3 v. a., to give forth, emit; publish, proclaim; briny forth, bear, produce, (e, do.) eduC-O, eduxi, eductum, educ-Rre, 3 v. a., to lead forth or out; to march out (tmops). (e, duco.) eduC-0, avi, atnin, are, 1 v. a., to bring out (tlie quMliries, bodily or mental): licnce, to lirinij up (a cliild), train, edu- cate; nurture, (educeve.) effiig-io, effilK-i, effrig-Uum, eTug-ere, 3 V. n. and a., to Jlec away from, escape, elude, (e, fugio.) effulg-eo, effulsi, effu1g-5re, 2 v. n., to shine, forth, gleam, glitter, (e, fulgeo.) effund-0, er.ull, ctTusum, elTund-'Crc, 3 V. a,, to pour forth or out ; shed, dis- charge; bring nrth, produce; lavish, squander: in a i ■ tlective sense, to pour or gush forth (ii> a river.) effus-US, a, um, perf. part, of effundo, poured forth; spread abroad: lience, wide, e.rtensive: (of hair,) dishevelled. eg-eo, ul, ere, 2 t. a. and ii., to be in need, be destitute of, be poor, be witliout; want (in tlic sense of wish for). egestas, (5gestnt is, f., need, poverty, want, destitution, (egeo.) ego, mei, 1 pers. pron., /; pi. nos, we. egredior, egressus, C- rCd-i, 3 V. n. and a. dep., to go forth ci- out • march out, (of troops;) disembark (from a ship;) go beyond, leave, pass bounds, exceed; go up, climb, ascend, (e, gradior.) egregie, adv., in an eminent manner; notably, conspicuously ; exceedingly. (ogregius.) egregi-U8, a, um, out of the (common) /icrd; extraordinary, conspicuous, not- able; excellent, (e, grex.) I eifect-US, a, um, perf. part, of efflcio, egress-US, a, um, perf. part, of egredior,, workc({ out, completed, Ji'iished. effemin-O, avi, atum. are, 1 v. a., to make a woman of, geminate; enervate. (e. fomina.) effero, extrdi, elatum, elTerre, 3 v. a. irreg, lo bring out, carry forth; carry out for burial; bury; divulge, publish; raise ; crtol. (e, fero.) efficio, elTeci, cffectum, efflcgre, 3 v. a., to work out, cvecuie, accomplish ; cause, bring ahout; take care that: Ktflccre cliisseni, to equip a fleet, (e, facio.) effl-0, avi, atum, are, I v. a., to blow or breathe forth : EtHare animam, to ex- pire, die. efiod-io, effodl, effossum, elfOd-Cre, 8 V. a., to dig •

ro, 3 v. a to bun, purchase; gain over. Cllioorig- _ mal meaning i.s, to take or receive.) en, inteij., lo! behold! see! enim, conj., (used to introduce a reason 01- pniof,) the reason is, for, for in- stance; (to strengtlien an assertion,) ^ indeed, to be sure, certainly. eniravero, adv., in very truth, indeed, _ vndouhtcdly. (enim, vero.) enit-or, Onls-us, or enix-us, unlt-i 3. V. n. and a. dep., to struggle out o:' upwards; climb,ascend; exert one's sef- struggle, strive; a., bring forth, bear. (e, nitor.) ens-is, is. m., a sword. enumer-0, avi, ntum, are, l v. a to count out or up, reckon; relate, \di. (e, numero.) enunti-0, avi, atum, Hro, (or ennncio,) 1 V. a., to tell publicly, disclose, declare ^ announce, (e, nuntio.) eo, ivi, or ii, Ttum, ire, 4 v. n. Irreg., to go, (of all Itinds of motion; as, to walk, ride, drive, sail, &c.) Tlie stem of eo is i, wliicii becomes e before the vowels a, 0, and u: as, earn (not iam), eo (not i'>), eunt (not itint). In tlio passive voice it is inci) impersonally : as, Itiir, it is gone.-\.o., men go; Itiim est, &c! Infin. pass., iri: as in amatum iri, kc- ^_tuin iri, &c. eo, adv., (old abl. or dat. [for eiil] of is, ea, id,) in this (place or thing); to this, thttlier; to this degree, to such a pitch; on this account, therefore. It often stands as the correlative of quo, thus: quo -eo, by how much-by so much ; or] in what ])roportion~in that proporlioti, O.O., in proportion as ;) or, the more- the more. Sodem, adv., (old abl. or dat. of idem ^ in the same (pliue, thing, way, maniie;', *c.); to the s.ime (place, Ac); to the same position, ^loint, or degree. (.See note, Caes. R. C-., 1., H, 12.) Some take eodem for co ndem, an old form of _tlie accus. of idem. E6-US, 1, m., Eou.i, one of the hor.ses of the Sun-god; also, tlie Aforning Star: as an adj., eo-us, a, um, belonging to the viorning; eastern. Ephes-U3, i, f., Ephesm, a great city of Ionia, celebrated for its extensive com- merce, and for a magnificent temple of Diana. ephor-us, i, m., an ephor, or chief ma- gisljate (at Sparta). Ephyr-e, os, or Epiiyr-a, ae, f., Ephyre, anotjicr name for Corintli. Epimeth-eus. ei, m., Epimetheu.,, son of Japetus, and father of Pyrrha, Epimeth-is, Idis, f., patronymic, daugh- ter qf Epimetheus,- i.e., pynha. epistol-a, ae, f., an epistle, letter, (im- cttoAjj.) epul-ae, arum, f., the heteroclite pi. of the following. epul-um, i, n., pi. epulae, f., a banquet, ^ /east ; sumptuous meal. eques, Cqult-is, m., a horseman, rider- a horse-soldier. In the sing., equfls. as a collective nonn, means occnsionallv a bodyofcavalru, or the bodi/of(\Uman) knights or equites: the pi., equitcs, ia ^ ...u.. 298 VOCABULARY. it h I very often used of tlie Roman knights. (eques.) Squester, or equestr-is, is, e, belonging to a horseman, to cavalry, or to the knights; equestrian, (eques.) equidem, adv., indeed, truly ; of course. It is usually joined to nouns of tlie first person. (ego, quideni ; or, ac- cording to some, e intensivv;, and qui- deni.) equitat-U8, ns, m., literally, a riding: hence, a body of horse-soldiers, cavalry. (equito, to ride.) equ-US, i, m., a horse. £ratOStlien-es, is, m., Eratosthenes (of Cyrenc), famed as an astrononicr, geo- grapher, historian, grammarian, pliilo- sopher, and poet. He was i)lacc'(l over the celebrated library of Alexandria by Ptolemy Eucrgetes. Born is.c. 27G; died 19G. erept-US, a, um, perf. part, of eripio, snatched away, carried off; rescued, &c. £retri-a, ae, f., Eretria, chief city of the island Etiboea (Negropont.) erga, prep, with ace, (tui'ncd) towards; opposite to, against; vilh reference to. (Said to be for verga, from vergo, — which see.) ergo, adv., (sometimes ergo,) on account of, (with genitive;) thenfore, accord- ingly, hence, (in arjrument.) £ridan-US, i, m., Eridanus—le, the Po — a famous river of Italy. erig-0, erex-i, erectum, erig-ere, 3 v. a., to set straight tip, erect; raise, Iniili; raise one's self, rise, (e, ref o.) erip-io, ui. crept-um, erip-Cre, '' v. a., to snatch away from, pluck from: nence, deliver, rescue, free, (e, rapio.) err-O, avi, stum, are, 1 v. n. and a., to wander, roam ; to wander from the way, stray ; mistake, err. error, error-is, m., a wandering; a mis- take, error; uncertainty, (erro.) erud-io, ivi, or il, Uum, ire, 4 v. a., literally, to bring out of a rough state: hence, to bring out (the faculties) ; teach, educate, polish. (r\u\i%.) erudit-US, a, um, perf. part, of erudio, educated, taught, <&c. eruiupo, eiQp-i, erupt-um, crump-Crc, 3 V. a. and n., to burst forth; cause to burst: n., to break out; sally forth, (e, rumpo.) eruptio, eruptiOn-is, f., a bursting forth; a sally, (e, rumpo.) £rymanth-US, i, m., Erymanthm, the name of a mountain in Arcadia, and also of a river rising in the moun- tain. £ryx, Eryc-is, m., Eryx, a mountain on the west coast of Sicily, celebrated for a temple of Venus. escend-0, i, escens-um, escend-8re, 3 V. n. and a, to climb up or out of; to mount, ascend; embark, (e. scando.) essedari-US, i, m., a fighter in a war- chariot, (essedum.) See note on Caes. B. G., iv. 24, 2, p. 224. essed-uni,i, n., (very rarely essgd-a, ae.) a tvar-chariot (with two wheels.) It was used by the Gauls and Britons. Tiie pi. form, cssed-a, ornm, is more commonly found than the sing. et, conj., and; and moreover: et— et, both— and. After siinilis, par, idem, itc, it is to be translated, as, than. etiain, conj. and adv., and also, besides, moreover; even; nay, even; (of time,) as yet; still: Etiam at(iue etiani, again and again, (et, jam.) etiamuum, conj. and adv., even now, even till now, yet, still; moreover. etiamnunc, same as preceding. Etruri-a, ae, f., Etruria, a province of Italy; now Tuscany. etsi, conj., even if, although, even though. (et, si.) Euboe-a, ae, f., Euboea, now Negro- pont, an island dn the e.ist of Greece. Eumen-es, is, m., Eumenes, king of Pergamos (n.c. li)7-159), son and suc- cessor of Attfilus I. Also another Eumenes, one of the generals of Alex- ander the Great, and governor of Cap- padocia and other provinces of Asia Minor; died n.c. 316. Eumolpid-ae, iirum, m., the Eumol- pidae, (i.e., descendants of Eumoliius, who introduced the Eleusinian mys- teries into A^^tica,) a family of priests at Athens. Euphrat-es, is, m., Euphrates, a famous liver of Syria. Europ-a, ae, (also Europ-e, es,) f, Europe. Also, the daughter of Hint; Agenor, and sister of Cadmus, the Phoenician. Eur5t-as, ae, m., h,:rotas, a river oi Laconia; now V'asilipotaino. VOCABULARY. Eur-US, I, m., Rur)is,~\.e., the south-east vniiil ; the east. Eurybiad-es, is, m., Eurybiades, com- mander of the Lacedemonian forces _ at the battle of Salamis. evad-O, evas-i, evas-um, evad-Cre, 3 v. n. and a., to go forth or tip; escape, (e Viido.) ' evanesC-O, cvSnui, Cvanesc-Crc, 3 v. ii. incept., to mimh from sight, disap- pear, (\aiiesco, to pass auai/; from Viinus.) OVeh-0, evex-i, evect-um, evCh-orc, 3 v. 299 s., to can-y out or up; raise, exalt; ex- tol: in a reflective sense, to ride msail _ forth, (e, velio.) evell-0, i, (or evulsi,) evuls-um, evell- Cre, 3 V. a., to pluck out ov off; tear out. (e, vello.) even-io, (e)i, turn, ire, 4 V. n., to come _ out; come to pass, happen, (e, venio.) event-US, us, m., an event, occurrence; usue; fate, lot. (evenio.) evit-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to shun, avoid, (e, vito.) ev6c-0, avi, fituni, are, 1 v. n„ to call _ .forth, stiinmon. (e, voco.) ev61-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n., to fly forth; rush forth, sally, (e, volo.) ex, prep, witii abl., (used before vowels and consonants; e only before conson- ants,) oe/< o/,/rom,- off; from out of; (of time,) from, since, aftei; (Diem ex die, day after day;) immediately after. Since it indicates the pla.-e from which an action originates, it comes to mean at, in, on: as. Ex equis colloqui, to hold a conference on horseback; Ex aequo, on a par; ^x \m\,Ym'\so, on a sudden ; Ex usu, of advantage. It also means, in conformity with: as, Ex Uteris Caesaris, ex senatus consulto. Also, by reason, because of: as. Ex acre alieno, because of (in consequence of) debt. exact-US, a, um, pcrf. part, of exigo, done thoroughly, finished, completed; polished; exact, accurate. exadversum, or exadversus, adv. and prep., over against, opposite. exagit-0, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a. freq., to drive out often, or vigorously ; stir np, rouse; harass, torment, (ex, agito.) examin-0, avi, atum, are, l v. a., to weigh ; acOust. (Examen, the tongue of « balance.) Oxanim-0, avi, atu.n, are, 1 V. a., to deprive of life, km, put to death; ex. haust; terrify, (exanlmis, fioni ex. aninia.) exaud-io, Ivi, Itum, ire, 4 V. a., to hear distinctly ; attend to, regard, (ex audio.) ' exced-0, excessi, exccssum, exci3d-6re, 3 v. n. and a., to go out or aivay, de- part ; retire, withdraw : a., go beyond, exceed; transgress, (ex, cedo.) excellens, excelknt-is, part, of excello, and iu]j., raised up ; high; su/passing, disluiguislied, excellent. excell-0, ul, (excelsum,) exceli-Cre, 3 V. a. and n., to raise above, exalt: n., raise one's self rise; be emineut, sur- pass. (No simple verb cello, but cf. antecello, pcrcello.) excels-US, a, um, perf. part, of excello, high, lofty, towering. except-US, a, um, perf. part, of excipio, taken out of excepted, &c. excid-0, i, ere, 3 v. n., to fall out, or dcicn, ov from; to slip out (unawares\; to fail in; perish, (ex, cado.) exc-io, ivi, or ii, Itum, or itum, ire, 4 v. a., to bring forth; call forth, summon; excitej cause, (ex, cieo, or cio.) excip-io, excel)!, exceptum, excIp-Cre, 3 V. a., to take out or aicay (from others); e.Tcept; take up in succession; capture; receive; await, (Caes. B. G., i., 5'^, 9 ;) attend, listen to. (ex, capio.) ' excIt-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. freq., to rouse up, excite; kindle or stir up; call out (hastily or earnestly.) (excio.) exclud-0, exclQs-i, exclus-um, exolud- Sie, 3 v. a., to shut out, exclude; drir,-. out; remove, (ex, claudo.) exc6git-o, avi, atum, a.e, l v. a., to think out, or thoroughly; ponder, con- sider carefully, reflect, meditate: lience, devise, invent, (ex, cogito.) excruc-io, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a., to tor. ment, torture, (ex, crucio.) excursio, excursion-is, f , a running out, a sally; attack, inroad; expedition; foray, (excurro.) excus-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to re- lieve from an accusation; excuse; offer an apology for, plead an excuse, (ex, causa. So accuse, from ad, causa, to lay blame on one, accuse.) exempl-um, i, n., « specimen, samvle • model, type; copy; instance. (Jity- mology doubtful. Some think the ..M. if 300 VOOABULAItY Hi I word comes frnm pxiino; and otticrs, from ox iiiid tho iidj. ainiiliis, a tiling '^ taken out" of many, or from ^^oitt of a U(rge supply.") exeo, fxivl, or exil, exTtum, oxiro, 4 v. II. irrcK., to go out or forth, depart, leave; (of time,) pass, expire, (ex, 0(1.) exerc-eo, nl. Itiun, nre, 2 V. a,, to ex- ercise, prarlise, train, drill; harafu; me, employ, ((-x, and arceo, implyini; reflraint and compulsion ; or, accovd- iiii^ to otluM'.s, the stem is to be traced to flu! Oro.'k epyoi', nwk.) exei'citatio, exercTtrition-ls, f., exercise, practice; skill, (exercito.) exorcit-US, us, m., literally, exercise: hence, fii;iiriitively, a bo-ly of men on drill; an army, a host, (excrceo.) exhauv-io, exlums-i, oxhaust-um, cx- liaiir-Iro. 4 v. a., to draw out; empty, drapi, exhaust, (ex, liamlo.) exhaust-US, a, um, perf. part, of cx- haiirio. exhered-0, avi, iltnm, arc, 1 v. a, to disinherit, (ex, lieres, an heir.) exhorr-eo, ere, 2 v. n., to be horri- fied ; be terrified, be frightened, (ex, horreo.) exhorresc-0, exlioiT-ui, exhorrcsc-i3re, 3 V. n. and :.. mcLpt., to tremble; shud- der; lie terrified; a., dread; tremble.-at. (ex, horresco.) exig-0, cxei;!, exact-um, exTtr-Cre, 3 v. a., to drive or lead out; banish; exact, demand, require; conclude, finish, com- plete, (ex, a^o.) exTguitas, exiyiuitat is, f., smallness, scantines.^, shortness, (exijjur.s.) exif?U-US, a, uin, small, scanty, short, tiny; delicate (in frame.) (From exigo, like contiguus from contingo; or from PilCO.) existiniatio, existimatiOn-is, f,, a judg- ing, judgment, opinion; 7'eputation ; esteem, repute; honour, (cxi.stinio.) exi.Stini-O, avi, atum, are, I v. a., to judge, consider, suppose; esteem, (ex, aestinio.) existo. See exsisto. sxit.i-um, i, n., destruction, ruin; inis- cliiif; death, (exeo.) exlt-US, us, m., agoing out, departure; outlet, passage,- issue, event; death. (exeo,) 2Xor-ior, jxort-us, esor-iri, 3 and 4 v. n. (top., to rise out of ; arise; spring np; appear, (ex, and orior,— whleli see.) expalleSC-0, expall-ul, expalleac-ero, 3 V. n. dep., to become very pale; to dread, (ex, paileseo.) expatior. See cxspatior, expectatiO. Sec exspectutio. expecto. See exspeeto. exped-io, ivl, Itum, iro, 4 V. B., liter- ally, to di.ieutangle the feet : lienee, to free, extricate, release; prepare, arrange; vnrarel, unfold; e.r plain, (cx, jics.) expedit, 3 siiu'-. j)re.s. indlc. of exp(Mli(), used imiiersoiially, it is useful, adran- tageou.t, e.rpedient. expedltio, expedition-is, f., a (military) e.rcursion, foray, innxul; euterpri.ie; campaign, (expedio.) expedit-US, a, um, perf. part, of ex- pedio, also adj., released, set free; f re?, of encumbrance, (as of baKK">;c ;) lightly clothed, or armed: hence, active, nimble: as subst., in pi., light armed troops. CXpell-0, expfd-i, expuls-um, cxpcll-Cre, 3 V. a., to drive out or away, expel, banish, (ex, pello.) expei'iens, Ken. experient-ls, pros. part, of experior: also as an adj., experi- enced, well-versed: hence, active, indus- trious. experior, expertus, c^pBr-iri, 4 v. a. dep., to try, prove, put to the lest; attempt. (The root is per, or peri, as fiiund in peri-tus, peri-cidum, itc.) explic-0, ttvi, or ui, iitum, or Itum, iire, i V. a., to nnfold, tinravel, spread out; set in order, arrange; explain, give an account of, (as in Nep. llann., xiii. U!;) (of an army,) to form in line, (ex, plico.) explorato:*, exploratiSr-is, m., one who examines ov explores; a spy, scout, (ex- ploro.) 0Xpl6r-0, iivi, atum, iire 1 v. a., to search out; examine into, investif/ate ; spy out; reconnoitre; make proof of, put to the test, (ex, and ploro, which literally means, to cry aloud.) exp6n-0, expOs-ui, expSsU-um, cxpon- Cre, 3 V. a., to set out, draw out in order; put ashore (as men from a ship), land; exhibit, explain, (ex, pono.) expOSC-0, expoposc-i, expose-Cre, 3 v. a., /() beg earnestly, entreat, implore; de- mand, (a person) to be given up (fur VOCABULARY. 30] lit rtinlNhmfiMt), -ns In Nep. Them., vlll., 18. (ex, posco.) expSsIt-US, 0, urn, pcif. part of ex- pono, e3:poscd: also iidj., open, access- ible, fi-ee. exprim-O, expiess-l, expicss-nm, ex- prlin-Cro, 3 v. ii., lo press out; express; imitate; describe, (ex, preino.) expUjifn-0, ilvi, fitum. hvc, 1 V. n., lo take by ussatdt, storm; capture; subdue, con- quer, (ux, PURIIO.) exquIr-0, exqulslvi, exqulRltum, ox- fliilr-fire, 3 v. a., to search out ; inquire into, ask ajter, investigate, (ex, quaoio.) exquiSit-US, a, mil, pei-f. part, of ex- quiio, sought out; choice, select, excel- lent. exsequi-ae, anim, f. pi., literally, the fuUowing a corpse to the place of burial: liLMicc, funeral obsequies; a funeral. (fxsequor.) exsequor, cxsgcutus, cxsGqu-i, 3 v. a. dc])., to follow out to the end, follow up, prosecute, perform, finish; follow after, pin-sue. (ex, seqiior.) exser-0, nl, turn, Cre, 3 v. a., to thrust .forth, put out. (ex, sei'o.) exsist-0, cx.stiti, exstlt-um, cxsist-Cre, 3 V. n., to step forth, stand out; pro. trude; appear; arise, (ex, sisto.) exspati-or, fuus, mi, i v. n. Uep., to deviate from tlie course; extend, spread out; diverge; roam at will. (ex, .siiatior.) ' exapectatio, exspectrition-is, t:, a look- iiig out for, awaiting, expecting; expected turn, (ex, specto.) 5Xspect-0, Hvi, ntum, are, 1 v. a., tolook out for, await, expect ; hope for. (ex sjiecto.) ' exstinct-us, a, uni, perf. part, of cx- stinguo. exstinguo, cxsHnxi, fixstinctnm, ex- gfliiKu-Cre, 3 v. a., to put or blot out; extinguish, quench; destroy; abolish; put to death, kill, (ex, tiffKuo.) eXstO, ex.stare, 1 v. ii., to stand out, ..r above; overtop; pr(yect; appear, bt ex- tant, exist, (ex, sto.) exstruct-U8, a, um, pert part, of ex- struo. exstru-0, xi, ctum, fire, 3 v. a., to pile tip, build, raiie, construct, (ex, stnin.) exsul, (or exiil,) ex.sul-i.s, m. or f, one driven from his country; an exile. (On the etymology, see coMSiil.) exter, or exter-us, a, um, on the outside, external; foreign, strange: comp. ex- tCrlor; superl. extrcinus, or cxttinus. (ex.) ext8ri-or, or, us, comp. of exter. extimesc-O, extlmul, extlmesc-Cro, 3 v. n. and a., to be afraid of dread, (ex, and the obsolete timesco.) extra, prep, and ad*'., outside of, beyond, without; except: adv., on the outside of, without, (exterus. Said to be coni tracted for extera, scil. arte.) extrah-0, extraxi, extructnm, extrfth- Si e, 3 V. a., to draw forth, drag out, extract; protract, put off; waste, spend. (ex, traho.) extrem-us, a, um, suiierl. of exter, (wliich see,) outermost, iitmosl, ^nost remote or distant, last: Extrenmm oppidum, a frontier town: Extreino anno, in the end of the year, exul. See exsul. exur-0, exussi, exust-um, exfir-Src, 3 v. a., to burn up, consume, destroy; dry lip, parch, (ex, uio.) exust-U3, a, um, pcif. part, of cxuio, burned uo. P. faber. fabr-i L, lau.-i, m., an artist or mechanic (workhifr in iron, stone, .fee.) ; a car- penter, smith: gen.pl. usually fabrum, for fabroium. (facio.) i"abi-us, i, m., Fabius, a Roman gentile name. fabric-or, atus, ari, i v. a. dep., (or fabric-o, avi. Stum, jire, 1 v. a.,) to fashion, frame, construct, make; forge; bum. ffabrica, a work-shop.) | fS,ci-es, el, f, make, ffytm, figure, shape; appearance; face, features, countenance. (faeio.) ^Cile, adv., easily, readily, without dim- cully, (facilis.) ^Cil-is, is, e, easy to be done; easy ; ready; quick; (of '.(impcr),easy of access' afahle, good-natured (facio.) facilius, adv., (n. comp. of faellis,) more easily, more readily. .U.^. X ,.sai"as«:-'KaeSKr^"i 3U2 VOCABULARY. Hi m I f&ciinci?, adv., from fllcilllmus, supcrl. of frtcllis, most easily, very ewiily. f&cInUS, facln(5r-l.% ii., a thing done, a deed, act: often In a, bad sense, an evil de